Contents — 11 sections
Sections 1–25
1"Abraham was ninety and nine years old; and the Lord appeared unto Abraham, and said unto him, I am thy God." The number of nine, when added to the number ninety, is very near to a hundred; in which number the self-taught race shone forth, namely Isaac, the most excellent joy of all enjoyments; for he was born when his father was a hundred years old.
2Moreover the first fruits of the tribe of Levi are given up to the priests; for they having taken tithes, offer up other tenths from them as from their own fruits, which thus comprise the number of a hundred; for the number ten is the symbol of improvement, and the number a hundred is the symbol of perfection; and he that is in the middle is always striving to reach the extremity, exerting the inborn goodness of his nature, by which he says, that the Lord of the universe has appeared to him.
3But do not thou think that this appearance presented itself to the eyes of the body, for they see no things but such as are perceptible to the outward senses; but those objects of the outward senses are compound ones, full of destruction; but the Deity is not a compound object, and is indestructible: but the eye which receives the impression of the divine appearance is the eye of the soul;
4for besides this, those things which it is only the eyes of the body that see, are only seen by them because they take light as a coadjutor, and light is different, both from the object seen and from the things which see it. But all these things which the soul sees of itself, and through its own power, it sees without the co-operation of any thing or any one else; for the things which the soul does thus comprehend are a light to themselves,
5and in the same way also we learn the sciences; for the mind, applying its never-closing and never-slumbering eye to their doctrines and speculations, sees them by no spurious light, but by that genuine light which shines forth from itself.
6When therefore you hear that God has been seen by man, you must consider that this is said without any reference to that light which is perceptible by the external senses, for it is natural that that which is appreciable only by the intellect should be presented to the intellect alone; and the fountain of the purest light is God; so that when God appears to the soul he pours forth his beams without any shade, and beaming with the most radiant brilliancy.
7Do not, however, think that the living God, he who is truly living, is ever seen so as to be comprehended by any human being; for we have no power in ourselves to see any thing, by which we may be able to conceive any adequate notion of him; we have no external sense suited to that purpose (for he is not an object which can be discerned by the outward sense), nor any strength adequate to it: therefore, Moses, the spectator of the invisible nature, the man who really saw God (for the sacred scriptures say that he entered "into the darkness," by which expression they mean figuratively to intimate the invisible essence), having investigated every part of every thing, sought to see clearly the much-desired and only God;
8but when he found nothing, not even any appearance at all resembling what he had hoped to behold; he, then, giving up all idea of receiving instruction on that point from any other source, flies to the very being himself whom he was seeking, and entreats him, saying, "Show me thyself that I may see thee so as to know thee." But, nevertheless, he fails to obtain the end which he had proposed to himself, and which he had accounted the most all-sufficient gift for the most excellent race of creation, mankind, namely a knowledge of those bodies and things which are below the living God.
9For it is said unto him, "Thou shalt see my back parts, but my face shall not be beheld by thee." As if it were meant to answer him: Those bodies and things which are beneath the living God may come within thy comprehension, even though every thing would not be at once comprehended by thee, since that one being is not by his nature capable of being beheld by man.
10And what wonder is there if the living God is beyond the reach of the comprehension of man, when even the mind that is in each of us is unintelligible and unknown to us? Who has ever beheld the essence of the soul? the obscure nature of which has given rise to an infinite number of contests among the sophists who have brought forward opposite opinions, some of which are inconsistent with any kind of nature.
11It was, therefore, quite consistent with reason that no proper name could with propriety be assigned to him who is in truth the living God. Do you not see that to the prophet who is really desirous of making an honest inquiry after the truth, and who asks what answer he is to give to those who question him as to the name of him who has sent him, he says, "I am that I am," which is equivalent to saying, "It is my nature to be, not to be described by name:"
12but in order that the human race may not be wholly destitute of any appellation which they may give to the most excellent of beings, I allow you to use the word Lord as a name; the Lord God of three natures—of instruction, and of holiness, and of the practise of virtue; of which Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob are recorded as the symbols. For this, says he, is the everlasting name, as if it had been investigated and discerned in time as it exists in reference to us, and not in that time which was before all time; and it is also a memorial not placed beyond recollection or intelligence, and again it is addressed to persons who have been born, not to uncreated natures.
13For these men have need of the complete use of the divine name who come to a created or mortal generation, in order that, if they cannot attain to the best thing, they may at least arrive at the best possible name, and arrange themselves in accordance with that; and the sacred oracle which is delivered as from the mouth of the Ruler of the universe, speaks of the proper name of God never having been revealed to any one, when God is represented as saying, "For I have not shown them my name;" for by a slight change in the figure of speech here used, the meaning of what is said would be something of this kind: "My proper name I have not revealed to them," but only that which is commonly used, though with some misapplication, because of the reasons above-mentioned.
14And, indeed, the living God is so completely indescribable, that even those powers which minister unto him do not announce his proper name to us. At all events, after the wrestling match in which the practiser of virtue wrestled for the sake of the acquisition of virtue, he says to the invisible Master, "Tell me thy name;" but he said, "Why askest thou me my name?" And he does not tell him his peculiar and proper name, for says he, it is sufficient for thee to be taught my ordinary explanations. But as for names which are the symbols of created things, do not seek to find them among immortal natures.
15Therefore do not doubt either whether that which is more ancient than any existing thing is indescribable, when his very word is not to be mentioned by us according to its proper name. So that we must understand that the expression, "The Lord was seen by Abraham," means not as if the Cause of all things had shone forth and become visible, (for what human mind is able to contain the greatness of his appearance?) but as if some one of the powers which surround him, that is to say, his kingly power, had presented itself to the sight, for the appellation Lord belongs to authority and sovereignty.
16But when our mind was occupied with the wisdom of the Chaldaeans, studying the sublime things which exist in the world, it made as it were the circuit of all the efficient powers as causes of what existed; but when it emigrated from the Chaldaean doctrines, it then knew that it was moving under the guidance and direction of a governor, of whose authority it perceived the appearance.
17On which account it is said, "The Lord," not the living God, "was seen;" as if it had been meant to say, the king appeared, he who was from the beginning, but who was not as yet recognized by the soul, which, indeed, was late in learning, but which did not continue for ever in ignorance, but received a notion of there being an authority and governing power among existing things.
18And when the ruler has appeared, then he in a still greater degree benefits his disciple and beholder, saying, "I am thy God;" for I should say to him, "What is there of all the things which form a part of creation of which thou art not the God?" But his word, which is his interpreter, will teach me that he is not at present speaking of the world, of which he is by all means the creator and the God, but about the souls of men, which he has thought worthy of a different kind of care;
19for he thinks fit to be called the Lord and Master of bad men, but the God of those who are in a state of advancement and improvement; and of those which are the most excellent and the most perfect, both Lord and God at once. On which account, having made Pharaoh the very extreme instance of impiety, he has never once called himself his Lord or his God; but he calls the wise Moses so, for he says to him, "Behold I give thee as a god to Pharaoh." But he has in many passages of the sacred oracles delivered by him, called himself Lord.
20For instance, we read such a passage as this: "Thus says the Lord;" and at the very beginning we read, "The Lord spake unto Moses, saying, I am the Lord, say unto Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, all the things which I say unto thee."
21And Moses, in another place, says, "Behold, when I go forth out of the city I will spread out my hands unto the Lord, and the sounds shall cease, and the hail, and there shall be no more rain, that thou mayest know that the earth is the Lord’s;" that is to say, every thing that is made of body or of earth, "and that thou," that is the mind which bears in itself the images of things, "and thy servants," that is the particular reasonings which act as body-guards to the mind, "for I know that ye do not yet fear the Lord;" by which he means not the Lord who is spoken of commonly and in different senses, but him who is truly the Master of all things.
22For there is in truth no created Lord, not even if a king shall have extended his authority and spread it from one end of the world even to the other end, but only the uncreated God, the real governor, whose authority he who reverences and fears receives a most beneficial reward, namely, the admonitions of God, but utterly miserable destruction awaits the man who despises him;
23therefore he is held forth as the Lord of the foolish, striking them with a terror which is appropriate to him as ruler. But he is the God of those who are improved; as we read now, "I am thy God, I am thy God, be thou increased and multiplied." And in the case of those who are perfect, he is both together, both Lord and God; as we read in the ten commandments, "I am the Lord thy God." And in another passage it is written, "The Lord God of our fathers."
24For he thinks it right for the wicked man to be governed by a master as by a lord; that, being in a state of alarm and groaning, he may have the fear of a master suspended over him; but him who is advancing in improvement he thinks deserving to receive benefits as from God in order that by means of these benefits he may arrive at perfection; and him who is complete and perfect he thinks should be both governed as by the Lord, and benefited as by God; for the last man remains for ever unchangeable, and he is, by all means and in all respects, the man of God:
25and this is especially shown to be the fact in the case of Moses; for, says the scripture, "This is the blessing which Moses, the man of God, blessed." O the man thus thought worthy of this all-beautiful and sacred recompense, to give himself as a requital for the divine Providence!
Sections 26–50
26But do not thou think that he is in the same sense a man and the man of God; for he is said to be a man as being a possession of God, but the man of God as boasting in and being benefited by him. And if thou wishest to have God as the inheritance of thy mind, then do thou in the first place labour to become yourself an inheritance worthy of him, and thou wilt be such if thou avoidest all laws made by hands and voluntary.
27But it is not right to be ignorant of this thing either, that the statement, "I am thy God," is made by a certain figurative misuse of language rather than with strict propriety; for the living God, inasmuch as he is living, does not consist in relation to anything; for he himself is full of himself, and he is sufficient for himself, and he existed before the creation of the world, and equally after the creation of the universe;
28for he is immovable and unchangeable, having no need of any other thing or being whatever, so that all things belong to him, but, properly speaking, he does not belong to anything. And of the powers which he has extended towards creation for the advantage of the world which is thus put together, some are spoken of, as it were, in relation to these things; as for instance his kingly and his beneficent power; for he is the king of something, and the benefactor of something there being inevitably something which is ruled over and which receives the benefits.
29Akin to these powers is the creative power which is called God: for by means of this power the Father, who begot and created all things, did also disperse and arrange them; so that the expression, "I am thy God," is equivalent to, "I am thy maker and creator;"
30and it is the greatest of all possible gifts to have him for one’s maker, who has also been the maker of the whole world. The soul, indeed, of the wicked man he did not make, for wickedness is hateful to God; and the soul, which is between good and bad, he made not by himself alone, according to the most sacred historian Moses, since that, like wax, was about to receive the different impressions of good and evil.
31On which account it is said in the scriptures, "Let us make man in our own image," that if it receives a bad impression it may appear to be the work of others, but if it receives a good impression it may then appear to be the work of him who is the Creator only of what is beautiful and good. By all means, therefore, that must be a good man to whom he says, "I am thy God," as he has had him alone for his creator without the co-operation of any other being.
32Moreover he brings up with this that doctrine which is established in many other passages, showing that God is the creator only of those men who are virtuous and wise; and the whole of this company has voluntarily deprived itself of the abundant possession of external things, and has neglected those things which are dear to the flesh.
33For the athletes of vigorous health and high spirit have erected their servile bodies as a sort of fortification against the soul, but those men who have been devoted to the pursuit of instruction, and who are pale, and weak, and emaciated, having overloaded the vigour of the body with the powers of the soul, and, if one must tell the plain truth, being entirely dissolved into one species of soul, have through the energy of their minds become quite disentangled from the body.
34Therefore that which is earthly is very naturally destroyed and overwhelmed when the entire mind resolves in every particular to make itself acceptable to God. But the race of these persons is rare and scarcely to be found, and one may almost say is unable to exist; and the following oracle, which is given with respect to Enoch, proves this: "Enoch pleased God, and he was not found;"
35for by what kind of contemplation could a man attain to this good thing? What seas must he cross over? What islands, or what continents, must he visit? Must he dwell among the Greeks or among the barbarians?
36Are there not even to the present day some of those persons who have attained to perfection in philosophy, who say that there is no such thing as wisdom in the world, since there is also no such thing as a wise man? for that from the very beginning of the creation of mankind up to the present moment, there has never been any one who could be considered entirely blameless, for that it is impossible for a man who is bound up in a mortal body to be entirely and altogether happy.
37Now whether these things are said correctly we will consider at the proper time: but at present let us stick to the subject before us, and follow the scripture, and say that there is such a thing as wisdom existing, and that he who loves wisdom is wise. But though the wise man has thus an actual existence he has escaped the notice of us who are wicked: for what is good will not unite with what is bad.
38On this account it is that "the disposition which pleased God was not found;" as if in truth it had a real existence, but was concealed and had fled away to avoid any meeting in the same place with us, since it is said to have been translated; the meaning of which expression is that it emigrated and departed from its sojourn in this mortal life, to an abode in immortal life.
39These men then, being mad with this divinely inspired madness, were made more ferocious; but there are others who are companions of a more manageable and humanised wisdom. By those men piety is practised to a most eminent degree, and the observance due to man is not neglected. And the sacred oracles are witnesses of this in which Abraham is addressed (the words being put in the mouth of God), "Thou shalt be pleasing in my sight," that is to say, thou shalt be pleasing, not only to me but also to my works, in my eyes as judge, and overseer, and superintendant;
40for if you honour your parents, or show mercy to the poor, or do good to your friends, or fight in defence of your country, or pay proper attention to the common principles of justice towards all men, you most certainly are pleasing to those with whom you associate, and you are also acceptable in the sight of God: for he sees all things with an eye which never slumbers, and he unites to himself with especial favour all that is good, and that he accepts and embraces.
41Therefore the practiser of virtue, even while praying, proves the very same thing, saying, "The God to whom my fathers were acceptable," and he adds also the words "before him," for the sake of giving you to know the difference, the real practical difference between the expression, "to please God," by itself, and the same words with the addition of the sentence, "before him." For the one expression gives both meanings, and the other only one.
42Thus also Moses, in his exhortatory admonitions, recommends his disciples such and such things, saying, "Thou shalt do what is pleasing before the Lord thy God," as if he were to say, Do such things as shall be worthy to appear before God, and what he when he sees them will accept. And these things are wont to appear equally pure both externally and internally.
43And proceeding onwards from thence he wove the tent of the tabernacle with two boundaries of space, placing a veil between the two, in order to separate what is within from what is without. And also he gilded the sacred ark, the place wherein the laws were kept, both within and without; and he gave the great high priest two robes, the inner one made of linen, and the other one beautifully embroidered, with one robe reaching to the feet.
44For these and such things as these are symbols of the soul which in its inner parts shows itself pure towards God, and in its exterior parts shows itself without reproach in reference to the world which is perceptible to the outward senses and to this life: with great felicity therefore was this said to the victorious wrestler, when he was about to have his brows crowned with the garlands of victory: and the declaration made with respect to him was of the following tenor, "You have been mightily powerful both with God and with men;"
45for to have a good reputation with both classes, namely, with the uncreated God and with the creature, is the task of no small mind, but, if one must say the truth, it is one fit for that which is in the confines between the world and God. In short, it is necessary that the good man should be an attendant of God, for the creature is an object of care to the Ruler and Father of the universe;
46for who is there who does not know, that even before the creation of the world God was himself sufficient to himself, and that he remained as much a friend as before after the creation of the world, without having undergone any change? Why then did he make what did not exist before? Because he was good and bounteous. Shall we not then, we who are slaves, follow our master, admiring, in an exceeding degree, the great first Cause of all things, and not altogether despising our own nature?
47But after he has said, "Be thou pleasing to me before me," he adds further, "and be thou blameless," using here a natural consequence and connection of the previous sentence. Do thou therefore all the more apply thyself to what is good that thou mayest be pleasing; and if thou canst not be pleasing, at all events abstain from open sins, that thou mayest not incur reproach. For he who does right is praiseworthy, and he who avoids doing wrong is not to be blamed.
48And the most important prize is assigned to those who do right, namely, the prize of feeling that they are acceptable to God: but the second prize belongs to those who do no sin, that, namely, of avoiding blame; and, perhaps, in the case of the mortal race of mankind, the doing no sin is set down as equivalent to doing right; for who, as Job says, is "pure from pollution, even if his life be but one single day long?"
49In fact, the things which pollute the soul are infinite in number, and it is impossible completely to wash them away and to efface their stains; for there are, of necessity, left disasters which are akin to every mortal man, which it is natural indeed to weaken, but impossible wholly to eradicate.
50Does any one therefore seek a just, or prudent, or temperate, or, in short, any perfectly good man, in this confused life? Be content if you find one who is not wholly unjust, or foolish, or intemperate, or cowardly, or who is not utterly worthless; for the avoidance of evil is a thing with which to be content, but the complete acquisition of the virtues is unattainable to any man, such as is endowed with our nature.
Sections 51–75
51It was therefore with great reason that it was said, "and be thou blameless," the speaker thinking that it is a great addition towards a happy life to live without sin and without reproach; but the man who has deliberately chosen this way of life, promises to leave his inheritance in accordance with the covenant, such as is becoming to God to give, and to a wise man to accept,
52for he says, "I will place my covenant between me and between thee;" and covenants and testaments are written for the advantage of those who are worthy of the gift, so that a testament is a symbol of grace, which God has placed between himself who proffers it and man who receives it;
53and this is the very extravagance of beneficence, that there is nothing between God and the soul except his own virgin grace. And I have written two commentaries on the whole discussion concerning testaments, and for that reason I now deliberately pass over that subject, for the sake of not appearing to repeat what I have said before; and also at the same time, because I do not wish here to interrupt the connected course of this discussion.
54And immediately afterwards it is said, "And Abraham fell on his face:" was he not about, in accordance with the divine promises, to recognize himself and the nothingness of the race of mankind, and so to fall down before him who stood firm, by way of displaying the conception which he entertained of himself and of God? Forsooth that God, standing always in the same place, moves the whole composition of the world, not by means of his legs, for he has not the form of a man, but by showing his unalterable and immovable essence.
55But man, being never settled firmly in the same place, admits of different changes at different times, and being tripped up, miserable man that he is (for, in fact, his whole life is one continued stumble), he meets with a terrible fall;
56but he who does this against his will is ignorant, and he who does it voluntarily is docile; on which account he is said to fall on his face, that is to say, in his outward senses, in his speech, in his mind, all but crying out loudly and shouting that the outward sense has fallen, inasmuch as it was unable, by itself, to feel as it should, if it had not been aroused by the providence of the Saviour, to take hold of the bodies which lay in its way. And speech too has fallen, being unable to give a proper explanation of anything in existence, unless he who originally made and adapted the organ of the voice, having opened its mouth and enabled its tongue to articulate, should strike it so as to produce harmonious sounds. Moreover, the king of all the mind has fallen, being deprived of its comprehension, unless the Creator of all living things were again to raise it up and re-establish it, and furnishing it with the most acutely seeing eyes, to lead it to a sight of incorporeal things.
57Therefore admiring this same disposition when thus taking to flight, and submitting to a voluntary fall by reason of the confession which it had made respecting the living God, namely, that he stands in truth and is one only, while all other things beneath him are subject to all kinds of motions and alterations, he speaks to it, and allows it to enter into conversation with him, saying, "And I, behold my covenant is with thee."
58And this expression conceals beneath its figurative words such a meaning as this: There are very many kinds of covenants, which distribute graces and gifts to those who are worthy to receive them; but the highest kind of covenant of all is I myself: for God, having displayed himself as far as it was possible for that being to be displayed who cannot be shown by the words which he has used, adds further, "And I too, behold my covenant;" the beginning and fountain of all graces is I myself.
59For on some persons God is in the habit of bestowing his graces by the intervention of others; as, for instance, through the medium of earth, water, air, the sun, the moon, heaven, and other incorporeal powers. But he bestows them on others through himself alone, exhibiting himself as the inheritance of those who receive him, whom from that he thinks worthy of another appellation:
60for it is said in the scripture, "Thy name shall not be called Abram, but Abraham shall thy name be." Some, then, of those persons who are fond of disputes, and who are always eager to affix a stain upon what is irreproachable, on things as well as bodies, and who wage an implacable war against sacred things, while they calumniate everything which does not appear to preserve strict decorum in speech, being the symbols of nature which is always fond of being concealed, perverting it all so as to give it a worse appearance after a very accurate investigation, do especially find fault with the changes of names.
61And it is only lately that I heard an ungodly and impious man mocking and ridiculing these things, who ventured to say, "Surely they are great and exceeding gifts which Moses says that the Ruler of the universe offers, who, by the addition of one element, the one letter alpha, a superfluous element; and then again adding another element, the letter rho, appears to have bestowed upon men a most marvellous and great benefit; for he has called the wife of Abram Sarrah instead of Sarah, doubling the Rho," and connecting a number of similar arguments without drawing breath, and joking and mocking, he went through many instances.
62But at no distant period he suffered a suitable punishment for his insane wickedness; for on a very slight and ordinary provocation he hanged himself, in order that so polluted and impure a person might not die by a pure and unpolluted death. But we may justly, in order to prevent any one else from falling into the same error, eradicate the erroneous notions which have been formed on the subject, arguing the matter on the principle of natural philosophy, and proving that these things which are here said are worthy of all attention.
63God does not bestow on men mutes and vowels, or, in short, nouns and verbs; since when he created plants and animals, he summoned them before man as their governor, that he might give each of them their appropriate names by a reference to the knowledge which he had of all things; for, says the scripture, "Whatever Adam called any thing, that was the name thereof."
64Therefore since God did not think fit to take upon himself even the active imposition of the names, but entrusted the task to a wise man, the author of the whole race of mankind, is it reasonable to suppose that he himself gave and arranged the different parts, and syllables, and letters of nouns, disposing not only the vowels, but even the mutes, and that he did this too to make a show of liberality and exceeding beneficence? It is impossible to say so.
65But such things as these are the characteristic marks of different powers; small marks of great powers, marks perceptible by the outward senses of powers appreciable only by the intellect, manifest marks of powers which are indistinct; and the powers themselves are discerned in most excellent doctrines, in true and pure conceptions, in the improvement of souls. And it is easy to see a proof of this if we make a beginning with the man who is here spoken of as having his name changed;
66for the name Abram, being interpreted, means "sublime father," but Abraham means the "elect father of sound;" and how these names differ from one another we shall know more clearly if we first of all read what is exhibited under each of them.
67Now using allegorical language, we call that man sublime who raises himself from the earth to a height, and who devotes himself to the inspection of high things; and we also call him a haunter of high regions, and a meteorologist, inquiring what is the magnitude of the sun, what are his motions, how he influences the seasons of the year, advancing as he does and retreating back again, with revolutions of equal speed, and investigating as he does the subjects of the radiance of the moon, of its shape, of its waning, of its increase, and of the motion of the other stars, whether fixed or wandering;
68for the inquiry into these matters belongs not to an ill-conditioned or barren soul, but to one which is eminently endowed by nature, and which is able to produce an entire and perfect offspring; on which account the scripture calls the meteorologist "father," inasmuch as he is not unproductive of wisdom.
69Now the symbols represented by the name of Abram are thus accurately defined; those conveyed under the name of Abraham are such as we shall proceed to demonstrate. The meanings now are three, "the father," and "elect," and "of sound." Now by the word "sound" here, we mean uttered speech; for the sounding organ of the living animal is the organ of speech. Of this faculty we say that the father is the mind, for it is from the mind, as from a fountain, that the stream of speech proceeds. The word "elect" belongs to the mind of the wise man, for whatever is most excellent is found in him;
70therefore the man devoted to learning and occupied in the contemplation of sublime subjects, was sketched out according to the former characteristic marks, but the philosopher, or I should rather say the wise man, was exhibited in accordance with those of which we have just given an outline. Think not, then, any longer that the Deity bestows a change of names, but consider that what he gives is a correction of the moral character by means of symbols;
71for having invited the man who formerly busied himself about the subject of the nature of heaven, and whom some call a mathematician, to a participation in virtue, he made him wise and called him so. For having given an appropriate name to his transformed disposition, he named him, as the Hebrews would call it, "Abraham," but in the language of the Greeks, "the elect father of sound;"
72for says he, On what account dost thou investigate the motions and periods of the stars? and why hast thou bounded up so high from the earth to the heavens? Is it merely that you may indulge your curiosity with respect to those matters? And what advantage could accrue to you from all this curiosity? What destruction of pleasure would it cause? What defeat of appetite? What dissolution of pain or fear? What eradication of the passions which disturb and agitate the soul?
73For as there is no advantage in trees unless they are productive of fruit, so in the same way there is no use in the study of natural philosophy unless it is likely to confer upon a man the acquisition of virtue, for that is its proper fruit.
74On which account some of the ancients have compared the discussion and consideration of philosophy to a field, and have likened the physical portion of it to the plants, the logical part to the hedges and fences, the moral part to the fruit,
75thinking that the walls which are built around for the sake of protecting the fruit have been erected by the possessors of the land, and that the plants have been created for the sake of the production of fruit; thus, therefore, they said that in philosophy it is requisite for the consideration of the physical and the logical part of philosophy to be referred to the moral part, by which the moral character is improved, which has a desire at the same time for both the acquisition and the use of virtue.
Sections 76–100
76This is the lesson which we have been taught concerning the man who in word indeed had his name changed, but who in reality changed his nature from the consideration of natural to that of moral philosophy, and who abandoned the contemplation of the world itself for the knowledge of the Being who created the world; by which knowledge he acquired piety, the most excellent of all possessions.
77We will now speak of his wife, Sarah, for she too had her name changed to Sarrah by the addition of the one element, the letter rho. These, then, are the names, and we must now explain what they mean. Sarah, being interpreted, signifies "my authority," but Sarrah signifies "princess;" the former name,
78therefore, is a symbol of specific virtue, but the latter of generic virtue. But in proportion as genus is superior to species in regard of quantity, in the same proportion does the latter name excel the former; for species is something small and perishable, but genus is numerous and immortal,
79and the intention of God is to bestow great and immortal things instead of such as are small and perishable, and this is a task suited to his dignity. Now the prudence which exists in the virtuous man is the authority of himself alone, and he who has it would not err if he were to say, my authority is the prudence which is in me; but that which has stretched out this authority is generic prudence, not any longer the authority of this or that person, but absolute intrinsic authority; therefore that which exists only in species will perish at the same time with its possessor, but that which, like a seal, has stamped it with an impression, is free from all mortality, and will remain for ever and ever imperishable.
80Thus also those arts which exist only in species perish along with those who have acquired them, such as geometricians, grammarians, and musicians, but the generic arts remain exempt from destruction. And, again, he gives an additional sketch of his meaning when he teaches by the same name that every virtue is a princess, and a queen, and a ruler of all the affairs of life.
81But it has also happened that Jacob had his name changed to Israel; and this, too, was a felicitous alteration. Why so? Because the name Jacob means "a supplanter," but the name Israel signifies "the man who sees God." Now it is the employment of a supplanter, who practises virtue, to move, and disturb, and upset the foundations of passion on which it is established, and whatever there is of any strength which is founded on them. But these things are not brought about without a struggle or without severe labour; but only when any one, having gone through all the labours of prudence, then proceeds to practise himself in the exercises of the soul and to wrestle against the reasonings which are hostile to it, and which seek to torment it; but it is the part of him who sees God not to depart from the sacred contest without the crown of victory, but rather to carry off the prize of triumph.
82And what more flourishing and more suitable crown could be woven for the victorious soul than one by which it will be able acutely and clearly to behold the living God? At least a beautiful prize is thus proposed for the soul which delights in the practise of virtue, namely, the being endowed with sight adequate to the clear comprehension of the only thing which is really worth beholding.
83And it is worth while here to raise the question why Abraham, from the time that his name was changed, is always thought worthy of this same appellation, and is no longer called by his former name; but Jacob, who is also called Israel, is nevertheless called Jacob too, as he was before the change of his name; and, indeed, is called Jacob oftener than Israel. We must say, then, that these facts are characters by which it is seen that the virtue which is taught differs from that which is acquired by practise;
84for the man who is improved by instruction, having received a happy and virtuous nature, uses that virtue alone which, by means of memory co-operating with it, implants in him an absence of forgetfulness, so that he comprehends and takes firm hold of all the things which he has once learnt; but he who practises virtue, since he is continually exercising himself, stops to take breath, and relaxes his efforts for a while, collecting himself and recovering the vigour which was a little impaired by his exertions, just as those men do who have oiled their bodies for the contests in the arena. For these men, also, labouring at their training exercises, in order to prevent their powers being utterly broken down, anoint themselves with oil on account of the violent and continued nature of their exercise.
85Then the man who is improved by instruction, having an immortal monitor, receives from him a harmonious and imperishable advantage, without suffering any change; but the practiser of virtue is impelled to action by his own inclination alone, and he exercises himself in it, and labours at it in order to change that passion, which is akin to a created being; and even if he attains to perfection, he still, being fatigued, returns to his ancient kind of labour;
86for he is more inclined to endure toil, but the other is more fortunate, for he has another person as a teacher. But this man, by his own unassisted efforts, investigates, and inquires, and pushes his examination, investigating the mysteries of nature with great earnestness, and exerting continual and incessant labour.
87For this reason God, who never changes, altered the name of Abraham, since he was about to remain in a similar condition, in order that that which was to be firmly established might be confirmed by him who was standing firmly, and who was remaining in the same state in the same manner. But it was an angel who altered the name of Jacob, being the Word, the minister of God; in order that it might be confessed and ascertained, that there is none of the things whose existence is subsequent to that of the living God, which is the cause or unchangeable and unvarying firmness. ... but of that harmony which, as in a musical instrument, contains the intensity and relaxation of sounds so as to produce an artistical combination of melody.
88But, there being three leaders and authors of this race, the two at each extremity of it had their names changed, namely Abraham and Jacob: but the one in the middle, Isaac, always retained the same appellation. Why was this? Because both that virtue which is derived from teaching and that which is attained to by practise, admit of improvement and advancement: for the man who receives instruction desires a knowledge of those matters of which he is ignorant and he who applies himself to practise desires the crowns of victory, and the prizes which are proposed to his industrious and contemplation-loving soul. But the race which is self-taught and which derives all its learning from its own diligence, inasmuch as it exists rather by nature than by study, was at the very beginning introduced as equal, and perfect, and even, there being no number whatever deficient of those which tend to completeness.
89Nor indeed does Joseph have any such need, he who is the president of the necessities of the body; for he also changes his name, being called Psonthomphanech by the king of the country. And what the meaning of these names is we must explain; the name Joseph, being interpreted, signifies "an addition." For things which are put by the side are an addition to those which exist by nature; for instance, gold, silver, possessions, revenues, the ministrations of servants, abundant treasure of heirlooms, and furniture, and other superfluities, and the infinite multitude of the different efficients of pleasure which some persons possess;
90the provider and superintendant of which was called Joseph, or addition, by a very felicitous nomenclature: since he had undertaken the superintendence of the things which were to be brought in from without, and added to the natural things previously existing in the course of nature. And the sacred scriptures testify that this is the case, showing that he was the purveyor of the food of all the corporeal region, Egypt, having stored it up in his treasure-houses.
91Such a person as this, then, Joseph is recognized as being by his distinctive marks and name. Let us now see what sort of person is indicated by the name Psonthomphanech. Now this name being interpreted means, "a mouth judging in an answer;" for every foolish person thinks that the man who is very rich and overflowing with external possessions, - must at once be wise and sensible, competent to give an answer to any question which any one puts to him, and competent also of his own head to deliver advantageous and sagacious opinions. And, in short, by such men prudence is supposed to be identical with good fortune, while one ought, on the contrary, to consider good fortune as consisting in being prudent; for it is fitting that what is unstable should be under the direction of that which stands firmly.
92And indeed his father gave to his own uterine brother the name of Benjamin: but his mother called him the son of her sorrow, speaking most completely in accordance with nature. For the name Benjamin being interpreted means, "the son of days:" and the day is illuminated by that light of the sun which is perceptible by the outward senses: and to this we liken vain glory.
93For that has a certain brilliancy appreciable by the outward senses in the praises which it receives from the multitude and from the common herd of men, in formally enrolled decrees, in the erection of statues and images, in purple robes and golden crowns, in chariots and teams of four horses, and processions of the multitude. He therefore who is an admirer and desirer of such things is very appropriately called a son of days: that is to say, of that light which is perceptible by the outward senses and of the brilliancy which attends vain glory.
94This felicitous and appropriate name the elder word and real father imposes on him; but the soul which has suffered gives him a name suited to what she has suffered. For she calls him the son of her sorrow. Why so? Because those men who are borne about by vain glory are supposed indeed to be happy, but in real truth are unhappy.
95For the things which oppose their happiness are numerous, envy, discontent, emulation, continual strife, irreconcileable enmities lasting till death, hostilities handed down in succession to one’s children’s children—a destiny not at all to be desired.
96Very necessarily therefore did the divinely inspired prophet represent that vain glory as dying in the very act of bringing forth; for says he, "Rachel died, having had a bad delivery." Since, in truth and reality, the sowing and generation of vain glory perceptible by the outward senses is the death of the soul.
97And what shall we say of the sons of Joseph, Ephraim and Manasseh? Are they not, in strict accordance with nature, compared to the two eldest sons of Jacob, Reuben and Simeon? For the scripture says, "Thy two sons who were born in Egypt, before that I came into Egypt, belong to me; Ephraim and Manasseh shall be to me as Reuben and as Simeon." Let us now then see in what manner the one pair are likened to the other pair.
98Reuben is the symbol of a good natural disposition, for the name being interpreted means, "A seeing son;" since every one who is endowed with tolerable acuteness of mind and a good disposition is capable of seeing; and Ephraim, as we have already frequently said in other places, is a symbol of memory, for his name being interpreted signifies, "productiveness of fruit," and the most excellent fruit of the soul is memory; and there is no one thing so nearly akin to another as remembering is to a man of good natural endowments.
99Again, the name of Simeon is a symbol of learning and instruction; for, being interpreted, it signifies "listening," and it is the especial part of a learner to listen and attend to what is said. But Manasseh is a symbol of "recollection," for thus that art is called, from forgetfulness;
100for it must of necessity happen to the man who has advanced out of forgetfulness to recollect, and recollecting especially belongs to learning, for very often his notions escape from the man who is learning, as out of weakness he is unable to retain them, and then again they return to him as at the beginning. The condition therefore which arises from this escaping of his notions is denominated forgetfulness, and that which arises from their returning to him is called recollection.
Sections 101–125
101Now is not memory very naturally spoken of as connected with good natural endowments, and recollection as akin to learning? And, indeed, the same relation which Simeon bears to Reuben, that is to say, learning to natural endowment, the same does Manasseh bear to Ephraim, and the same does recollection bear to memory.
102For as the man of good natural endowments is better than he who is only a learner, for the one resembles the sense of seeing, the other that of hearing, and hearing is always reckoned as entitled to a lesser honour than seeing; so also, he who is endowed with a good memory is at all times superior to him who only recollects, because the one is combined with forgetfulness, but the other continues unalloyed and unadulterated from beginning to end.
103And indeed the scriptures at one time call the father-in-law of the first of the prophets Jother, and at another time Raguel-Jother, when pride is flourishing and at its height; for the name Jother being interpreted means "superfluous," and pride is superfluous in an honest and sincere life, turning into ridicule, as it does, all that is equal and necessary to life, and honouring the unequal things of excess and covetousness.
104This passion honours human things above divine, and customs above laws, and profane above sacred things, and mortal above immortal things, and, in short, appearances above reality; and it even ventures of its own accord to pass on into the rank of counsellors, suggesting to the wise man not to teach those things which alone are worthy to be known, namely, "the commandments of God, and the law," but to study the covenants and contracts of men with one another, which are almost the causes of the society which exists among them being so little sociable. But the great man is obedient in all things, thinking that little things are adapted to little people, and that great things are justly added to the great;
105but very often this man who is wise in his own conceit, and who, passing over from the herds which the blind had assigned to him for him to guide, having sought out the divine herd, becomes no small portion of it; admiring the leader of nature, and marvelling at his way of leading which he employs in his care of his own flocks, for the name Raguel being interpreted, signifies the "pastoral care of God."
106The main part has now been explained; we will now proceed to adduce the proofs. In the first place the scripture represents him as the cultivator of judgment and of justice, for the name Midian, being interpreted, means "out of judgment." And this is said in a twofold sense, for some times it signifies both selection and rejection, such as usually happens to those who are competitors in those contests which are called sacred; for numbers as they appear not qualified, are rejected by the masters of the games.
107These are the men who have been initiated in the unholy rites of Beelphegor, and having widened all the mouths of the body to enable them to receive the streams which are poured into them from without, for the name Beelphegor is interpreted "the mouth above the skin," for they have overwhelmed the mind, the governor of the body, and have sunk it down to the lowest depth, so that it can never emerge, nor even hold up its head in ever so slight a degree.
108And it suffered this until Phineas, the lover of peace and manifest priest of God, came as a champion of his own accord, being by nature a hater of all that is evil, and filled with an admiration and desire for what is good; and as he took a coadjutor, that is to say, the well sharpened and sharp-edged word, competent to investigate and examine everything, he could not be deceived, but exerting a vigorous strength, he pierced passion through her womb, that it might not hereafter bring forth any divinely caused evil.
109Now between these men and the seeing race there is a terrible war, in which no one of the combatants differed in language, but each returned home unwounded and safe, crowned with the garlands of victory.
110This now is one of the things which are shown by the name of Midian; another is that more excellent and judicial species which by the affinity of marriage is connected with the prophetic race. The scripture then says, "The priest of judgment and justice" (that is to say, of Midian) "has seven daughters;"
111by which seven daughters are frequently intimated the powers of the irrational part of the soul, the power of generation and the voice, and the five outward senses, tending the flocks of their father; for by means of these seven powers it is that all the progresses and increases of their father, the mind, exist in the perceptions which are produced from him. These, then, coming each to its appropriate object, the power of sight to colours and shapes, the sense of hearing to sounds, the faculty of smelling to scents, taste to flavours, and all the other faculties to those objects which are adapted for their exercise do in a manner imbibe some of the external objects of the outward senses, until they have filled all the channels of the soul, and from these channels they give drink to the sheep of their father; I mean by these sheep that most pure flock of the reason which bears safety and ornament at the same time.
112But the companions of envy and jealousy, the leaders of the wicked herd coming up, drive them away from that use of their powers which is in accordance with nature, for some conduct these things which are without, inwards to the mind as to a judge and a king, in order that they may do well from having the most excellent of governors;
113but others take the opposite side, pursuing and proclaiming the exact contrary, while it is possible for the mind to be drawn towards them, and to give up the flock which was entrusted to it to feed. Until the good disposition, devoted to virtue and inspired by God, which for awhile has appeared to be resting in inactivity, by name Moses, holds his shield over them and defends them from those who would attack them, nourishing the flock of his father on wholesome words,
114and they having escaped the attack of the enemies of intellect who admire only the external appendages, like people in tragedies, go no longer to Jother but to Raguel, for they have abandoned all connection with pride, and have connected themselves with lawful persuasion, choosing to become a portion of the sacred flock, of which the divine word is the leader, as his name shows, for it signifies the pastoral care of God.
115But while he is taking care of his own flock, all kinds of good things are given all at once to those of the sheep who are obedient, and who do not resist his will; and in the Psalms we find a song in these words, "The Lord is my shepherd, therefore shall I lack nothing;"
116therefore the mind which has had the royal shepherd, the divine word, for its instructor, will very naturally ask of his seven daughters, "Why is it that you have contended with such great haste to come hither this day?" for formerly, when you met with the objects of the outward sense, remaining a long time outside, you were a long time in returning again by reason of the manner in which you were allured by them, but now I do not know what it is that has happened to you, but you are speedy in your return, contrary to your usual custom.
117Therefore they will say that there were not the same causes why they should run back with such exceeding speed, making the double course from the objects of the outward sense and to the objects of the outward sense, without stopping to take breath, and with excessive impetuosity; but that the cause was rather the man who delivered them from the shepherds of the wild flock. And they call Moses an Egyptian, a man who was not only a Hebrew, but even a Hebrew of the very purest race, of the only tribe which is consecrated, because they are unable to rise above their own nature;
118for the outward senses, being on the confines between the objects of the intellect and those of the outward senses, we must be content if they aim at both of them, and are not allured by the objects of the outward sense alone. And to think that they are inclined only to attend to the things which are purely objects of the intellect is great folly; on which account they give him both these names, since when they call him a man, they indicate the things which are within the province of reason alone to contemplate, and when they call him an Egyptian, they indicate the objects of the external senses.
119When he has heard this, he will again inquire, "Where is the man?" In what part of you is the reasonable species dwelling? Why have you left it so easily, and have not rather after having once met with it, preserved that which was the most beautiful of possessions, and the most advantageous for yourselves?
120But even if you have not done so before, at least call it to you now, that it may eat of and be supported by your improvement and your close connection with him; for perhaps he will even dwell with you, and will bring with him the winged, and divinely inspired, and prophetical race by name Zipporah.
121Thus much we have thought fit to say on this subject. But, moreover, Moses also changes the name of Hosea into that of Joshua; displaying by his new name the distinctive qualities of his character;
122for the name Hosea is interpreted, "what sort of a person is this?" but Joshua means "the salvation of the Lord," being the name of the most excellent possible character; for the habits are better with respect to those persons who are of such and such qualities from being influenced by them: as, for instance, music is better in a musician, physic in a physician, and each art of a distinctive quality in each artist, regarded both in its perpetuity, and in its power, and in its unerring perfection with regard to the objects of its speculation. For a habit is something everlasting, energising, and perfect; but a man of such and such a quality is mortal, the object of action, and imperfect. And what is imperishable is superior to what is mortal, the efficient cause is better than that which is the object of action; and what is perfect is preferable to what is imperfect.
123In this way the coinage of the above mentioned description was changed and received the stamp of a better kind of appearance. And Caleb himself was changed wholly and entirely; "For," as the scripture says, "a new spirit was in him;" as if the dominant part in him had been changed into complete perfection; for the name Caleb, being interpreted, means, "the whole heart."
124And a proof of this is to be gathered from the fact that the mind is changed, not by being biassed and inclining in one particular direction or the other, but wholly and entirely in the direction which is good; and that, even if there is any thing which is not very praiseworthy indeed, it makes that to depart by arguments conducive to repentance; for, having in this manner washed off all the defilements which polluted it, and having availed itself of the baths and purifications of wisdom, it must inevitably look brilliant.
125But it happens to the arch-prophet to have many names: for when he interprets and explains the oracles which are delivered by God, he is called Moses; and when he prays for and blesses the people, he is called the man of God; and when Egypt is paying the penalty of its impious actions, he is then denominated the god of him who is king of the country, namely, of Pharaoh. And why is all this?
Sections 126–150
126Because to alter a code of laws for the advantage of those who are to use them is the part of a man who is always handling divine things, and having them in his hands; and who is called a lawgiver by the all-knowing God, and who has received from him a great gift—the interpretation of the sacred laws, and the spirit of prophecy in accordance with them. For the name Moses, being translated, signifies "gain," and it also means handling, for the reasons which I have already enumerated.
127But to pray and to bless are not the duties of any ordinary man, but they belong to one who has not admitted any connection with created things, but who has devoted himself to God, the governor and the father of all men.
128And any one must be content to whom it has been allowed to use the privilege of blessing. And to be able also to procure good for others belongs to a greater and more perfect soul, and is the profession of one who is really inspired by God, which he who has attained to may reasonably be called God. But, also, this same person is God, inasmuch as he is wise, and as on this account he rules over every foolish person, even if such foolish person be established and strengthened by a haughty sceptre, and be ever so proud on this account;
129for the Ruler of the universe, even though some persons are about to be punished for intolerable acts of wickedness, nevertheless is willing to admit some intercessors to mediate on their behalf, who, in imitation of the merciful power of the father, exercise their power of punishment with more moderation and humanity; but to do good is the peculiar attribute of God.
130Having now discussed at sufficient length the subject of the change and alteration of names, we will turn to the matters which come next in order in our proposed examination. Immediately after the events which we have just mentioned, came the birth of Isaac; for after God had given to his mother the name of Sarrah instead of Sarah, he said to Abraham, "I will give unto thee a son." We must consider each of the things here indicated particularly.
131Now he who is properly said to give any thing whatever must by all means be giving what is his own private property. And if this is true beyond controversy, then it would follow that Isaac must not have been a man, but a being synonymous with that most exquisite joy of all pleasures, namely, laughter, the adopted son of God, who gave him as a soother and cheerer to the most peace-loving souls;
132for it is absurd to suppose that there was one who was a man, and another of whom bastard and illegitimate offspring were descended: and, indeed, Moses calls the man of an intellect devoted to virtue a god, when he says, "The Lord, seeing that Leah was hated, opened her womb."
133For having felt compassion and pity for virtue as being hated by the race of mankind, and for the soul which loves virtue, he makes the nature which loves beauty barren, but opens the fountain of fecundity and gives it a prosperous labour.
134But Tamar, when she became pregnant of divine seeds, and did not know who it was who had sown them (for it is said that at that time she "had covered her face," as Moses did when he turned away, having a reverential fear of beholding God), still when she saw the tokens and the evidences and decided within herself that it was not a mortal man who gave these things, cried out, "To whomsoever these things belong, it is by him that I am with child."
135Whose was the ring, or the pledge, or the seal of the whole, or the archetypal appearance, according to which all the things, though devoid of species and of distinctive quality, were all stamped and marked? And whose again was the armlet, or the ornament; that is to say, destiny, the link and analogy of all things which have an indissoluble connection? Whose, again, was the staff, the thing of strong support, which wavers not, which is not moved; that is to say, admonition, correction, instruction? Whose is the sceptre, the kingly power?
136does it not belong to God alone? Therefore, the disposition inclined to confession, that is to say, Judah, being pleased at her possessed and inspired condition, speaks freely, saying, "She has spoken justly, because I gave her in marriage to no mortal man;" thinking it an impious thing to pollute divine with profane things.
137And wisdom, which, after the fashion of a mother, has conceived and brought forth the self-taught race, points out that it is God who is the sower of it; for, after the offspring is brought forth, she speaks magnificently, saying, "The Lord has caused me laughter;" an expression equivalent to, he has fashioned, he has made, he has begotten Isaac, since Isaac is the same with laughter.
138But it does not belong to every one to hear this sound, since the evil of superstition is very widely spread among us, and has overwhelmed many unmanly and ignoble souls; on which account she adds, "For whoever hears this will not rejoice with me." As if those persons were very few whose ears are opened and pricked up so as to be inclined to the reception of these sacred words, which teach that it is the peculiar employment of the only God to sow and to beget what is good; to which words all other persons are deaf.
139And I know that this illustrious oracle was formerly delivered from the mouth of the prophet. "Thy fruit has been found from me: who is wise and will understand these things? who is prudent and will know them?" But I have observed, and comprehended, and admired him who causes to resound, and who himself, invisible as he is, does in an invisible manner strike the organ of the voice; being amazed also at the same time at what was uttered.
140For if there be any good thing among existing things, that, or I should rather say the whole heaven and the whole world, if one must tell the truth, is the fruit of God; being preserved upon his eternal and everflourishing nature as upon a tree. But it belongs to wise and understanding men to understand and to confess such things as these, and not to the ignorant.
141We have now then explained what is meant by the words, "I will give unto thee." We must now explain the words, "out of her." Some now have understood them as meaning that which exists out of her, thinking that it has been most correctly decided by right reason that the soul never displays any peculiar beauty of its own, but only such as comes to it from without, in accordance with the greatness of the good will of God who showers his graces upon it.
142But others understand these words to mean instant rapidity; for that the words (ἐξ αὐτη̃ς, which we have translated) "out of her," are here equivalent to, "at once, immediately, without any delay, without hesitation." And it is in this way that the gifts of God usually come to men, outstripping the differences of time. There is a third class of persons who say, that virtue is the mother of all created good, without having received the seed of it from any mortal man;
143and to those who ask, whether she who is barren has an offspring (for the holy scriptures, which some time ago represented Sarrah as barren, now confess that she will become a mother); this answer must be given, that a woman who is barren cannot, in the course of nature, bring forth an offspring, just as a blind man cannot see, nor a deaf man hear; but that the soul, which is barren of bad things, and which is unproductive of immoderate license of the passions and vices, is alone very nearly attaining to a happy delivery, bringing forward objects worthy of love, namely, the number seven, according to the hymn which is sung by Grace, that is, by Hannah, who says, "she who was barren hath born seven, and she who had many children has become weak:"
144and what she means by, "She who had many children," is the mind, which being pregnant of mixed and promiscuous reasonings, from all quarters confused together, by reason of the multitudes which crowd around her, and of the disorder which they cause, brings forth incurable evils; and by "she who was barren," she means that mind which had never received any mortal seed, as if it were productive of offspring, but has avoided and shunned all association and all connection with the wicked, and clings to the seventh, and to the most peaceful numbers in accordance with it, for it deserves to be pregnant of it, and to be called its mother.
145This then is the meaning of the words, "out of her." We must now consider the third point, namely, what that is which is called her son. In the first place, then, there is this worthy of our admiration, that God does not say that he will give her many children, but that he will give her one only. And why is this? Because it is the nature of what is good to be investigated, not so much with respect to its number or magnitude, as with respect to its power;
146for musical precepts, to take them for an instance, or rules of grammar, or of geometry, or of justice, or of wisdom, or of manly courage, or of temperance, are very numerous indeed; but the science itself of music, or grammar, or geometry, and still more the virtue of justice, or temperance, or wisdom, or manly courage, is only one thing, the loftiest perfection, in no respect differing from the archetypal model, after which all those numerous and countless precepts were formed.
147And this is why he only says that he will give her one son. And now he has called it a son, not speaking carelessly or inconsiderately, but for the sake of showing that it is not a foreign, nor a supposititious, nor an adopted, nor an illegitimate child, but a legitimate child, a proper citizen, inasmuch as a foreign child cannot be the offspring of a truly citizen soul, for the Greek word τέκνον (son), is derived from τόκος (bringing forth), by way of showing the kindred by which children are, by nature, united to their parents.
148And, says God, "I will bless her, and she shall be a mother of nations;" because, not only is generic virtue divided into its proximate species, and into individuals subordinate to the species, as if into nations; but also because, as there are nations of living animals, so in a manner are . there nations of things, to which virtue is a very great advantage;
149for all things which are devoid and destitute of wisdom are mischievous, just as all places upon which the sun does not shine are of necessity dark; for it is by virtue that a farmer is able to pay better attention to his crops, and by virtue that a charioteer drives his chariot in the horse-races so as to avoid falling; and by virtue too, that a pilot and a steersman guides his vessel in its voyage.
150Virtue again has caused houses, and cities, and countries to be inhabited in a better manner, making men competent to manage houses and cities, and fit to associate with one another. Virtue also has introduced most excellent laws, and has sown the seeds of peace everywhere; since, from the contrary habit, things of a contrary character do naturally arise—war, lawlessness, bad constitutions, confusion, unsuccessful voyages, overthrows, that which, in science, is the most grievous of all diseases, namely, cunning, from which, instead of art, all kinds of evil artifice has flowed. Very necessarily, therefore, will virtue be divided among all nations, which are large and collected systems of living beings and things taken together, for the advantage of those who receive her.
Sections 151–175
151Immediately afterwards it is said, "And kings of the nations shall be born of her." For those with whom she is pregnant and whom she brings forth are all rulers; not because they have been elected as such for a short period by lot, which is an uncertain thing, or by the show of hands of men who are for the most part bribed, but because they have been destined and appointed so for everlasting by nature herself.
152And these are not my words only, but those of the most holy scriptures, in which certain persons are introduced as saying to Abraham, "Thou art a king from God among us;" not out of consideration for his resources (for what resources could a man have who was an emigrant and who had no city to inhabit, but who was wandering over a great extent of impassable country?), but because they saw that he had a royal disposition in his mind, so that they confessed, in the words of Moses, that he was the only wise king.
153For in real truth the wise man is the king of those who are foolish, since he knows what he ought and what he ought not to do; and the temperate man is the king of the intemperate, as he has attained to no careless or inaccurate knowledge of what relates to choice and avoidance. Also the brave man is king over the cowardly, inasmuch as he has thoroughly learnt what he ought to endure and what he ought not. So too the just man is king of the unjust, as he is possessed of the knowledge of undeviating equality as to what is to be distributed. And the holy man is king over the unholy, as he is possessed with the most just and excellent notions of God.
154It was natural then for the mind, being puffed up by these promises, to be elated and raised to an undue height in its own estimation; and accordingly, by way of producing conviction in us, who were accustomed to hold up our heads at the slightest trifles, "it falls down and immediately laughs the laughter of the soul," looking mournful as to its face, but smiling in its mind a great and unmixed joy having entered into it:
155and both these feelings, namely, to laugh and also to fall, do at the same time occur to a wise man who inherits good things beyond his expectation; the one being his fate, as a proof that he is not over-proud because of his thorough knowledge of his mortal nothingness; and the other, by way of a confirmation of his piety on account of his looking upon God as the sole cause of all graces and of all good things.
156Let, then, the creature fall down and wear a melancholy countenance very naturally; for it has no stability in its own nature, and as far as that goes is easily dissolved; but let it be raised up again by God, and laugh, for he alone is the support and joy of it.
157And here any one may reasonably express a doubt how it is possible for any one to laugh when laughter had not as yet come among one branch of the creation; for Isaac is laughter, who, according to the account under our consideration at present, was not yet born. For just as it is impossible to see without eyes, or to hear without ears, or to smell without nostrils, or to exert any other of the external senses without the organs adapted to each respectively, or to comprehend without the reason, so also it is not likely that a person can have laughed, if laughter had not as yet been made.
158What, then, are we to say? Nature foreshows many of the things which are hereafter to happen by certain symbols. Do you not see how the young bird, before it commits itself to the air, is fond of fluttering its wings and shaking its pinions, giving a previous happy indication of its hope that it will be able to fly?
159And have you never seen a lamb, or a kid, or an ox, while still young, and before his horns are as yet grown and noticed, if by chance any one irritates him, how he opposes him, and moves forward to defend himself with those parts in which nature has planted his arms for defence?
160And in the battles which take place with wild beasts, the bulls do not at once gore the adversaries who are opposed to them, but standing well apart, and relaxing their neck in a moderate degree and bending their heads on one side, and looking fierce, as it were, they then, after a truce, rush on with the determination of persevering in the contest. And this sort of conduct those who are in the habit of inventing new words call "sparring," being a sort of sham attack before the real one.
161And the soul is subject to many things of much the same kind. For when something good is hoped for it rejoices beforehand, so that in a manner it rejoices before its joy, and is delighted before its delight. And one may also compare this to what happens with respect to plants; for they, too, when they are about to bear fruit, bud beforehand and flower previously, and are green previously.
162Look at the cultivated vine, how marvellously it is furnished by nature with young shoots, and tendrils, and suckers, and leaves redolent of wine, which, though they utter no voice, do nevertheless indicate the joy of the tree at the coming fruit. And the day also laughs in anticipation of the early dawn, when the sun is about to rise; for one ray is a messenger of another, and one beam of light, as the forerunner of another though more obscure, is still a herald of that which shall be brighter.
163Therefore, joy accompanies a good when it is already arrived, and hope while it is expected. For we rejoice when it is come, and we hope while it is coming; just as is the case also with the contrary feelings; for the presence of evil brings us grief, and the expectation of evil generates fear, and fear is nothing more than grief before grief, as hope is joy before joy. For the same relation that, I imagine, fear bears to grief, that same does hope bear to joy.
164And the external senses afford very manifest proofs of what has now been said; for smell, sitting as it were in front of taste, pronounces judgment beforehand on almost every thing which is eaten and drunk; from which fact some persons have very felicitously named it the foretaster, having a regard to its employment. And so hope is by nature adapted to have as it were a foretaste of the coming good: and to represent it to the soul, which is to have a firm possession of it.
165Moreover, when any one who is engaged in a journey is hungry or thirsty, if he on a sudden sees a fountain or all kinds of trees weighed down with eatable fruits, he is at once filled with a hope of enjoyment, not only before he has either eaten or drunk, but before he has either come near them or gathered of them. And do we then think that we are able to feast on the nourishment of the body before we receive it, but that the food of the mind is not able to render us cheerful beforehand, even when we are on the very point of feasting on it?
166He laughed then very naturally, even though laughter did not as yet appear to have been scattered among the human race: and not only did he laugh but the woman also laughed; for it is said presently, "And Sarrah laughed in herself, saying, There has never up to the present time come any good unto me of its own accord without care on my part; but he who has promised is my Lord, and is older than all creation, and him I must of necessity believe."
167And at the same time it also teaches us that virtue is naturally a thing to be rejoiced at, and that he who possesses it is at all times rejoiced; and, on the contrary, that vice is a painful thing, and that he who possesses that is most miserable. And do we even now marvel at those philosophers who affirm that virtue consists in apathy?
168For, behold, Moses is found to be the leader of this wise doctrine, as he represents the good man as rejoicing and laughing. And in other passages he not only speaks of him in that way, but also of all those who come to the same place with him; for he says, "And when he seeth thee he will rejoice in himself;" as if the bare sight of a good man were by itself sufficient to fill the mind with cheerfulness while the soul would cast off its most fearful burden, sorrow.
169But it is not allowed to every wicked man to rejoice, as it is said in the predictions of the prophet, "There is no rejoicing for the wicked, says God." For this is truly a divine saying and oracle, that the life of every wicked man is melancholy, and sad, and full of unhappiness, even if with his face he pretends to feel happiness;
170for I should not say that the Egyptians rejoiced in reality when they heard that the brethren of Joseph were come, but that they only feigned joy, putting on a false appearance like hypocrites; for no convictor, when standing by and pressing upon a foolish man is a pleasure to him, just as no physician is to an intemperate man who is sick; for labour attends on what is useful, and laziness on what is hurtful. And those who prefer laziness to labour are very naturally hated by those who advise them to a course which will be useful and laborious.
171When, therefore, you hear that "Pharaoh and all his servants rejoiced on account of the arrival of Joseph’s brethren," do not think that they rejoiced in reality, unless perhaps in this sense, that they expected that he would become changed from the good things of the soul in which he had been brought up, and would come over to the profitless appetites of the body, having adulterated the ancient and hereditary coinage of that virtue which was akin to him.
172The mind, then, which is devoted to pleasure, having entertained these hopes, does not think that it is sufficient to attract the younger men, and those who are as yet only attending the schools of temperance, by its allurements; but it looks upon it as a terrible thing, if it cannot also bring over the elder reasoning, the more impetuous passions of which have now passed their prime;
173for in a subsequent passage Joseph says to them, proposing injuries to them as though they were benefits, "Now, therefore, bringing with you your father and all your possessions, come hither to me;" speaking in this way of Egypt and of that terrible king who drags back all our paternal inheritance and the good things which really belong to us and which have advanced beyond the body (for by nature they are free), endeavouring by force to surrender them to a very bitter prison, having, as the holy scripture tells us, "appointed as guardian of the prison Pentaphres, the eunuch and chief cook," who was a man in great want of all that is good, and who had been deprived of the generative parts of the soul; and who was also unable to sow and to plant any of those things which bear upon instruction; but who like a cook slew the living animals, and cut them up and divided them in different portions limb by limb, and who wallowed about in dead and lifeless bodies and things equally, and who, by his superfluous preparations and refinements, excited and stirred up the appetites of the profitless passions, which it was natural to expect that those who were able to tame them should mollify.
174And he also says, "I will give unto you of all the good things of Egypt, and you shall eat of the marrow of the earth." But we will say unto him, We who keep our eyes fixed on the good things of the soul do not desire those of the body. For that most delicious desire of the former things, when once implanted in the mind, is well calculated to engender a forgetfulness of all those things which are dear to the flesh.
175Something like this, then, is the falsely named joy of the foolish. But the true joy has already been described, which is adapted only to the virtuous, "Therefore, falling down, he laughed." Not falling from God, but from himself; for he stood near the unchangeable God, but he fell from his own vain opinion.
Sections 176–200
176On which account that pride which was wise in its own conceit, having been thrown down, and the feeling which is devoted to God having been raised in its place, and being established around the only unalterable being, he, immediately laughing, said in his mind, "Shall a child be born to one who is a hundred years old, and shall Sarrah, who is ninety years old, have a child?"
177Do not fancy, my good friend, that that word, "he said" not with his mouth but "in his mind," has been added for no especial use; on the contrary, it is inserted with great accuracy and propriety. Why so? Because it seems by his saying, "Shall a child be born to him who is a hundred years old?" that he had a doubt about the birth of Isaac, in which he was previously stated to believe; as what was predicted a little before showed, speaking thus, "This child shall not be thy heir, but he who shall come out of thee;" and immediately afterward he says, "Abraham believed in the Lord, and it was counted to him for righteousness."
178Since then it was not consistent for one who had already believed to doubt, he has represented the doubt as of no long continuance, extending only as far as the mouth and the tongue, and stopping there at the mind which is endowed with such celerity of motion; for, says the scripture, "he said in his mind," which nothing, and no person ever so celebrated for swiftness of foot, could ever be able to outstrip, since it outruns even all the winged natures;
179on which account the most illustrious of all the Greek poets appears to me to have said:— "Swift as a winged bird or fleeter thought." Showing by these words the exceeding speed of its promptitude, placing the thought after the winged bird as a sort of climax; for the mind advances at the same moment to very many things and bodies, hurrying on with indescribable impetuosity, and without a moment’s lapse of time it speeds at once to the borders of both earth and sea, bringing together and dividing infinite magnitudes by a single word; and at the same time it soars to such a height above the earth, that it penetrates through the air and reaches even the aether, and scarcely stops at the very furthest circle of the fixed stars.
180For the fervid and glowing heat of that region does not suffer it to rest tranquil; on which account, overleaping many things, it is borne far beyond every boundary perceptible by the outward senses, to that which is compounded of ideas and appearances by the law of kindred. On which account in the good man there is a slight change, indivisible, unapportionable, not perceptible by the outward senses, but only by the intellect, and being in a manner independent of them.
181But, perhaps, some one may say, What then? is he who has once believed bound never to admit the slightest trace, or shadow, or moment of incredulity at all? But this man appears to me to have nothing else in his mind except an idea of proving the creature uncreated, and the mortal immortal, and the corruptible incorruptible, and man, if it be lawful to say so, God.
182For he says that the belief which man has once conceived ought to be so firm as in no respect to differ from that which is entertained of the truly living God and which is complete in every part; for Moses, in his greater hymn, says, "God is faithful, and there is no unrighteousness in him."
183And it is great folly to fancy that the soul of man is able to contain the virtues of God, which never vary and which are established on the most solid footing; for it is sufficient, and one must be content to have been able to acquire the images of them, though they are inferior to the archetypal patterns by many and large numbers.
184And is not this reasonable? for it follows of necessity that the virtues of God must be pure and unmixed, since God is not a compound being, inasmuch as he is a single nature; on the other hand, the virtues of men must be mixed with some alloy, since we ourselves are compounds, the divine and human nature being combined in us, and adapted together according to the principles of perfect music; and that which is composed of many separate things has a natural attraction to each of its parts.
185But he is happy to whom it has happened that for the greater portion of his life he has inclined towards the more excellent and more divine part; for that he should have done so all his life is impossible, since at times the mortal weight which is opposed to him has preponderated in the opposite scale, and impending over his mind, has kept watch for the opportunities of coming upon his reason at an unfavourable time, so as to drag it back again.
186Abraham therefore believed in God; but he believed as a man; that you may be aware of the peculiar attribute of mortals, and may learn that his fall did not happen to him in any other way than in consequence of the ordinances of nature. And if it was of short duration and only momentary, it is a thing to be thankful for: for many other men have been so overturned by the violence and impetuosity of error, and by its irresistible force, that they have been utterly destroyed for ever.
187For know, my good man, that, according to the most holy Moses, virtue is not perfect in the human body, but it suffers something like torpor, and is often ever so little lame. For says the scripture, "The broader part of his thigh became torpid, on which he was lame."
188And perhaps some man of an over-confident disposition may come forward and say that this is not the language of one who disbelieves, but of one praying, so that if that most excellent of all the happy feelings were about to be produced, it would not be brought forth according to any other number than that of ninety years, that so the perfect good might arrive at its production according to perfect numbers.
189But the aforesaid numbers are perfect, and especially according to the sacred scriptures. And let us consider each of them: now first of all there is the son of the just Noah and the ancestor of the seeing race, and he is said to have been a hundred years old when he begot Arphaxad, and the meaning of the name Arphaxad is, "he disturbed sorrow." At all events it is a good thing that the offspring of the soul should confuse, and disorder, and destroy that miserable thing iniquity, so full of evils.
190But Abraham also planted a field, using the ratio of an hundred for the measurement of the ground: and Isaac found some barley yielding a hundred fold. And Moses also made the vestibule of the sacred tabernacle in a hundred arches, measuring out the distance towards the east and towards the west.
191Moreover the ratio of a hundred is the first fruit of the first fruit which the Levites assign to those who are consecrated to the priesthood; for after they have taken the tenths from the nation they are enjoined to give unto the priests a sacred tenth of the whole share, as if from their own possessions.
192And if a person were to consider, he might find many other instances to the praise of the aforesaid number brought forward in the law of Moses, but for the present what have been enumerated are sufficient. But if from the hundred you set aside the tenth part as a sacred first fruit to God who produces, and increases, and brings to perfection the fruit of the soul—for how can it be anything but perfect, inasmuch as it is on the confines between the first and the tenth, in the same manner in which the Holy of Holies is separated by the veil in the middle. [...] by which those things which are of the same genus are divided according to the differences in species?
193Therefore the good man was speaking and saying things which were really good in his mind. But the bad man at times interprets good things in a very excellent manner, but nevertheless does shameful things in a most shameful one, as Shechem does who is the offspring of folly. For he is the son of Hamon his father, and the name Hamon, being translated, means "an ass," but the name Shechem means "a shoulder" when interpreted, the symbol of labour. But that labour of which folly is the parent is miserable and full of suffering, as, on the other hand, that labour is useful to which prudence is related.
194Accordingly the holy scriptures tell us that, "Shechem spake according to the mind of the virgin, having first humbled her." Is it not said then, with great purpose and accuracy, that he spake according to the mind of the damsel, for the purpose of showing distinctly that he acted in a contrary manner to that in which he spoke? For Dinah means "incorruptible judgment:" justice the attribute seated by God, the everlasting virgin; for the name Dinah, being interpreted, means either thing, "judgment" or "justice."
195Fools, then, laying violent hands upon and attempting to defile her, by means of their daily designs and practises, by their plausibility of speech escape conviction. Therefore they must either act in a manner consistent with the language that they hold, or else they must hold their tongues while committing iniquity. For it is said, "Silence is one half of evil:" as Moses says when rebuking the man who accounted the creature worthy of the principal honour, and the immortal God worthy only of the second place, "Thou hast sinned, be silent."
196For to use bombastic language, and to boast of one’s evil deeds, is a double sin: and men in general are very prone to this; for they are constantly saying what is pleasing to the ever-virgin virtue, and such things as are just: but they never omit any opportunity of insulting and violating her when they are able. For what city is there which is not full of those who are continually celebrating the praises of virtue?—
197men who weary the ears of those who hear them by everlastingly dwelling on such subjects as these; wisdom is a necessary good; folly is pernicious; temperance is desirable; intemperance is hateful; courage is a thing proper to be cultivated; cowardice must be avoided; justice is advantageous; injustice is disadvantageous; holiness is honourable; unholiness is shameful; piety towards the gods is praiseworthy; impiety is blameable; that which is most akin to the nature of man is to design, and to act, and to speak virtuously; that which is most alien from his nature is to do the contrary of all these things.
198By continually stringing together these and similar aphorisms they deceive the courts of justice, and the council chambers, and the theatres, and every assembly and company which they meet; as men who put beautiful masks on ugly faces, with the intention of not being discovered by those who see them.
199But it is of no use; for some persons will come endowed with great vigour, and occupied with a real zeal and admiration for virtue, and who will strip them of all their coverings, and disguises, and appendages which they had woven round themselves by the evil artifice of plausible speeches, and will display their soul naked by itself as it really is, and will make themselves acquainted with the secret things of their nature which are hidden as it were in recesses. And then having brought to light all its shame and all the reproaches to which it is liable, they will display them in broad daylight to every one, and show what sort of thing it is, how disgraceful and ridiculous, and what a spurious kind of beauty it has disguised itself with by means of its appendages and coverings.
200And those who are prepared to avenge themselves on such profane and impure dispositions are Simeon and Levi, two indeed in number, but only one in mind; on which account, in his blessings of his sons, their father numbers them together under one classification, on account of the harmonious character of their unanimity and of their violence in one and the same direction. But Moses does not make any mention of them afterwards as a pair, but classes the whole tribe of Simeon under that of Levi, combining together two essences, of which he made one impressed as it were with one idea and appearance, uniting hearing to doing.
Sections 201–225
201When, therefore, the virtuous man knew that the promise was uttering things full of reverence and prudent caution, according to his own mind, he admitted both these feelings into his breast, namely, faith in God, and incredulity as to the creature. Very naturally therefore he says, using the language of entreaty, "Would that this Ishmael might live before thee," using each word of those which he utters here with deliberate propriety, namely, the "this," the "might live," the "before thee."
202For it is no small number of persons who have been deceived by the similarity of the names of different things, and we had better examine here what I am saying. The name Ishmael, being interpreted, means "the hearing of God," but some men listen to the divine doctrines to their benefit, and others listen to both his admonitions and to those of others only to their destruction. Do you not recollect the case of the soothsayer Balaam? He is represented as hearing the oracles of God, and as having received knowledge from the Most High,
203but what advantage did he reap from such hearing, and what good accrued to him from such knowledge? In his intention he endeavoured to injure the most excellent eye of the soul, which alone has received such instruction as to be able to behold God, but he was unable to do so by reason of the invincible power of the Saviour; therefore, being overthrown by his own insane wickedness, and having received many wounds, he perished amid the heaps of wounded, because he had stamped beforehand the divinely inspired prophecies with the sophistry of the soothsayers.
204Very righteously, therefore, does the good man pray that this his only son, Ishmael, may be sound in mind and health, because of those persons who do not listen in a sincere spirit to the sacred admonitions, whom Moses has expressly forbidden to come into the assembly of the Ruler of the universe,
205for those men are broken as to the generative parts of their minds, or are even rendered completely impotent in that respect, who magnify their own minds, and their external sense, as the only causes of all the events which take place among men; and there are others who are lovers of a system of polytheism, and who honour the company which is devoted to the service of many gods, being the sons of a harlot, having no knowledge of the one husband and father of the virtue-loving soul, namely, God; and are not all these men very properly driven away and banished from the assembly of God?
206They appear to me very much to resemble those parents who accuse their sons of intemperance in wine, for they say, "This our son is disobedient," indicating, by the addition of the word "this," that they have other sons likewise who are temperate and self-denying, and who obey the injunctions of right reason and instruction; for these are the most genuine parents, by whom it is a most disgraceful thing to be accused, and a most glorious thing to be praised.
207Then as to the words, "This is Aaron and Moses, whom God directed to lead the children of Israel out of Egypt," and the expression, "These are they who conversed with Pharaoh the king." Let us not think that they are used superfluously, or that they do not convey some intimations beyond the mere open meaning of the words;
208for since Moses is the purest mind, and Aaron is his speech, and moreover, since the mind has been taught to think of divine things in a divine manner, and since the speech has learnt to interpret holy things in holy language, the sophists imitating them, and adulterating the genuine coinage, say, that they also conceive rightly, and speak in a praiseworthy manner about what is most excellent. In order, therefore, that we may not be deceived by a placing of the base money in juxtaposition with the good, by reason of the similitude of the impression, he has given us a test by which they may be distinguished.
209What then is the test? To bring out of the region of the body the mind, endowed with the power of seeing, fond of contemplation and philosophical; for he who can do this is this same Moses; and he who is unable really to do so, but who is only said to be able, and who makes professions with infinite pomp and magnitude of language, is laughed at. But he prays that Ishmael may live, not meaning to refer to the life in conjunction with the body, but he prays that the divine voice, dwelling for evermore in his soul, may awaken and vivify it.
210And he indeed prays that the hearing of sacred words and the learning of sacred doctrine may live, as has been already said; but Jacob, the practiser of virtue, prays that the good natural disposition may live; for he says, "May Reuben live and not die," does he then here pray for immortality for him, a thing impossible for man to attain to?
211Surely not, we must then explain what it is which he intends to signify. All the lessons and all the admonitions of instruction are built up and established on the nature which is calculated to receive instruction, as on a foundation previously laid; but if there is no natural foundation previously in existence, everything is useless; for men, by nature destitute of sense, would not appear at all to differ from a stock or a lifeless stone; for nothing could possibly be adapted to them so as to cleave to them, but everything would rebound and spring back as from some hard body.
212But on the other hand, we may see the souls of those who are well endowed by nature, like a well-smoothed waxen tablet, neither too solid nor too tender, moderately tempered, and easily receiving all admonitions and all lessons, and themselves giving an accurate representation of any impression which has been stamped upon them, being a sort of distinct image of memory.
213It was therefore indispensable to pray that a good natural disposition, free from all disease and from all mortality, should be joined to the rational race; for they are but few who partake of the life according to virtue, which is the most real and genuine life. I do not mean of the common herd of men only, for of them there is not one who partakes of real life: but even of those to whom it has been granted to shun the objects of human desire, and to live to God alone.
214On which account the practiser of virtue, that courageous man, marvelled greatly, if any one being borne along the middle of the stream of life, was not dragged down by any violence, but was able to withstand the flow of abundant wealth coming over him, and to stem the impetuosity of immoderate pleasure, and to avoid being carried away by the whirlwind of vain opinion.
215At all events Jacob does not speak to Joseph more than the sacred scripture speaks to every one who is vigorous in his body, and who is seen to be immersed amid abundant treasures, and riches, and superfluities, and to be overcome by none of them, when he says, "For still thou livest," uttering a most marvellous sentiment, and one which is quite beyond the daily life of us who, if we have fallen in with ever so slight a breeze which bears us towards good fortune, immediately set all sail and beoame greatly elated, and being full of great and high spirits, hurry forward with all our speed to the indulgence of our passions, and never will check our unbridled and immoderately excited desires until we run ashore and are wrecked as to the whole vessel of our souls.
216Very beautifully therefore, do we pray that this Ishmael may live. Therefore, Abraham adds, "May he live before God," looking upon it as the perfection of all happiness for the mind to be accounted worthy of him who is the most excellent of all beings, as its inspector and overseer;
217for if, while the teacher is present the pupil cannot go wrong, and if a monitor being at hand is of service to the learner, and if while an elder person is present the younger man is adorned by modesty and temperance, and if the presence of his father or of his mother have often prevented a son when about to commit sin, even though they are only beheld by him in silence, then what excess of good must we imagine that man to enjoy, who believes that he is always watched and beheld by God? for while he fears and reverences and looks up to the dignity of him as being present, he will flee from committing iniquity with all his might.
218But when he prays that Ishmael may live, he does not despair of the birth of Isaac, as I have already said, but he believes in God; for it does not follow that what it is possible for God to give, it is also possible for man to receive, since to God it is easy to give the most numerous and important benefits, but to us it is not easy to accept of the gifts which are proffered to us;
219for we must be content, if, by means of labour and diligence, we obtain a share of those good things which are familiar and customary to us. But there is no hope that we can attain to those which come of their own accord, and from some ever ready and previously prepared source, without any art, or in short, any human contrivance whatever; for inasmuch as these things are divine, they must of necessity be found out by more divine and unadulterated natures, such as have no connection with any mortal body.
220And Moses has shown that every one, to the best of his power, ought to make grateful acknowledgments for benefits received; for instance, that the clever man ought to offer up as a sacrifice his acuteness and wisdom; the eloquent man should consecrate all his excellences of speech, by means of psalms and a regular enumeration of the greatness and panegyric on the living God; and to proceed with each species, he who is a natural philosopher should offer up his natural philosophy; he who is a moral philosopher should make an offering of his ethical philosophy; he who is skilful in any art or science should dedicate to God his knowledge of the arts and sciences.
221Thus again a sailor and a pilot should dedicate their successful voyage; the agricultural farmer, his productive crops; the stock-farmer, the prolific increase of his flocks and herds; the physician, the good health of his patients; the commander of an army, his success in war; the magistrate or the king will offer up his administration of the laws or his sovereign power. And, in short, the man who is not blinded by self-love, looks upon the only true maker of all things, God, as the cause of all the good things affecting his soul, or body, or his external circumstances.
222Let no one therefore, of those who seem to be somewhat obscure and humble, from a despair of any better hope, hesitate to become a suppliant to God. But even if he no longer looks forward to any greater advantages, still let him, to the best of his power, give God thanks for the blessings which he has already received,
223and in effect, those which he has received are countless; his birth, his life, his soul, his food, his outward senses, his imagination, his inclinations, his reason; and reason is a very short word, but a most perfect and admirable thing, a fragment of the soul of the universe, or, as it is more pious to say for those who study philosophy according to Moses, a very faithful copy of the divine image.
224It is right also to praise those inquirers after truth, who have endeavoured to tear up and carry off the whole trunk of virtue, root and branch: but since they have not been able to do it, have at least taken either a single shoot, or a single bunch of the fruit, as a specimen and portion of the whole tree, being all that they were able to bear.
225It is a desirable thing, indeed, to associate at once with the entire company of the virtues; but if this be too great an indulgence to be granted to human nature, let us be content if it has fallen to our lot to be connected with any one of the particular virtues, as a portion of the whole band, such as temperance, or courage, or justice, or humanity; for the soul may produce and bring forth some good from even one of them, and so avoid being barren and unproductive of any.
Sections 226–250
226But will you impose any such injunctions as these on your own son? Unless you treat your servants with gentleness, do not treat those of the same rank as yourself socially. Unless you behave decorously to your wife, never bear yourself respectfully to your parents. If you neglect your father and your mother, be impious also towards God. If you delight in pleasure, you must not keep aloof from covetousness. Do you desire great riches? Then be also eager for vain-glory.
227For what more need we add? Need you not desire to be moderate in some things unless you are able to be so in all? Would not your son say to you in such a case, My father, what do you mean? Do you wish your son to become either perfectly good or perfectly bad, and will you not be content if he keeps the middle path between the two extremes?
228Was it not for this reason that Abraham also, at the time of the destruction of Sodom, began at fifty and ended at ten? Therefore, propitiating and supplicating God, entreat him that if there could not be found among his creatures a complete remission so as to give them liberty, of which the sacred number of fifty is a symbol, at least the intermediate instruction which is equal in number to the decade, might be accepted for the sake of the deliverance of the soul which was about to be condemned.
229But those who are instructed have many more opportunities of prayer than those who are destitute of teachers, and those who are well initiated in encyclical accomplishments have more opportunities than those who are unmusical and illiterate, inasmuch as they from their childhood almost have been imbued with all the lessons of virtue, and temperance, and all kinds of excellence. Wherefore, even if they have not entirely got rid of and effaced old marks of iniquity so as to wear a completely clean appearance, at least they have purified themselves in a reasonable and moderate degree.
230And it is something like this that Esau seems to have said to his father, "Have you not one blessing for me, O my father? Bless me, bless me, also, O my father!" For different blessings have been set apart for different persons, perfect blessings for the perfect, and moderate blessings for the imperfect. As is the case also with bodies; for there are different exercises appropriate to those which are in health, and to those which are sick. And also different regimens of food, and different systems of living, and not the same. But some things are suitable to the one kind that they may not become at all diseased; and other things are good for the other sort, that they may be changed and rendered more healthy.
231Since, therefore, there are many good things existing in nature, give me that which appears to be best adapted to my circumstances, even if it be the most trifling thing possible; looking at this one point alone, whether I shall be able to bear what is given me with equanimity, and not, like a wretched person, sink under and be overwhelmed by it.
232Again, what do we imagine to be meant by the words, "Will not the hand of the Lord be sufficient?" Do they not signify that the powers of the living God penetrate everywhere for the purpose of conferring benefits, not only on those who are noble, but on those also who appear to be in a more obscure condition, to whom also God gives such things as are suitable to the measure and weight of the soul of each individual, conjecturing and measuring in his own mind with perfect equality what is proportionate to the circumstances and requirements of each.
233But what makes an impression on me in no ordinary degree is the law which is enacted with respect to those who put off their sins and seem to be repentant. For this law commands that the first victim which such persons offer shall be a female sheep without spot. But, if it proceeds, "his hand is not strong enough to bring a sheep, then for the trespass which he has committed he shall bring two turtle doves or two young pigeons, one for his trespass and one for a burnt offering;
234and if his hand cannot find a pair of turtle doves or two young pigeons, then he shall bring as his gift the tenth part of an ephah of fine flour for a sin offering; he shall not pour oil upon it, nor shall he place any frankincense thereon, because it is a sin offering; and he shall bring it to the priest, and the priest having taken it from him shall take a full handful of it, and place it as a memorial on the altar."
235God therefore here is propitiated by three different kinds of repentance, by the aforesaid beasts, or by the birds, or by the white flour, according, in short, to the ability of him who is being purified and who repents. For small offences do not require great purifications, nor are small purifications fit for great crimes; but they should be equal, and similar, and in due proportion.
236It is worth while, therefore, to examine what is meant by this purification which may be accomplished in three ways. Now it may almost be said that both offences and good actions are perceived to exist in three things; in intention, or in words, or in actions. On which account Moses, teaching in his hortatory admonitions that the attainment of good is not impossible nor even very difficult, says,
237"It is not necessary to soar up to heaven, nor to go to the borders of the earth and sea, for the attainment of it, but it is near, yea, and very near." And then in a subsequent passage he shows it all but to the naked eye as one may say, where he says, "Every action is in thy mouth, or in thy heart, or in thy hands:" meaning under this symbolical expression, in thy words, or in thy designs, or in thy actions. For he means that human happiness consists in wise design, and good language, and righteous actions, just as the unhappiness arises from the contrary course.
238For both well-doing and wrong-doing exist in the same regions, in the heart, or in the mouth, or in the hand; for some persons decide in the most righteous, and sagacious manner, some speak most excellently, some do only what ought to be done: again, of the three sources of error the most unimportant is to design to do what ought not to be done, the most grievous is to do what is iniquitous, the middle evil is to speak improperly.
239But it often happens that even what is least important is the most difficult to be removed; for it is very hard to bring an agitated state of the soul to tranquillity; and one may more easily check the impetuosity of a torrent than the perversion of the soul which is hurrying in a wrong direction, without restraint. For innumerable notions coming one upon the other like the waves of a stormy sea, bearing everything along with them, and throwing everything into confusion, overturn the whole soul with irresistible violence.
240Therefore the most excellent, and most perfect kind of purification is this, not to admit into one’s mind any improper notions, but to regulate it in peace and obedience to law, the ruler of which principles is justice. The next kind is, not to offend in one’s language either by speaking falsely, or by swearing falsely, or by deceiving, or by practising sophistry, or by laying false informations; or, in short, by letting loose one’s mouth and tongue to the injury of any one, as it is better to put a bridle and an insuperable chain on those members.
241But why it is a more grievous offence to say what is wrong than only to think it, is very easy to see. For some times a person thinks without any deliberate previous intention of so thinking, but inconsiderately: for he is compelled to admit ideas in his mind which he does not wish to admit; and nothing which is involuntary is blameable:
242but a man speaks intentionally, so that if he utters words which are not proper he is unhappy and is committing offence, since he does not even by chance choose to say anything that is proper, and it would be more for his advantage to adopt that safest expedient of silence: and, in the second place, anyone who is not silent can be silent if he pleases.
243But what is even a still more grievous offence than speaking wrongly, is unjust action. For the word, as it is said, is the shadow of the deed; and how can an injurious deed help being more mischievous than a shadow of the same character? On this account Moses released the mind, even when it yielded to many involuntary perversions and errors, from accusations and from penalties, thinking that it was rather acted upon by notions which forced their way into it, than was itself acting. But whatever goes out through the mouth that he makes the utterer responsible for and brings him before the tribunal, since the act of speaking is one which is in our own power.
244But the investigation to which words are subject is a more moderate one, and that with which words are united is a more vigorous one. For he imposes severe punishments on those who commit gross offences, and who carry out in action, and utter with hasty tongues what they have designed in their unjust minds.
245Therefore he has called the purifying victims which are to be offered up for the three offenders, the mind, speech, and the action, a sheep, and a pair of turtle doves or pigeons, and the tenth part of a sacred measure of fine flour; thinking it fit that the mind should be purified by a sheep, the speech by winged creatures, and the action by fine flour: Why is this?
246Because, as the mind is the most excellent thing in us, so also is the sheep the most excellent among irrational animals, inasmuch as it is the most gentle, and also as it gives forth a yearly produce in its fleece, for the use and also for the ornament of mankind. For clothes keep off all injury from both cold and heat, and also they conceal the unmentionable parts of nature, and in this way they are an ornament to those who use them:
247therefore the sheep, as being the most excellent of animals, is a symbol of the purification of the most excellent part of man, the mind. And birds are an emblem of the purification of the speech: for speech is a light thing, and winged by nature, flying and penetrating in every direction more swiftly than an arrow. For what is once said can never be re-called; but being borne abroad, and running on with great swiftness, it strikes the ears and penetrates every sense of hearing, resounding loudly: but speech is of two kinds, one true and the other false;
248on which account it appears to me to be here compared to a pair of turtle doves or young pigeons: and of these birds one he says is to be looked upon as a sin offering, and one is to be sacrificed as a burnt offering, since the speech which is true is wholly and in all respects sacred and perfect, but that which is false is very wrong and requires correction.
249Again, as I have already said, fine flour is a symbol of the purification of activity, but it is sorted from the commoner sort by the hands of the bakers, who make the business their study. On which account the law says, "And the priest having taken an entire handful, shall place it on the altar as a memorial of them," by the word handful, indicating both the endeavour and the action.
250And he speaks with exceeding accuracy with respect to the sheep, when he says, "And if his hand be not strong enough to supply a sheep;" but with respect to the birds he says, "And if he cannot find a bird." Why is this? Because it is a sign of very great strength and of excessive power, to get rid of the errors of the mind: but it does not require any great strength, to check the errors of words;
Sections 251–270
251for, as I have said already, silence is a remedy for all the offences that can be committed by the voice, and every one may easily practise silence; but yet, by reason of their chattering habits and want of moderation in their language, many people cannot find out how to impose a limitation on their speech.
252Since then, the virtuous man has been bred up among and practised in these and similar divisions and discriminations of things, does he not rightly appear to pray that Ishmael may live, if he is not as yet able to become the father of Isaac?
253What then does the merciful God say? To him who asks for one thing he gives two, and on him who prays for what is less he bestows what is greater; for, says the historian, he said unto Abraham, "Yea, behold, Sarrah thy wife shall bring forth a son." Very felicitous and significant is this answer, "Yea;" for what can be more suitable to and more like the character of God, than to promise good things and to ratify that promise with all speed!
254But what God promises every foolish man repudiates; therefore the sacred scriptures represent Leah as hated, and on this account it is that she received that name; for Leah, being interpreted, means "repudiating and labouring," because we all turn away from virtue and think it a laborious thing, by reason of its very often imposing commands on us which are not pleasant.
255But nevertheless, she is thought worthy of such an honourable reception from the prince, that her womb is opened by him, so as to receive the seed of divine generation, in order to the production of honourable pursuits and actions. Learn therefore, O soul, that Sarrah, that is, virtue, will bring forth to thee a son; and that Hagar, or intermediate instruction, is not the only one who will do so; for her offspring is one which has its knowledge from teaching, but the offspring of the other is entirely self-taught.
256And do not wonder, if God, who brings forth all good things, has also brought forth this race, which, though rare upon the earth, is very numerous in heaven. And you may learn this also from other things of which man consists: do the eyes see from having been taught to do so? And what do the nostrils do? Do they smell by reason of their having learnt? · And do the hands touch, or the feet advance, in accordance with the commands or recommendations of instructors?
257Again, do the appetites and imaginations (and these are the first moving powers and persuasions of the soul) exist in consequence of teaching? And has our mind gone as a pupil to any sophist, in order to learn to think and to comprehend? All these things repudiate all kinds of instruction, and avail themselves only of the spontaneous gifts of nature to exert their appropriate energies.
258Why then do you any longer wonder if God showers upon men virtue, unaccompanied by any labour or suffering, such as stand in need of no superintending care or instruction, but is from the very beginning entire and perfect? And if you wish to receive any testimony in corroboration of this view, can you find any more trustworthy than that of Moses? And he says that the rest of mankind derive their food from the earth, but that he alone who is endowed with the power of sight, derives his from heaven.
259And men occupied in agriculture co-operate to produce the food from the earth; but God, the only cause and giver, rains down the food from heaven without the co-operation of any other being. And, indeed, we read in the scriptures, "Behold, I rain upon you bread from heaven." Now what nourishment can the scriptures properly say is rained down, except heavenly wisdom?
260which God sends from above upon those souls which have a longing for virtue, God who possesses a great abundance and exceeding treasure of wisdom, and who irrigates the universe, and especially so on the sacred seventh day which he calls the sabbath; for then, he says, that there is an influx of spontaneous good things, not rising from any kind of art, but shooting up by their own spontaneous and self-perfecting nature, and bearing appropriate fruit.
261Virtue, therefore, will bring thee forth a legitimate male child, far removed from all effeminate passions; and thou shalt call the name of thy son by the name of the passion which thou feelest in regard to him; and thou wilt by all means feel joy; so that thou shalt give him a name which is an emblem of joy, namely, Laughter.
262As grief and fear have their appropriate expressions which the passion, when more than usually violent and predominant, gives utterance to; so also, good counsels and happiness compel a man to employ a natural expression of them, for which no one could find out more appropriate and felicitous names, even if he were very skilful in the imposition of names.
263On which account God says, "I have blessed him, I will increase him, I will multiply him, he shall beget twelve nations;" that is to say, he shall beget the whole circle and ring of the sophistical preliminary branches of education; but I will make my covenant with Israel, that the race of mankind may receive each kind of virtue, the weaker part of them receiving both that which is taught by others, and that which is learnt by one’s self, and the stronger part that which is ready and prepared.
264"And at that time," says he, "she shall bring forth a son to thee;" that is to say, wisdom shall bring forth joy. What time, O most marvellous being, are you pointing out? Is it that which cannot be indicated by the thing brought forth? For that must be the real time, the rising of the universe, the prosperity and happiness of the whole earth, and of heaven, and of all intermediate natures, and of all animals, and of all plants.
265On which account Moses also took courage to say to those who had run away, and who did not dare to enter upon a war in the cause of virtue against those who were arrayed against it, "The Lord has departed from them, but the Lord is in us;" for he here almost confesses in express words that God is time, who stands aloof and at a distance from every impious person, but walks among those souls which cultivate virtue.
266"For," says he, "I will walk among you, and I will be your God." But those who say that what is meant by time is only the seasons of the year are misapplying the names with great inaccuracy, like men who have not studied the natures of things with any care, but have gone on to a great degree at random.
267But by way of amplifying the beauty of the creature to be born, he says that it shall be born the next year, indicating by the term, "the next year," not a difference of time, such as is measured by lunar or solar periods, but that which is truly marvellous, and strange, and new, being an age which is very different from those which are visible to the eyes and perceptible to the outward senses, being investigated in incorporeal things appreciable only by the intellect, which, in fact, is the model and archetype of time. But an age is a name given to the life of the world, intelligible only by the intellect, as time is that given to the life of the world, perceptible by the outward senses.
268And in this year the man who had sown the graces of God so as to produce many more good things, in order that the greatest possible number of persons worthy to share them might participate in them, finds also the barley producing a hundredfold. But he who has sown does usually also reap.
269And he sowed, displaying the virtue, the enemy of envy and wickedness; he is, however, here said to find, not to reap. For he who has made the ear of his good deeds more productive and full, was a different person, having laid up an abundance of greater hopes well prepared, and he also proposed more abundant advantages to all those who sought them, encouraging them to hope to find them.
270And the words, "He finished speaking to him," are equivalent to saying, he made his hearer perfect, though he was devoid of wisdom before, and he filled him with immortal lessons. But when his disciple became perfect, the Lord went up and departed from Abraham, showing, not that he separated himself from him; for the wise man is naturally an attendant of God, not wishing to represent the spontaneous inclination of the disciple in order that as he had learnt while his teacher was no longer standing by him, and without any necessity urging him, giving of his own accord a specimen of himself, and displaying a voluntary and spontaneous eagerness to learn, he might for the future exert his energies by himself; for the teacher assigns a model to him who has learnt by voluntary study without any suggestions from other quarters, stamping on him a most durable species of indelible recollection.
Contents — 11 sections
Sections 1–25
1„Ἐγένετο Ἀβραὰμ ἐτῶν ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα, καὶ ὤφθη κύριος τῷ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ θεός σου“ (Gen. 17,1). ὁ ἐννέα πρὸς τοῖς ἐνενήκοντα ἀριθμὸς ἑκατοντάδος γείτων ἐστίν, ᾗ τὸ αὐτομαθὲς ἐπέλαμψε γένος, Ἰσαάκ, εὐπαθειῶν ἀρίστη, χαρά· τῷ γὰρ ἑκατονταετεῖ γίνεται.
2ἔστι δὲ καὶ Λευιτικῆς φυλῆς ἱερεῦσιν ἀπαρχὴ διδομένη· δεκάτας γὰρ λαβόντες, ἀπὸ τούτων ὡς ἂν ἀπ’ οἰκείων καρπῶν ἑτέρας ἀπάρχονται ἑκατοστὸν λόγον περιεχούσας (Num. 18,26). προκοπῆς μὲν γὰρ δεκάς, ἑκατοντὰς δὲ τελειότητος σύμβολον. σπεύδει δὲ ὁ μέσος ἀεὶ πρὸς ἀκρότητα, φύσεως εὐμοιρίᾳ χρώμενος· ᾧ φησιν ὀφθῆναι τὸν τῶν ὅλων κύριον.
3ἀλλὰ μὴ νομίσῃς τοῖς σώματος ὀφθαλμοῖς γίνεσθαι τὴν προσβολήν — οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰ αἰσθητὰ μόνα ὁρῶσι, τὰ δ’ αἰσθητὰ σύγκριτα, φθορᾶς ἀνάμεστα, τὸ δὲ θεῖον ἀσύγκριτον, ἄφθαρτον —, ἀλλὰ τὸ δεχόμενον τὴν θείαν φαντασίαν τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐστιν ὄμμα.
4καὶ γὰρ ἄλλως ὅσα μὲν οἱ σώματος ὀφθαλμοὶ θεωροῦσι, συνεργῷ φωτὶ χρώμενοι καταλαμβάνουσιν, ὃ διαφέρει τοῦ θ’ ὁρωμένου καὶ τοῦ ὁρῶντος· ὅσα δὲ ἡ ψυχή, αὐτὴ δι’ ἑαυτῆς ἄνευ τινὸς ἄλλου συμπράξεως· αὐτὰ γὰρ ἑαυτοῖς ἐστι φέγγος τὰ νοούμενα.
5τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τὰς ἐπιστήμας διδασκόμεθα· ὁ γὰρ νοῦς τὸ ἄκλειστον καὶ ἀκοίμητον προσβαλὼν ὄμμα τοῖς δόγμασι καὶ τοῖς θεωρήμασιν εἶδεν αὐτὰ οὐ νόθῳ φωτί, γνησίῳ δὲ ὅπερ ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἐξέλαμψεν.
6ὅταν οὖν ἀκούσῃς ὀφθέντα θεὸν ἀνθρώπῳ, τοῦτο γίνεσθαι νόει χωρὶς φωτὸς αἰσθητοῦ· νοήσει γὰρ τὸ νοητὸν εἰκὸς μόνον καταλαμβάνεσθαι. πηγὴ δὲ τῆς καθαρωτάτης αὐγῆς θεός ἐστιν· ὥσθ’ ὅταν ἐπιφαίνηται ψυχῇ, τὰς ἀσκίους καὶ περιφανεστάτας ἀκτῖνας ἀνίσχει.
7μὴ μέντοι νομίσῃς τὸ ὄν, ὅ ἐστι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ὄν, ὑπ’ ἀνθρώπου τινὸς καταλαμβάνεσθαι. ὄργανον γὰρ οὐδὲν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἔχομεν, ᾧ δυνησόμεθα ἐκεῖνο φαντασιωθῆναι, οὔτ’ αἴσθησιν — αἰσθητὸν γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν — οὔτε νοῦν. Μωυσῆς οὖν ὁ τῆς ἀειδοῦς φύσεως θεατὴς [καὶ θεόπτης] — εἰς γὰρ τὸν γνόφον φασὶν αὐτὸν οἱ θεῖοι χρησμοὶ εἰσελθεῖν (Exod. 20,21), τὴν ἀόρατον καὶ ἀσώματον οὐσίαν αἰνιττόμενοι — πάντα διὰ πάντων ἐρευνήσας ἐζήτει τὸν τριπόθητον καὶ μόνον ἀγαθὸν τηλαυγῶς ἰδεῖν.
8ἐπεὶ δ’ οὐδὲν εὕρισκεν, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ ἐμφερῆ τινα ἰδέαν τῷ ἐλπιζομένῳ, τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων διδασκαλίαν ἀπογνοὺς ἐπ’ αὐτὸ καταφεύγει τὸ ζητούμενον καὶ δεῖται λέγων· „ἐμφάνισόν μοι σεαυτόν, γνωστῶς ἴδω σε“ (Exod. 33,13)· καὶ ὅμως ἀμοιρεῖ τῆς προθέσεως, αὐταρκεστάτης δωρεᾶς τῷ θνητῶν ἀρίστῳ γένει νομισθείσης τῆς τῶν μετὰ τὸ ὂν σωμάτων τε ὁμοῦ καὶ πραγμάτων ἐπιστήμης. λέγεται γάρ·
9„ὄψει τὰ ὀπίσω μου, τὸ δὲ πρόσωπόν μου οὐκ ὀφθήσεταί σοι“ (ibid. 23), ὡς τῶν ὅσα μετὰ τὸ ὂν σωμάτων τε ὁμοῦ καὶ πραγμάτων εἰς κατάληψιν ἐρχομένων, εἰ καὶ μὴ πάντα ἤδη καταλαμβάνεται, μόνου δ’ ἐκείνου μὴ πεφυκότος ὁρᾶσθαι.
10καὶ τί θαυμαστόν, εἰ τὸ ὂν ἀνθρώποις ἀκατάληπτον, ὁπότε καὶ ὁ ἐν ἑκάστῳ νοῦς ἄγνωστος ἡμῖν; τίς γὰρ ψυχῆς οὐσίαν εἶδεν; ἧς ἡ ἀδηλότης μυρίας ἔριδας σοφισταῖς ἐγέννησεν ἐναντίας εἰσηγουμένοις γνώμας ἢ καὶ ὅλοις γένεσιν ἀντιστατούσας.
11ἦν οὖν ἀκόλουθον τὸ μηδ’ ὄνομα κύριον ἐπιφημισθῆναι δύνασθαι τῷ ὄντι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν. οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι φιλοπευστοῦντι τῷ προφήτῃ, τί τοῖς περὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ ζητοῦσιν ἀποκριτέον, φησὶν ὅτι „ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν“ (Exod. 3, 14), ἴσον τῷ εἶναι πέφυκα, οὐ λέγεσθαι;
12τοῦ δὲ μὴ παντάπασιν ἀμοιρῆσαι τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος προσρήσεως τοῦ ἀρίστου, δίδωσι καταχρῆσθαι ὡς ἂν ὁ ὢν ὀνόματι τοιούτῳ· „κύριος ὁ θεὸς“ τῶν τριῶν φύσεων, διδασκαλίας, τελειότητος, ἀσκήσεως, ὧν σύμβολα Ἀβραάμ, Ἰσαάκ, Ἰακὼβ ἀναγράφεται. „τοῦτο γάρ μου" φησίν „ὄνομα αἰώνιον“ ὡς ἂν ἐν τῷ καθ’ ἡμᾶς αἰῶνι ἐξεταζόμενον, οὐκ ἐν τῷ πρὸ αἰῶνος, „καὶ μνημόσυνον“, οὐ τὸ πέρα μνήμης καὶ νοήσεως ἱστάμενον, καὶ πάλιν „γενεαῖς“ (ibid. 15), οὐ φύσεσιν ἀγενήτοις.
13καταχρήσεως γὰρ ὀνόματος θείου δεῖ τοῖς εἰς τὴν θνητὴν γένεσιν ἐλθοῦσιν, ἵν’, εἰ καὶ μὴ πράγματι, ὀνόματι γοῦν προσερχόμενοι ἀρίστῳ κατ’ αὐτὸ κοσμῶνται. δηλοῖ δὲ καὶ λόγιον ἐκ προσώπου θεσπισθὲν τοῦ τῶν ὅλων ἡγεμόνος περὶ τοῦ μηδενὶ δεδηλῶσθαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ κύριον. „ὤφθην“ φησί „πρὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ θεὸς ὢν αὐτῶν, καὶ τὸ ὄνομά μου κύριον οὐκ ἐδήλωσα αὐτοῖς“ (Exod. 6,3). τοῦ γὰρ ὑπερβατοῦ μετατεθέντος ἑξῆς ἂν τοιοῦτος εἴη λόγος· „ὄνομά μου τὸ κύριον οὐκ ἐδήλωσα αὐτοῖς“, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐν καταχρήσει διὰ τὰς εἰρημένας αἰτίας.
14οὕτω μέντοι τὸ ὂν ἄρρητόν ἐστιν, ὥστ’ οὐδὲ αἱ ὑπηρετούμεναι δυνάμεις κύριον ὄνομα ἡμῖν λέγουσι· μετὰ γοῦν τὴν πάλην, ἣν ὑπὲρ κτήσεως ἀρετῆς ὁ ἀσκητὴς ἐπάλαισε, φησὶ τῷ ἀοράτῳ ἐπιστάτῃ· „ἀνάγγειλόν μοι τὸ ὄνομά σου“, ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· „ἵνα τί τοῦτο ἐρωτᾷς τὸ ὄνομά μου;“ (Gen. 32,29), καὶ οὐ μηνύει τὸ ἴδιον καὶ κύριον. ἀπόχρη γάρ σοι, φησίν, ὠφελεῖσθαι κατὰ τὰς ἐμὰς εὐφημίας, τὰ δὲ γενητῶν σύμβολα, ὀνόματα, μὴ ζήτει παρὰ φύσεσιν ἀφθάρτοις·
15μήτ’ οὖν διαπόρει, εἰ τὸ τῶν ὄντων πρεσβύτατον ἄρρητον, ὁπότε καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ κυρίῳ ὀνόματι οὐ ῥητὸς ἡμῖν· καὶ μὴν εἰ ἄρρητον, καὶ ἀπερινόητον καὶ ἀκατάληπτον· ὥστε τὸ „ὤφθη κύριος τῷ Ἀβραὰμ“ (Gen. 17,1) λέγεσθαι ὑπονοητέον οὐχ ὡς ἐπιλάμποντος καὶ ἐπιφαινομένου τοῦ παντὸς αἰτίου — τίς γὰρ ἀνθρώπειος νοῦς τὸ μέγεθος τῆς φαντασίας ἱκανός ἐστι χωρῆσαι; —, ἀλλ’ ὡς μιᾶς τῶν περὶ αὐτὸ δυνάμεων, τῆς βασιλικῆς, προφαινομένης· ἡ γὰρ κύριος πρόσρησις ἀρχῆς καὶ βασιλείας ἐστί.
16νοῦς δὲ ἡμῶν ἡνίκα ἐχαλδάιζε μετεωρολεσχῶν, τῷ κόσμῳ τὰς δραστηρίους ἦν περιέπων δυνάμεις ὡς αἰτίας· γενόμενος δὲ μετανάστης ἀπὸ τοῦ Χαλδαϊκοῦ δόγματος ἔγνω ἡνιοχούμενον καὶ κυβερνώμενον αὐτὸν ὑπὸ ἡγεμόνος, οὗ τῆς ἀρχῆς φαντασίαν ἔλαβε.
17διὸ λέγεται „ὤφθη“ οὐ τὸ ὄν, ἀλλὰ κύριος· οἷον ἐφάνη ὁ βασιλεύς, ἐξ ἀρχῆς μὲν ὤν, οὔπω δὲ τῇ ψυχῇ γνωριζόμενος, ἣ καὶ ὀψιμαθὴς μέν, οὐ μὴν εἰσάπαν ἀμαθὴς διετέλεσεν, ἀλλ’ ἐφαντασιώθη τὴν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ἀρχὴν καὶ ἡγεμονίαν.
18φανεὶς δ’ ὁ ἄρχων ἔτι μᾶλλον εὐεργετεῖ τὸν ἀκροατὴν καὶ θεατὴν φάσκων· „ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς σός“ (Gen. 17, 1). τίνος γάρ, εἴποιμ’ ἄν, οὐ θεὸς ὑπάρχεις τῶνδε ὅσα εἰς γένεσιν ἦλθεν; ἀλλὰ διδάξει με ὁ ὑποφήτης αὐτοῦ λόγος, ὅτι οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου νῦν λέγει, οὗ δημιουργὸς πάντως ἐστὶ καὶ θεός, ἀλλὰ περὶ ἀνθρωπίνων ψυχῶν, ἃς οὐ τῆς αὐτῆς ἐπιμελείας ἠξίωκε.
19δικαιοῖ γὰρ τῶν μὲν φαύλων λέγεσθαι κύριος καὶ δεσπότης, τῶν δ’ ἐν προκοπαῖς καὶ βελτιώσεσι θεός, τῶν δ’ ἀρίστων καὶ τελειοτάτων ἀμφότερον, κύριος ὁμοῦ καὶ θεός. αὐτίκα γέ τοι ἔσχατον ὅρον ἀσεβείας ἱδρυσάμενος τὸν Φαραὼ [κύριον καὶ] θεὸν τούτου οὐδέποτε προσεῖπεν ἑαυτόν, ἀλλὰ τὸν σοφὸν Μωυσῆν — λέγει γάρ· „ἰδοὺ δίδωμί σε θεὸν Φαραώ“ (Exod. 7,1) —, κύριον δὲ ὠνόμασε πολλαχοῦ τῶν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ χρησθέντων· ᾄδεται δὲ τὰ τοιαῦτα·
20„τάδε λέγει κύριος“ (Exod. 7,17), καὶ ἐν ἀρχῇ· „ἐλάλησε κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων· ἐγὼ κύριος, λάλησον Φαραὼ βασιλεῖ Αἰγύπτου, ὅσα ἐγὼ λαλῶ πρὸς σέ“ (Exod. 6,29), καὶ Μωυσῆς πρὸς αὐτόν·
21„ὅταν ἐξέλθω τὴν πόλιν, ἐκπετάσω τὰς χεῖρας πρὸς κύριον, καὶ αἱ φωναὶ παύσονται, καὶ ἡ χάλαζα καὶ ὁ ὑετὸς οὐκ ἔσται· ἵνα γνῷς, ὅτι κυρίου ἡ γῆ,“ οἱονεὶ πᾶσα ἡ σωματικὴ καὶ γεώδης σύστασις, „καὶ σύ“, ὁ ἀγαλματοφορούμενος νοῦς, „καὶ οἱ θεράποντές σου,“ οἱ κατὰ μέρος δορυφοροῦντες λογισμοί. „ἐπίσταμαι γάρ, ὅτι οὐδέπω πεφόβησθε τὸν κύριον“ (Exod. 9,29. 30), ἴσον τῷ οὐ τὸν λεγόμενον ἄλλως, ἀλλὰ τὸν ὄντως ὄντα δεσπότην.
22κύριος γὰρ γενητὸς πρὸς ἀλήθειαν οὐδείς, κἂν ἀπὸ περάτων ἐπὶ πέρατα εὐρύνας τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἀνάψηται· μόνος δ’ ὁ ἀγένητος ἀψευδῶς ἡγεμών, οὗ τὴν ἀρχὴν ὁ δεδιὼς καὶ καταπεπληγμένος ἆθλον ὠφελιμώτατον αἴρεται νουθεσίας, τὸν δὲ ὀλίγωρον ἐκδέχεται πάντως οἰκτρὸς ὄλεθρος.
23οὐκοῦν κύριος ἀφρόνων ἐπιδέδεικται τὸν ἄρχοντος ἐπανατεινάμενος οἰκεῖον φόβον, θεὸς δὲ βελτιουμένων γράφεται, καθὼς καὶ νῦν· „ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς σός“ (Gen. 17,1), „ἐγὼ ὁ θεός σου, αὐξάνου καὶ πληθύνου" (Gen. 35,11), τελείων δὲ ἀμφότερον, κύριος ὁμοῦ καὶ θεός, ὡς ἐν δέκα λόγοις· „ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεός σου“ (Exod. 20, 2) καὶ ἑτέρωθι·
24„κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν“ (Deut. 4,1). δικαιοῖ γὰρ τὸν μὲν φαῦλον ὡς ὑπὸ κυρίου δεσπόζεσθαι, ἵν’ εὐλαβούμενος καὶ στένων ἐπικρεμάμενον ἔχῃ τὸν δεσποτικὸν φόβον, τὸν δὲ προκόπτοντα ὡς ὑπὸ θεοῦ εὐεργετεῖσθαι, ὅπως ταῖς εὐποιίαις τελειότητος ἐφίκηται, τὸν δὲ τέλειον καὶ ἡγεμονεύεσθαι ὡς ὑπὸ κυρίου καὶ εὐεργετεῖσθαι ὡς ὑπὸ θεοῦ· διαμένει γὰρ οὗτος εἰσάπαν ἄτρεπτος, ἐκεῖνος δὲ πάντως ἐστὶν ἄνθρωπος θεοῦ.
25δηλοῦται δὲ τοῦτο μάλισθ’ ὡς ἐπὶ Μωυσέως· „αὕτη“ γάρ φησιν „ἡ εὐλογία ἣν εὐλόγησε Μωυσῆς, ἄνθρωπος θεοῦ“ (Deut. 33, 1). ὢ παγκάλης καὶ ἱεροπρεποῦς ἀντιδόσεως ἀξιωθείς, θείας προνοίας ἀντιδοῦναι ἑαυτόν.
Sections 26–50
26ἀλλὰ μὴ νομίσῃς τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἄνθρωπόν τε γίνεσθαι καὶ ἄνθρωπον θεοῦ· ἄνθρωπον μὲν γάρ, θεοῦ ὡς κτῆμα· ἄνθρωπον δὲ θεοῦ, ὡς αὔχημα καὶ ὠφέλημα. εἰ δὴ βούλει διανοίας κλῆρον τὸν θεὸν ἔχειν, αὐτὸς πρότερον γενοῦ κλῆρος ἀξιόχρεως αὐτοῦ· γενήσῃ δέ, ἂν τοὺς χειροποιήτους καὶ ἑκουσίους ἅπαντας νόμους ἐκφύγῃς.
27ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐδ’ ἐκεῖνο προσῆκεν ἀγνοεῖν, ὅτι τὸ „ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς σὸς“ (Gen. 17,1) λέγεται καταχρηστικῶς, οὐ κυρίως. τὸ γὰρ ὄν, ᾗ ὄν ἐστιν, οὐχὶ τῶν πρός τι· αὐτὸ γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ πλῆρες καὶ αὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ ἱκανόν, καὶ πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως καὶ μετὰ τὴν γένεσιν τοῦ παντὸς ἐν ὁμοίῳ.
28ἄτρεπτον γὰρ καὶ ἀμετάβλητον, χρῇζον ἑτέρου τὸ παράπαν οὐδενός, ὥστε αὐτοῦ μὲν εἶναι τὰ πάντα, μηδενὸς δὲ κυρίως αὐτό. τῶν δὲ δυνάμεων, ἃς ἔτεινεν εἰς γένεσιν ἐπ’ εὐεργεσίᾳ τοῦ συσταθέντος, ἐνίας συμβέβηκε λέγεσθαι ὡσανεὶ πρός τι, τὴν βασιλικήν, τὴν εὐεργετικήν· βασιλεὺς γάρ τινος καὶ εὐεργέτης τινὸς ἑτέρου πάντως βασιλευομένου καὶ εὐεργετουμένου.
29τούτων συγγενής ἐστι καὶ ἡ ποιητικὴ δύναμις, ἡ καλουμένη θεός· διὰ γὰρ ταύτης τῆς δυνάμεως ἔθηκε τὰ πάντα ὁ γεννήσας καὶ τεχνιτεύσας πατήρ, ὥστε τὸ „ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς σὸς“ ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ ἐγώ εἰμι ποιητὴς καὶ δημιουργός.
30μεγίστη δὲ δωρεὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ λαχεῖν ἀρχιτέκτονος, οὗ καὶ σύμπας ὁ κόσμος ἔλαχε. φαύλου μὲν γὰρ ψυχὴν οὐ διέπλασεν — ἐχθρὸν γὰρ θεῷ κακία —, τὴν δὲ μέσην οὐ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ μόνου κατὰ τὸν ἱερώτατον Μωυσῆν, ἐπειδὴ κηροῦ τρόπον ἔμελλεν αὕτη δέξασθαι καλοῦ τε καὶ αἰσχροῦ διαφοράν.
31διόπερ λέγεται· „ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ’ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν“ (Gen. 1,26), ἵν’, εἰ μὲν δέξεται φαῦλον τύπον, ἑτέρων φαίνηται δημιούργημα, εἰ δὲ καλόν, τοῦ τῶν καλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν μόνων τεχνίτου. πάντως οὖν σπουδαῖος ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, ᾧ φησιν· „ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς σός,“ ποιητοῦ μόνου λαχὼν ἄνευ συμπράξεως ἑτέρων.
32ἅμα μέντοι καὶ τὸ πολλαχοῦ κατασκευαζόμενον αὐτῷ δόγμα συνάγει διδάσκων, ὅτι μόνων ἀγαθῶν καὶ σοφῶν δημιουργός ἐστιν. οὗτος δὲ πᾶς ὁ θίασος τὴν τῶν ἐκτὸς ἄφθονον κτῆσιν ἑαυτὸν ἑκὼν ἀφῄρηται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν σαρκὶ φίλων ὠλιγώρηκεν.
33εὐέκται μὲν γὰρ καὶ σφριγῶντες ἀθληταὶ τὸ δοῦλον ἐπιτετειχικότες ψυχῇ τὸ σῶμα, ὠχροὶ δὲ καὶ διερρυηκότες καὶ κατεσκελετευμένοι τρόπον τινὰ οἱ ἀπὸ παιδείας, ταῖς ψυχικαῖς δυνάμεσι καὶ τοὺς σωματικοὺς τόνους προσκεκληρωκότες καί, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, εἰς ἓν εἶδος τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀναλυθέντες καὶ ἀσώματοι διάνοιαι γεγονότες.
34φθείρεται οὖν εἰκότως τὸ γεῶδες καὶ καταλύεται, ὅταν ὅλος δι’ ὅλων ὁ νοῦς εὐαρεστεῖν προέληται θεῷ· σπάνιον δὲ καὶ τὸ γένος καὶ μόλις εὑρισκόμενον, πλὴν οὐκ ἀδύνατον γενέσθαι. δηλοῖ δὲ τὸ χρησθὲν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἐνὼχ λόγιον τόδε· „εὐηρέστησε δὲ Ἐνὼχ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκετο“ (Gen. 5, 24).
35ποῦ γὰρ ἂν σκεψάμενός τις εὕροι τἀγαθὸν τοῦτο; ποῖα πελάγη διαβαλών; πρὸς τίνας νήσους, τίνας ἠπείρους ἐλθών; παρὰ βαρβάροις ἢ παρ’ Ἕλλησιν;
36ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ μέχρι νῦν τῶν φιλοσοφίᾳ τετελεσμένων εἰσί τινες, οἳ λέγουσιν ἀνύπαρκτον εἶναι σοφίαν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸν σοφόν; μηδένα γὰρ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἀνθρώπων γενέσεως ἄχρι τοῦ παρόντος βίου κατὰ τὸ παντελὲς ἀνυπαίτιον νομισθῆναι· καὶ γὰρ ἀδύνατον εἶναι θνητῷ σώματι ἐνδεδεμένον εἰσάπαν εὐδαιμονῆσαι.
37ταῦτα δ’ εἰ μὲν ὀρθῶς λέγεται, σκεψόμεθα ἐν καιρῷ· νυνὶ δ’ ἀκολουθήσαντες τῷ λογίῳ φήσομεν, ὅτι ἔστι μὲν ὑπαρκτὸν πρᾶγμα σοφία, ἔστι δὲ καὶ ὁ ἐραστὴς αὐτῆς, σοφός, ὑπάρχων δὲ ὅμως ἡμᾶς τοὺς φαύλους διαλέληθεν· ἀγαθὸν γὰρ οὐκ ἐθέλει κακῷ συνέρχεσθαι.
38διὰ τοῦτο λέγεται· „οὐχ εὑρίσκετο“ ὁ εὐαρεστήσας τρόπος τῷ θεῷ, ὡς ἂν δήπου ὑπαρκτὸς μὲν ὤν, ἀποκρυπτόμενος δὲ καὶ τὴν εἰς ταὐτὸ σύνοδον ἡμῶν ἀποδιδράσκων, ἐπειδὴ καὶ μετατεθῆναι λέγεται, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶ μεταναστῆναι καὶ μετοικίαν στείλασθαι τὴν ἀπὸ θνητοῦ βίου πρὸς τὸν ἀθάνατον.
39Οὗτοι μὲν δὴ τὴν ἔνθεον μανίαν μανέντες ἐξηγριώθησαν, ἕτεροι δ’ εἰσὶν οἱ τῆς τιθασοῦ καὶ ἡμέρου σοφίας ἑταῖροι. τούτοις καὶ εὐσέβεια διαφερόντως ἀσκεῖται καὶ τὰ ἀνθρώπεια οὐχ ὑπερορᾶται. μάρτυρες δ’ οἱ χρησμοί, ἐν οἷς λέγεται τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ· „εὐαρέστει ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ“ (Gen. 17, 1), τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶ μὴ ἐμοὶ μόνῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς ἔργοις παρ’ ἐμοὶ κριτῇ, ὡς ἐφόρῳ καὶ ἐπισκόπῳ.
40τιμῶν γὰρ γονεῖς ἢ πένητας ἐλεῶν ἢ φίλους εὐεργετῶν ἢ πατρίδος ὑπερασπίζων ἢ τῶν κοινῶν πρὸς ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους δικαίων ἐπιμελούμενος εὐαρεστήσεις μὲν πάντως τοῖς χρωμένοις, θεοῦ δ’ ἐνώπιον εὐαρεστήσεις· ἀκοιμήτῳ γὰρ ὀφθαλμῷ βλέπει πάντα καὶ τὰ σπουδαῖα χάριτι ἐξαιρέτῳ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν καλεῖ καὶ ἀποδέχεται.
41τοιγάρτοι καὶ ὁ ἀσκητὴς εὐχόμενος ταὐτὸν ἀποδηλώσει φάσκων· „ὁ θεός, ᾧ εὐηρέστησαν οἱ πατέρες μου“ καὶ προστίθησιν „ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ“ (Gen. 48, 15), χάριν τοῦ γνῶναι τὴν πραγματικὴν διαφορὰν τοῦ „θεῷ“ εὐαρεστεῖν πρὸς τὸ „ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ“· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀμφότερα περιέχει, τὸ δὲ θάτερον μόνον.
42οὕτω καὶ Μωυσῆς ἐν τοῖς προτρεπτικοῖς παραινεῖ λέγων· „τὸ εὐάρεστον ποιήσεις ἐνώπιον κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου“ (Deut. 12,28), οἷον τοιαῦτα πρᾶττε, ἃ γενήσεται ἐπάξια τοῦ φανῆναι θεῷ καὶ ἅπερ ἰδὼν ἀποδέξεται· ταῦτα δὲ καὶ εἰς τοὺς ὁμοίους εἴωθε χωρεῖν.
43ἐντεῦθεν ὁρμηθεὶς τήν τε σκηνὴν δυσὶ περιβόλων ὁρίοις συνύφαινε, μέσον ἀμφοῖν κάλυμμα θείς, ὅπως διακρίνηται τῶν εἴσω τὰ ἔξω (Exod. 26, 33), καὶ τὴν νομοφυλακίδα ἱερὰν κιβωτὸν ἔνδοθεν καὶ ἔξωθεν ἐχρύσωσε (Exod. 25,10), καὶ τῷ μεγάλῳ ἱερεῖ διττὰς ἀνέδωκε στολάς, τὴν μὲν λινῆν ἔνδον, τὴν δὲ ποικίλην ἔξω μετὰ τοῦ ποδήρους (Exod. 28, 4. Lev. 6, 10).
44ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα σύμβολα ψυχῆς ἐστι καὶ τοῖς εἴσω πρὸς θεὸν ἁγνευούσης καὶ [ἐν] τοῖς ἔξω πρὸς τὸν αἰσθητὸν κόσμον καὶ βίον καθαρευούσης. εὐστόχως οὖν ἐκεῖνο πρὸς τὸν παλαιστὴν νικηφόρον ἐλέχθη μέλλοντα τοῖς νικητηρίοις ἀναδεῖσθαι στεφάνοις. τὸ γὰρ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ κήρυγμα τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· „ἴσχυσας μετὰ θεοῦ καὶ μετὰ ἀνθρώπων δυνατός“ (Gen. 32, 28).
45τὸ γὰρ καθ’ ἑκατέραν τάξιν εὐδοκιμῆσαι, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἀγένητον καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ γενόμενον, οὐ μικρᾶς ἐστι διανοίας, ἀλλ’, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, κόσμου καὶ θεοῦ μεθορίου· συνόλως τε προσήκει τὸν ἀστεῖον ὀπαδὸν εἶναι θεοῦ· μέλει γὰρ τῷ πάντων ἡγεμόνι καὶ πατρὶ τοῦ γενομένου.
46τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι καὶ πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως ἱκανὸς ἦν αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ ὁ θεὸς καὶ μετὰ τὴν τοῦ κόσμου γένεσιν ὁ αὐτὸς ἔμενεν, οὐ μεταβαλών; διὰ τί οὖν ἐποίει τὰ μὴ ὄντα; ἢ ὅτι ἀγαθὸς καὶ φιλόδωρος ἦν; εἶτ’ οὐχ ἑψόμεθα οἱ δοῦλοι τῷ δεσπότῃ, θαυμάζοντες μὲν τὸν αἴτιον ὑπερφυῶς, τῆς δὲ καθ’ αὑτοὺς φύσεως μὴ ὑπερορῶντες;
47Εἰπὼν δὲ „εὐαρέστει ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ“ προσεπιλέγει· „καὶ γίνου ἄμεμπτος“ (Gen. 17,1), ἀκολουθίᾳ καὶ εἱρμῷ χρώμενος. μᾶλλον μὲν οὖν ἐγχείρει τοῖς καλοῖς, ἵνα εὐαρεστῇς· εἰ δὲ μή, τῶν γε ἁμαρτημάτων ἀπέχου, ἵνα μὴ τυγχάνῃς μέμψεως. ὁ μὲν γὰρ κατορθῶν ἐπαινετός, ὁ δὲ μὴ ἀδικῶν οὐ ψεκτός.
48καὶ τὸ μὲν πρεσβυτικὸν ἆθλον κατορθοῦσι πρόκειται, τὸ εὐάρεστον, τὸ δεύτερον δὲ μὴ ἁμαρτάνουσι, τὸ ἄμεμπτον. τάχα δὲ καὶ γενέσει τῇ θνητῇ τὸ μὴ διαμαρτάνειν ἴσον καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ γράφεται τῷ κατορθοῦντι. „τίς γάρ,“ ὡς ὁ Ἰώβ φησι, „καθαρὸς ἀπὸ ῥύπου, κἂν μία ἡμέρα ἐστὶν ἡ ζωή“ (Iob 14,4) ;
49ἄπειρα μέν ἐστι τὰ καταρρυπαίνοντα τὴν ψυχήν, ἅπερ ἐκνίψασθαι καὶ ἀπολούσασθαι παντελῶς οὐκ ἔνεστιν. ἀπολείπονται γὰρ ἐξ ἀνάγκης παντὶ θνητῷ συγγενεῖς κῆρες, ἃς λωφῆσαι μὲν εἰκός, ἀναιρεθῆναι δ’ εἰσάπαν ἀδύνατον.
50δίκαιον οὖν ἢ φρόνιμον ἢ σώφρονα ἢ συνόλως ἀγαθὸν τέλειον ἐν πεφυρμένῳ βίῳ ζητεῖ τις; στέργε, κἂν μὴ ἄδικον ἢ μὴ ἄφρονα ἢ μὴ ἀκόλαστον ἢ μὴ δειλὸν ἢ μὴ παντελῶς φαῦλον εὕρῃς. ἀγαπητὸν γὰρ αἱ τῶν κακιῶν ἀνατροπαί, τῶν δ’ ἀρετῶν ἡ ἐντελὴς κτῆσις ἀδύνατος ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ καθ’ ἡμᾶς.
Sections 51–75
51εὐλόγως οὖν ἔφη· „γίνου ἄμεμπτος“ (Gen. 17, 1), μέγα πλεονέκτημα πρὸς εὐδαίμονα βίον ὑπολαβὼν εἶναι τὸ ἀναμάρτητον καὶ ἀνυπαίτιον. τῷ δὲ ᾑρημένῳ ζῆν τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον καὶ κλῆρον κατὰ διαθήκας ἀπολείψειν ὁμολογεῖ τὸν ἁρμόζοντα δοῦναι μὲν θεῷ, λαβεῖν δὲ σοφῷ.
52φησὶ γάρ· „θήσω τὴν διαθήκην μου ἀνὰ μέσον ἐμοῦ καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον σοῦ“ (Gen. 17, 2). διαθῆκαι δὲ ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ γράφονται τῶν δωρεᾶς ἀξίων, ὥστε σύμβολον εἶναι διαθήκην χάριτος, ἣν μέσην ἔθηκεν ὁ θεὸς ἑαυτοῦ τε ὀρέγοντος καὶ ἀνθρώπου λαμβάνοντος.
53ὑπερβολὴ δὲ εὐεργεσίας τοῦτό ἐστι, μὴ εἶναι θεοῦ καὶ ψυχῆς μέσον, ὅτι μὴ τὴν παρθένον χάριτα. τὸν δὲ περὶ διαθηκῶν σύμπαντα λόγον ἐν δυσὶν ἀναγέγραφα συντάξεσι καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ παλινῳδεῖν ἑκὼν ὑπερβαίνω καὶ ἅμα μὴ βουλόμενος ἀπαρτᾶν τὸ συμφυὲς τῆς πραγματείας.
54Λέγεται δ’ ἑξῆς· „ἔπεσεν Ἀβραὰμ ἐπὶ πρόσωπον“ (ibid. 3). ἆρ’ οὐκ ἔμελλεν ὑποσχέσεσι θείαις γνῶναί τε ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὴν τοῦ θνητοῦ γένους οὐδένειαν καὶ πεσεῖν παρὰ τὸν ἑστῶτα εἰς ἔνδειξιν τῆς ὑπολήψεως, ἣν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ τε ἔσχε καὶ θεοῦ, ὅτι ὁ μὲν κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἑστὼς κινεῖ τὴν σύμπασαν στάσιν, οὐ διὰ τῶν σκελῶν — οὐ γὰρ ἀνθρωπόμορφος —,
55ἀλλὰ τὴν ἄτρεπτον καὶ ἀμετάβλητον ἐμφαίνουσαν, ὁ δ’ οὐδέποτε ἐν ταὐτῷ βεβαίως ἱδρυμένος ἄλλοτε ἀλλοίας δέχεται μεταβολὰς καὶ ὑποσκελιζόμενος, ὁ δυστυχής, — ὄλισθος γὰρ σύμπας ὁ βίος ἐστὶν αὐτῷ — μέγα πτῶμα πίπτει;
56ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν ἄκων ἀμαθής, ὁ δ’ ἑκὼν εὐάγωγος· οὗ χάριν καὶ ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πεσεῖν λέγεται, ἐπὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις, ἐπὶ τὸν λόγον, ἐπὶ τὸν νοῦν, μονονοὺ βοῶν καὶ κεκραγώς, ὅτι πέπτωκε μὲν αἴσθησις ἐξ αὑτῆς ἀδυνατοῦσα αἰσθάνεσθαι, εἰ μὴ προμηθείᾳ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἀνεγερθείη πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὑποκειμένων σωμάτων ἀντίληψιν, πέπτωκε δὲ καὶ ὁ λόγος ἑρμηνεῦσαί τι τῶν ὄντων ἀδυνατῶν, εἰ μὴ διανοίξας τὸ στόμα καὶ τὴν γλῶτταν ἀρθρώσας ὁ τὸ φωνητήριον ὄργανον κατεσκευακὼς καὶ ἁρμοσάμενος πλήξειε τοὺς φθόγγους μουσικῶς, πέπτωκε δὲ καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς νοῦς τὰς καταλήψεις ἀφῃρημένος, εἰ μὴ πάλιν αὐτὸν ἐγείρας ὁ ζῳοπλάστης ἱδρύσαιτο καὶ ἐνομματώσας ὀξυδερκέσι κόραις ἀγάγοι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀσωμάτων θέαν πραγμάτων.
57Ἀγάμενος οὖν τὸν αὑτὸν ἀποδιδράσκοντα τρόπον καὶ ἑκούσιον πτῶμα πίπτοντα διὰ τὴν ὁμολογίαν ἣν ὡμολόγησε περὶ τοῦ ὄντος, ὅτι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἑστὼς ἓν ἦν ἄρα, τῶν μετ’ αὐτὸ τροπὰς καὶ μεταβολὰς παντοίας ἐνδεχομένων, ἐνηχεῖ τε καὶ λόγου μεταδίδωσι φάσκων· „κἀγώ, ἰδοὺ ἡ διαθήκη μου μετὰ σοῦ“ (Gen. 17,4).
58τοῦτο δὲ τοιοῦτον ὑποβάλλει νοῦν· εἴδη μὲν διαθήκης ἐστὶ πάμπολλα χάριτας καὶ δωρεὰς τοῖς ἀξίοις ἀπονέμοντα, τὸ δ’ ἀνώτατον γένος διαθηκῶν αὐτὸς ἐγώ εἰμι. δείξας γὰρ ἑαυτόν, ὡς ἐνῆν δειχθῆναι τὸν ἄδεικτον, διὰ τοῦ φάναι „κἀγὼ“ ἐπιλέγει· „ἰδοὺ ἡ διαθήκη μου“· ἡ πασῶν χαρίτων ἀρχή τε καὶ πηγὴ αὐτός εἰμι ἐγώ.
59τοῖς μὲν γὰρ δι’ ἑτέρων τὰς εὐεργεσίας εἴωθε προτείνειν ὁ θεός, γῆς, ὕδατος, ἀέρος, ἡλίου, σελήνης, οὐρανοῦ, δυνάμεων ἄλλων ἀσωμάτων, τοῖς δὲ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ μόνου, κλῆρον ἀποφήνας τῶν λαμβανόντων ἑαυτόν, οὓς εὐθέως καὶ προσρήσεως ἑτέρας ἠξίωσε.
60λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „οὐ κληθήσεται τὸ ὄνομά σου Ἀβράμ, ἀλλ’ ἔσται τὸ ὄνομά σου Ἀβραάμ“ (Gen. 17,5). ἔνιοι μὲν οὖν τῶν φιλαπεχθημόνων καὶ μώμους ἀεὶ τοῖς ἀμώμοις προσάπτειν ἐθελόντων οὐ σώμασι μᾶλλον ἢ πράγμασι καὶ πόλεμον ἀκήρυκτον πολεμούντων τοῖς ἱεροῖς πάνθ’ ὅσα μὴ τὸ εὐπρεπὲς ἐν λόγῳ διασῴζειν δοκεῖ σύμβολα φύσεως τῆς ἀεὶ κρύπτεσθαι φιλούσης ὑπάρχοντα μετὰ ἀκριβοῦς ἐρεύνης φαυλίσαντες ἐπὶ διαβολῇ προφέρουσι, διαφερόντως δὲ τὰς τῶν ὀνομάτων μεταθέσεις.
61καὶ πρῴην ἤκουσα χλευάζοντος καὶ κατακερτομοῦντος ἀνδρὸς ἀθέου καὶ ἀσεβοῦς, ὃς ἐτόλμα λέγειν· μεγάλαι δὴ καὶ ὑπερβάλλουσαι δωρεαί, ἅς φησι Μωυσῆς τὸν ἡγεμόνα τῶν ὅλων ὀρέγειν· στοιχείου γὰρ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἄλφα, [στοιχείῳ περιττεύει] καὶ πάλιν ἑτέρᾳ προσθέσει τοῦ ῥῶ θαυμαστὴν ἡλίκην ἔδοξεν εὐεργεσίαν παρεσχῆσθαι * * * τὴν Ἀβρὰμ γυναῖκα Σάραν Σάρραν ὠνόμασε δὶς τὸ ῥῶ παραλαβών· καὶ ὅσα ὁμοιότροπα συνείρων ἀπνευστὶ καὶ ἐπισαρκάζων ἅμα διεξῄει.
62τῆς μὲν οὖν φρενοβλαβείας οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἔδωκε τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν δίκην· ἀπὸ γὰρ μικρᾶς καὶ τῆς τυχούσης προφάσεως ἐπ’ ἀγχόνην ᾖξεν, ἵν’ ὁ μιαρὸς καὶ δυσκάθαρτος μηδὲ καθαρῷ θανάτῳ τελευτήσῃ. δικαίως δ’ ἂν ἡμεῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ καὶ ἕτερον τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἁλῶναι τὰς ὑπονοίας ἐκκόψαιμεν, φυσιολογοῦντες καὶ ἀποδεικνύντες τὰ λεγόμενα ταῦτα πάσης ἐπάξια σπουδῆς.
63οὐ γὰρ γράμματα ἄφωνα ἢ φωνήεντα ἢ συνόλως ῥήματα καὶ ὀνόματα χαρίζεται ὁ θεός, ὁπότε καὶ γεννήσας φυτά τε αὖ καὶ ζῷα ἐκάλεσεν ὡς πρὸς ἡγεμόνα τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ὃν ἐκ πάντων δι’ ἐπιστήμην ἐχώρισεν, ἵν’ ἑκάστοις τὰ οἰκεῖα ὀνόματα θῆται· „πᾶν“ γάρ φησιν „ὃ ἂν ἐκάλεσεν ὁ Ἀδάμ, τοῦτο ὄνομα τοῦ κληθέντος ἦν“ (Gen. 2,19).
64εἶθ’ ὅπου οὐδὲ τὰς ὁλοκλήρους θέσεις τῶν ὀνομάτων ὁ θεὸς ἠξίωσεν ἐπιφημίζειν, ἐπιτρέψας ἀνδρὶ σοφῷ, τῷ γένους ἀνθρώπων ἀρχηγέτῃ, τὸ ἔργον, ὑπονοεῖν ἄξιον, ὅτι μέρη τῶν ὀνομάτων ἢ συλλαβὰς ἢ γράμματα, οὐ φωνήεντα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄφωνα, αὐτὸς προσετίθει καὶ μεθήρμοζε, καὶ ταῦτ’ ἐπὶ προφάσει δωρεᾶς καὶ ὑπερβαλλούσης εὐεργεσίας; οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν.
65ἀλλὰ τὰ τοιαῦτα χαρακτῆρες δυνάμεών εἰσι, βραχεῖς μεγάλων, αἰσθητοὶ νοητῶν, φανεροὶ ἀδήλων· αἱ δὲ δυνάμεις ἐν δόγμασιν ἀρίστοις, ἐν ἀψευδέσι καὶ καθαραῖς ὑπολήψεσιν, ἐν ψυχῆς βελτιώσεσιν ἐξετάζονται. τὸν δὲ ἔλεγχον λαμβάνειν εὐμαρὲς τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιησαμένοις ἀπὸ τοῦ νυνὶ μετονομασθέντος.
66Ἀβρὰμ γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται μετέωρος πατήρ, Ἀβραὰμ δὲ πατὴρ ἐκλεκτὸς ἠχοῦς. ᾗ δὲ διαφέρει ταῦτ’ ἀλλήλων, εἰσόμεθα σαφέστερον, ἐπειδὰν τὸ δηλούμενον ὑφ’ ἑκατέρου πρότερον ἀναγνῶμεν.
67μετέωρον τοίνυν ἀλληγοροῦντές φαμεν τὸν ἀπὸ γῆς ἑαυτὸν εἰς ὕψος αἴροντα καὶ ἐπισκοποῦντα τὰ μετάρσια, μετεωροπόλον τε καὶ μετεωρολογικόν, ἐρευνῶντα τί ἡλίου μέγεθος, τίνες αὐτοῦ φοραί, πῶς τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας διανέμει προσιὼν καὶ ἐξαναχωρῶν πάλιν ἰσοταχέσι ταῖς ἀνακυκλήσεσι, καὶ σελήνης περὶ φωτισμῶν, σχηματισμῶν, μειώσεως, αὐξήσεως, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων κινήσεως, ἀπλανοῦς τε καὶ πεπλανημένης.
68ἡ γὰρ τούτων ἐξέτασις οὐκ ἀφυοῦς καὶ ἀγόνου ψυχῆς ἐστιν, ἀλλ’ ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα εὐφυοῦς καὶ δυναμένης ὁλόκληρα καὶ τέλεια γεννᾶν ἔγγονα. διὸ καὶ τὸν μετεωρολογικὸν „πατέρα“ εἶπεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἄγονος σοφίας.
69τὰ μὲν οὖν τοῦ Ἀβρὰμ σύμβολα οὕτως ἀκριβοῦται, τὰ δὲ τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, ὡς ὑποδείξομεν· ἦν δὲ τρία, πατὴρ καὶ ἐκλεκτὸς καὶ ἠχοῦς. φαμὲν δὴ τὴν μὲν ἠχὼ τὸν προφορικὸν εἶναι λόγον — τοῦ γὰρ ζῴου ἠχεῖον ὄργανόν ἐστι τὸ φωνητήριον —, τούτου δὲ πατέρα τὸν νοῦν — ἀπὸ γὰρ διανοίας ὥσπερ ἀπὸ πηγῆς φέρεται τὸ τοῦ λόγου νᾶμα —, ἐκλεκτὸν δὲ τὸν τοῦ σοφοῦ· ὅ τι γὰρ ἄριστον, ἐν τούτῳ.
70κατὰ μὲν οὖν τοὺς προτέρους χαρακτῆρας ὁ φιλομαθὴς καὶ μετεωρολέσχης ἐσκιαγραφεῖτο, κατὰ δὲ τοὺς ἀρτίως ὑποτυπωθέντας ὁ φιλόσοφος, μᾶλλον δ’ ὁ σοφὸς ἐδηλοῦτο. μηκέτ’ οὖν ὀνομάτων ἀλλαγὴν ὑπολάβῃς χαρίζεσθαι τὸ θεῖον, ἀλλὰ διὰ συμβόλων ἠθῶν ἐπανόρθωσιν.
71τὸν γὰρ πραγματευόμενον τὰ περὶ φύσεως οὐρανοῦ πρότερον, ὃν μαθηματικὸν ἔνιοι προσαγορεύουσιν, ἐπὶ τὴν μετουσίαν καλέσας ἀρετῆς σοφὸν καὶ ἀπέδειξε καὶ ὠνόμασεν, ἐπιφημίσας τὸν μεταχαραχθέντα τρόπον, ὡς μὲν Ἑβραῖοι εἴποιεν ἄν, Ἀβραάμ, ὡς δ’ ἂν Ἕλληνες, πατέρα ἐκλεκτὸν ἠχοῦς.
72τίνος γάρ, φησίν, ἕνεκα χορείας καὶ περιόδους ἀστέρων ἐρευνᾷς καὶ τοσοῦτον ἀπὸ γῆς ἄνω πρὸς αἰθέρα πεπήδηκας; ἆρ’ ἵνα αὐτὸ μόνον τὰ ἐκεῖ περιεργάσῃ; καὶ τίς ἐκ τῆς τοσαύτης περιεργίας γένοιτ’ ἂν ὠφέλεια; τίς καθαίρεσις ἡδονῆς; τίς ἐπιθυμίας ἀνατροπή; τίς λύπης ἢ φόβου κατάλυσις; ποία παθῶν, ἃ κλονεῖ καὶ συγχεῖ τὴν ψυχήν, ἐκτομή;
73καθάπερ γὰρ δένδρων οὐδὲν ὄφελος, εἰ μὴ καρπῶν οἰστικὰ γένοιτο, τὸν αὐτὸν δὴ τρόπον οὐδὲ φυσιολογίας, εἰ μὴ μέλλοι κτῆσιν ἀρετῆς ἐνεγκεῖν· ὁ γὰρ καρπὸς αὐτῆς οὗτός ἐστι.
74διὸ καὶ τῶν πάλαι τινὲς ἀγρῷ τὸν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν ἀπεικάσαντες λόγον φυτοῖς μὲν ἐξωμοίωσαν τὸ φυσικὸν μέρος, αἱμασιαῖς δὲ καὶ περιβόλοις τὸ λογικόν, καρπῷ δὲ τὸ ἠθικόν, ὑπολαβόντες καὶ τὰ ἐν κύκλῳ τείχη φυλακῆς ἕνεκα τοῦ καρποῦ κατεσκευάσθαι πρὸς τῶν ἐχόντων καὶ τὰ φυτὰ δεδημιουργῆσθαι γενέσεως καρποῦ χάριν.
75οὕτως οὖν ἔφασαν καὶ ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ δεῖν τήν τε φυσικὴν καὶ λογικὴν πραγματείαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἠθικὴν ἀναφέρεσθαι, ᾗ βελτιοῦται τὸ ἦθος κτήσεως ὁμοῦ καὶ χρήσεως ἀρετῆς ἐφιέμενον.
Sections 76–100
76τοιαῦτα ἐδιδάχθημεν περὶ τοῦ λόγῳ μὲν μετονομασθέντος, ἔργῳ δὲ μεταβαλόντος ἀπὸ φυσιολογίας πρὸς τὴν ἠθικὴν φιλοσοφίαν καὶ μεταναστάντος ἀπὸ τῆς περὶ τὸν κόσμον θεωρίας πρὸς τὴν τοῦ πεποιηκότος ἐπιστήμην, ἐξ ἧς εὐσέβειαν, κτημάτων τὸ κάλλιστον, ἐκτήσατο.
77τὰ δὲ περὶ τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ Σάρας νῦν ἐροῦμεν· καὶ γὰρ αὕτη μετονομάζεται εἰς Σάρραν κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ἑνὸς στοιχείου πρόσθεσιν τοῦ ῥῶ. τὰ μὲν οὖν ὀνόματα ταῦτα, τὰ δὲ τυγχάνοντα μηνυτέον· ἑρμηνεύεται Σάρα μὲν ἀρχή μου, Σάρρα δὲ ἄρχουσα.
78τὸ μὲν οὖν πρότερον εἰδικῆς σύμβολον ἀρετῆς ἐστι, τὸ δ’ ὕστερον γενικῆς. ὅσῳ δὲ γένος εἴδους διαφέρει κατὰ τὸ ἔλαττον, τοσούτῳ τὸ δεύτερον ὄνομα τοῦ προτέρου· τὸ μὲν γὰρ εἶδος καὶ βραχὺ καὶ φθαρτόν, τὸ δὲ γένος πολύ τε αὖ καὶ ἄφθαρτον.
79βούλεται δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἀντὶ μικρῶν καὶ φθαρτῶν μεγάλα καὶ ἀθάνατα χαρίζεσθαι, καὶ ἐμπρεπὲς αὐτῷ τὸ ἔργον. ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῷ σπουδαίῳ φρόνησις αὐτοῦ μόνου ἐστὶν ἀρχή, καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοι ὁ ἔχων, εἰ λέγοι· ἀρχή μού ἐστιν ἡ ἐν ἐμοὶ φρόνησις· ἡ δὲ ταύτην τυπώσασα, ἡ γενικὴ φρόνησις, οὐκέτι τοῦ δεῖνός ἐστιν ἀρχή, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἀρχή.
80τοιγαροῦν ἐκείνη μὲν ἡ ἐν εἴδει τῷ ἔχοντι συμφθαρήσεται, ἡ δὲ σφραγῖδος τρόπον αὐτὴν τυπώσασα παντὸς ἀπηλλαγμένη θνητοῦ διατελέσει πρὸς αἰῶνα ἄφθαρτος. οὕτω καὶ τῶν τεχνῶν αἱ μὲν ἐν εἴδει συναπόλλυνται τοῖς κτησαμένοις, γεωμέτραις, γραμματικοῖς, μουσικοῖς· αἱ δὲ γενικαὶ μένουσιν ἀνώλεθροι. προσυπογράφει δὲ ἀναδιδάσκων ἐν ταὐτῷ, ὅτι καὶ πᾶσα ἀρετὴ βασιλίς ἐστι καὶ ἄρχουσα καὶ ἡγεμονεύουσα τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον πραγμάτων.
81Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Ἰακὼβ μετονομάζεσθαι συμβέβηκεν εἰς τὸν Ἰσραήλ, οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ. διὰ τί; ὅτι ὁ μὲν Ἰακὼβ πτερνιστής, ὁ δὲ Ἰσραὴλ ὁρῶν τὸν θεὸν καλεῖται. πτερνιστοῦ μὲν οὖν ἔργον ἀσκοῦντος ἀρετὴν τὰς βάσεις τοῦ πάθους, αἷς ἐφίδρυται, καὶ εἴ τι ὀχυρὸν καὶ ἱδρυμένον ἐν αὐταῖς κινεῖν καὶ σαλεύειν καὶ ἀνατρέπειν — ταῦτα δὲ οὐ δίχα ἀγωνίας ἀκονιτὶ φιλεῖ γίνεσθαι, ἀλλ’ ἐπειδάν τις τοὺς φρονήσεως ἄθλους διαθλῶν γυμνάζηταί τε τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς γυμνάσματα καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιπάλους καὶ τραχηλίζοντας αὐτὴν λογισμοὺς παλαίῃ —, τοῦ δὲ τὸν θεὸν ὁρῶντος τὸ μὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀγῶνος ἀστεφάνωτον ἐξελθεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ βραβεῖα ἄρασθαι.
82τίς δ’ ἂν εὐανθέστερος καὶ ἐπιτηδειότερος πλέκοιτο νικηφόρῳ ψυχῇ στέφανος ἢ δι’ οὗ τὸν ὄντα δυνήσεται θεωρεῖν ὀξυδερκῶς; καλόν γε ἀσκητικῇ ψυχῇ πρόκειται τὸ ἆθλον, ἐνομματωθῆναι πρὸς τὴν τοῦ μόνου θέας ἀξίου τηλαυγῆ κατανόησιν.
83ἄξιον δὲ ἀπορῆσαι, διὰ τί ὁ μὲν Ἀβραάμ, ἀφ’ οὗ μετωνομάσθη, τῆς αὐτῆς προσρήσεως ἀξιοῦται μηκέτι καλούμενος ὀνόματι τῷ προτέρῳ, ὁ δὲ Ἰακὼβ προσρηθεὶς Ἰσραὴλ οὐδὲν ἧττον αὖθις πάλιν Ἰακὼβ ἐπὶ πλέον ὀνομάζεται. λεκτέον οὖν ὅτι καὶ ταῦτα χαρακτῆρές εἰσιν, οἷς ἡ διδακτικὴ τῆς ἀσκητικῆς ἀρετῆς διαφέρει.
84ὁ μὲν γὰρ διδασκαλίᾳ βελτιωθείς, εὐμοίρου λαχὼν φύσεως, ἣ περιποιεῖ τὸ ἄληστον αὐτῷ διὰ συνεργοῦ μνήμης, μονῇ χρῆται, ὧν ἔμαθεν ἀπρὶξ ἐπειλημμένος καὶ βεβαίως περιεχόμενος· ὁ δ’ ἀσκητὴς ἐπειδὰν γυμνάσηται συντόνως, διαπνεῖ πάλιν καὶ ὑπανίεται, συλλεγόμενος καὶ ἀνακτώμενος τὴν ἐκ τοῦ πονεῖν τεθρυμμένην δύναμιν, καθάπερ καὶ οἱ τὰ σώματα ἀλειφόμενοι· καὶ γὰρ οὗτοι περὶ τὴν ἄσκησιν καμόντες, ὡς μὴ κατὰ τὸ παντελὲς αὐτοῖς ἀπορραγεῖεν αἱ δυνάμεις διὰ τὸ σφοδρὸν καὶ σύντονον τῆς ἀθλήσεως, ἔλαιον ἐπιχέουσιν.
85εἶθ’ ὁ μὲν διδαχθεὶς ἀθανάτῳ χρώμενος ὑποβολεῖ τὴν ὠφέλειαν ἔναυλον καὶ ἀθάνατον ἴσχει, μὴ τρεπόμενος· ὁ δ’ ἀσκητὴς καὶ τὸ ἑκούσιον ἔχων αὐτὸ μόνον καὶ τοῦτο γυμνάζων καὶ συγκροτῶν, ἵνα τὸ οἰκεῖον πάθος τῷ γενητῷ καταβάλῃ, κἂν τελειωθῇ, καμὼν πρὸς τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἐπάνεισι γένος.
86τλητικώτερος μὲν γὰρ οὗτος, εὐτυχέστερος δ’ ἐκεῖνος· ὁ μὲν γὰρ χρῆται διδασκάλῳ ἑτέρῳ, ὁ δ’ ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ ζητεῖ τε καὶ σκέπτεται καὶ πολυπραγμονεῖ, μετὰ σπουδῆς ἐρευνῶν τὰ φύσεως, ἀδιαστάτῳ χρώμενος καὶ συνεχεῖ πόνῳ.
87διὰ τοῦτο τὸν μὲν Ἀβραάμ, ἐπειδὴ μένειν ἔμελλεν ἐν ὁμοίῳ, μετωνόμασεν ὁ ἄτρεπτος θεός, ἵν’ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἑστῶτος καὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχοντος τὸ μέλλον στήσεσθαι παγίως ἱδρυθῇ, τὸν δὲ Ἰακὼβ ἄγγελος ὑπηρέτης τοῦ θεοῦ, λόγος, ἵν’ ὁμολογηθῇ μηδὲν εἶναι τῶν μετὰ τὸ ὂν ἀκλινοῦς καὶ ἀρρεποῦς αἴτιον βεβαιότητος, ἀλλ’ ἁρμονίας τῆς ὡς ἐν ὀργάνῳ μουσικῷ περιεχούσης ἐπιτάσεις καὶ ἀνέσεις φθόγγων πρὸς τὴν τοῦ μέλους ἔντεχνον κρᾶσιν.
88Ἀλλὰ τριῶν ὄντων τοῦ γένους ἀρχηγετῶν, οἱ μὲν ἄκροι μετωνομάσθησαν, Ἀβραάμ τε καὶ Ἰακώβ, ὁ δὲ μέσος Ἰσαὰκ τῆς αὐτῆς ἔλαχεν εἰς ἀεὶ προσρήσεως. διὰ τί; ὅτι ἡ μὲν διδακτικὴ ἀρετὴ καὶ ἀσκητικὴ δέχονται τὰ πρὸς βελτίωσιν — ἐφίεται γὰρ δὴ ὁ μὲν διδασκόμενος ἐπιστήμης ὧν ἀγνοεῖ, ὁ δὲ ἀσκήσει χρώμενος στεφάνων καὶ τῶν προκειμένων ἄθλων φιλοπόνῳ καὶ φιλοθεάμονι ψυχῇ —, τὸ δ’ αὐτοδίδακτον καὶ αὐτομαθὲς γένος, ἅτε φύσει μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπιτηδεύσει συνιστάμενον, ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἴσον καὶ τέλειον καὶ ἄρτιον ἠνέχθη, μηδενὸς ἐνδέοντος τῶν εἰς πλήρωσιν ἀριθμοῦ.
89ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὁ τῶν τοῦ σώματος ἐπιτηδείων προστάτης Ἰωσήφ· ἀλλάττει γὰρ τοὔνομα, Ψονθομφανὴχ ὑπὸ τοῦ τῆς χώρας βασιλέως ἐπικληθείς (Gen. 41,45). ὃν δὲ λόγον ἔχει καὶ ταῦτα, μηνυτέον. Ἰωσὴφ ἑρμηνεύεται πρόσθεμα· προσθήκη δ’ ἐστὶ τῶν φύσει τὰ θέσει, χρυσός, ἄργυρος, κτήματα, πρόσοδοι, οἰκετῶν θεραπεῖαι, κειμηλίων καὶ ἐπίπλων καὶ τῆς ἄλλης περιουσίας ἄφθονοι ὗλαι, τῶν ἡδονῆς ποιητικῶν ἀμήχανοι τὸ πλῆθος παρασκευαί.
90ὧν τὸν ποριστὴν καὶ ἐπιμελητὴν Ἰωσὴφ ὀνόματι εὐθυβόλῳ καλεῖσθαι συμβέβηκε πρόσθεμα, ἐπεὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν ἐπεισοδιαζομένων καὶ προστιθεμένων τοῖς κατὰ φύσιν προστασίαν ἀνῆπται. μαρτυροῦσι δ’ οἱ χρησμοὶ δηλοῦντες ὅτι τὰς τροφὰς τῆς σωματικῆς χώρας ἁπάσης, Αἰγύπτου, θησαυρισάμενος ἐσιτάρχει (Gen. 41,
9148). τοιοῦτος μέν τις ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἐκ τῶν γνωρισμάτων γνωρίζεται· ὁ δὲ Ψονθομφανὴχ ποῖός ἐστι, θεασώμεθα. ἑρμηνεύεται οὖν ἐν ἀποκρίσει στόμα κρῖνον. οἴεται γὰρ πᾶς ἄφρων τὸν πολυχρήματον καὶ περιρρεόμενον ταῖς ἐκτὸς οὐσίαις εὐθὺς εἶναι καὶ εὐλόγιστον, ἱκανὸν μὲν πρὸς ἃ ἂν πύθηταί τις ἀποκρίνασθαι, ἱκανὸν δὲ καὶ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ γνώμας εἰσηγήσασθαι συμφερούσας, καὶ συνόλως τὸ φρόνιμον ἐν τῷ τυχηρῷ τίθεται, δέον ἔμπαλιν τὸ τυχηρὸν ἐν τῷ φρονίμῳ· ἄξιον γὰρ τὸ ἄστατον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἑστῶτος ἡνιοχεῖσθαι.
92καὶ μὴν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν ὁμογάστριον ὁ μὲν πατὴρ Βενιαμίν, ἡ δὲ μήτηρ υἱὸν ὀδύνης προςαγορεύει (Gen. 35,18), φυσικώτατα· μεταληφθεὶς γὰρ ὁ Βενιαμίν ἐστιν υἱὸς ἡμερῶν, ἡμέρα δὲ τῷ ἀφ’ ἡλίου αἰσθητῷ φωτὶ καταλάμπεται, τούτῳ δὲ τὴν κενὴν δόξαν ἐξομοιοῦμεν.
93ἔχει γάρ τινα λαμπρότητα αἰσθητὴν ἐν τοῖς παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν καὶ ἀγελαίων ἐπαίνοις, ἐν τοῖς γραφομένοις ψηφίσμασιν, ἐν ταῖς ἀνδριάντων καὶ εἰκόνων ἀναθέσεσιν, ἐν πορφύραις καὶ στεφάνοις χρυσοῖς, ἐν ἅρμασι καὶ τεθρίπποις καὶ παραπομπαῖς ὄχλων. ὁ τούτων οὖν ζηλωτὴς εἰκότως υἱὸς ἡμερῶν, αἰσθητοῦ φέγγους καὶ τῆς περὶ τὴν κενὴν δόξαν λαμπρότητος, ὠνομάσθη.
94τοῦτο ὁ πρεσβύτερος λόγος καὶ πατὴρ ὄντως εὐθυβόλον καὶ κύριον ὄνομα αὐτῷ τίθεται, ἡ δὲ παθοῦσα ψυχὴ τὸ ᾧ πέπονθεν ἁρμόττον· ὀδύνης γὰρ υἱὸν καλεῖ. διὰ τί; ὅτι οἱ ἐν ταῖς κεναῖς φερόμενοι δόξαις ὑπολαμβάνονται μὲν εὐδαιμονεῖν, πρὸς ἀλήθειαν δὲ κακοδαιμονοῦσι.
95τὰ γὰρ ἀντιπνέοντα πολλά, βασκανία, φθόνοι, συνεχεῖς ἔριδες, φιλονεικίαι ἀκατάλλακτοι μέχρι θανάτου, δυσμένειαι παισὶ παίδων κατὰ διαδοχὰς παραδιδόμεναι, κλῆρος οὐ κτητός. ἀναγκαίως οὖν ὁ θεοφράδμων ἐν αὐταῖς ὠδῖσιν ἀποθνῄσκουσαν,
96ἣ τίκτει κενοδοξίαν, παρέστησεν· „ἀπέθανε“ γάρ φησι „Ῥαχὴλ δυστοκήσασα“ (Gen. 35, 16. 19), ἐπειδὴ τῷ ὄντι ψυχῆς ἐστι θάνατος δόξης αἰσθητῆς καὶ κενῆς σπορά τε καὶ γέννησις.
97Τί δ’; οἱ τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ παῖδες, Ἐφραΐμ τε καὶ Μανασσῆς, οὐ πάνυ φυσικῶς ἐξωμοιοῦντο δυσὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτάτοις υἱοῖς τοῦ Ἰακώβ, Ῥουβήν τε καὶ Συμεών; λέγει γάρ· „οἱ δύο υἱοί σου, οἱ γενόμενοι ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ πρὸ τοῦ με ἐλθεῖν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ἐμοί εἰσιν· Ἐφραῒμ καὶ Μανασσῆς ὡς Ῥουβὴν καὶ Συμεὼν ἔσονταί μοι“ (Gen. 48,5). τίνα οὖν τρόπον οἱ δύο τοῖς δυσὶν ἐφαρμόζονται, θεασώμεθα.
98Ῥουβὴν μὲν σύμβολον εὐφυΐας ἐστίν — ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ ὁρῶν υἱός, ἐπειδὴ πᾶς ὁ εὐθιξίᾳ καὶ εὐφυΐᾳ χρώμενος ὁρατικός —, Ἐφραῒμ δέ, ὡς πολλάκις εἴπομεν ἐν ἑτέροις, μνήμης — μεταληφθεὶς γάρ ἐστι καρποφορία, καρπὸς δὲ ψυχῆς ἄριστος ἡ μνήμη —· συγγενὲς δὲ οὐδὲν ἕτερον οὕτως [τῷ] ἑτέρῳ, ὡς εὐφυεῖ τὸ μεμνῆσθαι.
99πάλιν ὁ Συμεὼν ὄνομα μαθήσεως καὶ διδασκαλίας ἐστίν — εἰσακοὴ γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται —, μανθάνοντος δ’ ἴδιον ἀκούειν τε καὶ προσέχειν τοῖς λεγομένοις, ὁ δὲ Μανασσῆς ἀναμνήσεως σύμβολον· καλεῖται γὰρ ἐκ λήθης.
100τῷ δ’ ἐκ λήθης ἔξω προϊόντι συμβαίνει κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον ἀναμιμνῄσκεσθαι· μαθήσεως δὲ ἀνάμνησις οἰκεῖον. πολλάκις γὰρ τοῦ μανθάνοντος ἀπορρεῖ τὰ θεωρήματα μὴ δυναμένου δι’ ἀσθένειαν κρατεῖν καὶ πάλιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑπαναπλεῖ. τὸ μὲν οὖν τῆς ἀπορροῆς πάθος ὀνομάζεται λήθη, τὸ δὲ τῆς παλιρροίας ἀνάμνησις.
Sections 101–125
101ἆρ’ οὐ προσφυῶς εὐφυΐᾳ μὲν [ἡ] μνήμη, μαθήσει δὲ ἀνάμνησις ἐφαρμόζεται; καὶ μὴν ὃν λόγον ἔχει Συμεὼν πρὸς Ῥουβήν, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶ μάθησις πρὸς φύσιν, τοῦτον ἔχει λόγον Μανασσῆς πρὸς Ἐφραΐμ, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶ πρὸς μνήμην ἀνάμνησις.
102ὡς γὰρ τὸ εὐφυὲς ἄμεινον τοῦ μανθάνοντος — τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἔοικεν ὁράσει, τὸ δὲ ἀκοῇ· ἀκοὴ δὲ ὁράσεως τὰ δεύτερα φέρεται —, οὕτω τὸ μνημονικὸν τοῦ ἀναμιμνῃσκομένου πανταχοῦ κρεῖττον, ὅτι τὸ μὲν λήθῃ κέκραται, τὸ δὲ ἀμιγὲς καὶ ἄκρατον ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τέλους διαμένει.
103Καὶ μὴν τόν γε τοῦ ἀρχιπροφήτου πενθερὸν τοτὲ μὲν Ἰοθὸρ τοτὲ δὲ Ῥαγουὴλ οἱ χρησμοὶ καλοῦσιν· Ἰοθὸρ μέν, ὅταν τῦφος εὐημερῇ· μεταληφθεὶς γάρ ἐστι περισσός, περιττὸν δὲ ἀψευδεῖ βίῳ τῦφος, γέλωτα μὲν τὰ ἴσα καὶ ἀναγκαῖα τῷ βίῳ τιθέμενος, τὰ δὲ πλεονεξίας ἄνισα σεμνύνων.
104οὗτος καὶ ἀνθρώπεια θείων καὶ ἔθη νόμων καὶ βέβηλα ἱερῶν καὶ θνητὰ ἀθανάτων καὶ συνόλως τὸ δοκεῖν τοῦ εἶναι προτιμᾷ. καὶ ἐπιτολμήσας αὐτοκέλευστος εἰς τὴν τοῦ συμβούλου παρέρχεται τάξιν, ὑφηγούμενος τῷ σοφῷ [μὴ] ἀναδιδάσκειν ἃ μόνα μανθάνειν ἄξιον, „τὰ προστάγματα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὸν νόμον“ (Exod. 18,20), ἀλλὰ μὴ τὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀνθρώπων συμβόλαια, τῆς ἀκοινωνήτου σχεδὸν αἴτια κοινωνίας. καὶ ὁ μέγας πάντα πειθαρχεῖ, νομίσας ἁρμόττον εἶναι μικροῖς μὲν τὰ μικρά, μεγάλοις δὲ τὰ μεγάλα δίκαια τίθεσθαι (ibid. 22.24).
105μεταβαλὼν δὲ πολλάκις ὁ δοκησίσοφος οὗτος καὶ μεταβὰς ἀπὸ τῶν θρεμμάτων, ἃ δὴ τυφλὸς ἔλαχεν ἡνιοχεῖν, ἀναζητήσας τὴν θείαν ἀγέλην μέρος οὐ μεμπτὸν αὐτῆς γίνεται, θαυμάσας τῆς φύσεως τὸν ἀγελάρχην καὶ τῆς ἐπιστασίας ἀγάμενος, ᾗ χρῆται πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἑαυτοῦ θρεμμάτων ἐπιμέλειαν· ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ Ῥαγουὴλ (Exod. 2, 18) ποιμασία θεοῦ.
106τὸ μὲν κεφάλαιον εἴρηται, τὰς δὲ πίστεις ὑφηγήσεται. πρῶτον μὲν θεραπευτὴν αὐτὸν κρίσεως καὶ δίκης εἰσηγεῖται· ἡ γὰρ προσηγορία τῆς Μαδιὰμ μεταληφθεῖσα ἐκ κρίσεως ὀνομάζεται. διττὸν δὲ τοῦτο. δηλοῖ γὰρ τὸ μὲν ἔκκρισιν καὶ ἀπόκρισιν, ἣ καὶ τοῖς ἀγωνισταῖς κατὰ τοὺς ἱεροὺς ἀγῶνας λεγομένους εἴωθε συμβαίνειν· μυρίοι γὰρ ἀνεπιτήδειοι φανέντες ἤδη πρὸς τῶν ἀθλοθετῶν ἐξεκρίθησαν.
107οὗτοι [τε] τελεταῖς ἀνιέροις ταῖς Βεελφεγὼρ τελεσθέντες (Num. 25,3) καὶ τὰ τοῦ σώματος στόμια πάντα εὐρύναντες πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἔξωθεν ἐπιχεομένων ῥευμάτων ὑποδοχὴν — ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ Βεελφεγὼρ ἀνωτέρω στόμα δέρματος — κατέκλυσαν τὸν ἡγεμόνα νοῦν καὶ ἀφεῖσαν εἰς βυθὸν ἔσχατον, ὡς μηδ’ ἀνανήξασθαι μηδὲ μικρὸν ὅσον δυνηθῆναι ἀνασχεῖν·
108καὶ τοῦτο ἔπαθεν, ἕως ὁ εἰρηνικὸς καὶ ἱερεὺς τοῦ θεοῦ (ibid. 12. 13) τρανός, Φινεές, ὑπέρμαχος αὐτοκέλευστος ἦλθε, φύσει μισοπόνηρος ὢν καὶ ζήλῳ τῶν καλῶν κατεσχημένος· ᾧ σειρομάστην λαβόντι, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶν ἠκονημένον καὶ ὀξὺν λόγον, μαστεύειν καὶ ἀναζητεῖν ἕκαστα ἱκανόν, ἐξεγένετο μὴ φενακισθῆναι, ῥώμῃ δὲ καρτερᾷ χρησαμένῳ κατακεντῆσαι διὰ τῆς μήτρας τὸ πάθος (ibid. 7.8), ἵνα μηδὲν ἔτι κακὸν θεήλατον τίκτῃ.
109πρὸς τούτους καὶ ὁ μέγιστος ἐνίσταται τῷ ὁρατικῷ γένει πόλεμος, ἐν ᾧ τῶν διαγωνισαμένων „διεφώνησεν οὐδείς“ (Num. 31,49), ἀλλ’ ἄτρωτος καὶ σῷος ἐπανῆλθε, τοῖς νικητηρίοις ἀναδούμενος στεφάνοις.
110ἓν μὲν δὴ τοῦτο ἐκ τῆς Μαδιὰμ ἐδηλοῦτο· ἕτερον δὲ τὸ κριτικὸν καὶ δικαστικὸν εἶδος, ὃ καὶ κατ’ ἐπιγαμίαν οἰκειοῦται γένει τῷ προφητικῷ. „τῷ ἱερεῖ“, φησὶν οὖν, τῆς κρίσεως καὶ τῆς δίκης „εἰσὶν ἑπτὰ θυγατέρες“ (Exod. 2, 16), συμβολικῶς αἱ τοῦ ἀλόγου δυνάμεις, γονή τε καὶ φωνὴ καὶ πέντε αἰσθήσεις, ποιμαίνουσαι τὰ πρόβατα τοῦ πατρός.
111διὰ γὰρ τῶν ἑπτὰ δυνάμεων τούτων αἱ προβάσεις καὶ παραυξήσεις τοῦ πατρὸς νοῦ ταῖς ἐγγινομέναις καταλήψεσι συνίστανται. παραγενόμεναι δ’ ἐπὶ τὰ οἰκεῖα ἑκάστη, χρώματα μὲν καὶ σχήματα ὅρασις, φωνὰς δὲ ἀκοή, ἀτμοὺς δὲ ὄσφρησις, χυλοὺς δὲ γεῦσις καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι πρὸς τὰ ἁρμόττοντα ἑαυταῖς, „ἀντλοῦσι“ τρόπον τινὰ τὰ ἐκτὸς αἰσθητά, „ἕως ἂν πληρώσωσι τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς δεξαμενάς, ἐξ ὧν ποτίζουσι τὰ πρόβατα τοῦ πατρός“ (ibid.), τὴν καθαρωτάτην λέγω τοῦ λογισμοῦ ποίμνην, ἀσφάλειαν καὶ κόσμον περιφέρουσαν ἐν ταὐτῷ.
112παραγενόμενοι δ’ οἱ φθόνου καὶ βασκανίας ἑταῖροι, πονηρᾶς ἀγέλης ἡγεμόνες, ἐλαύνουσιν αὐτὰς τῆς κατὰ φύσιν χρήσεως (ibid. 17). αἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰ ἐκτὸς ἄγουσιν εἴσω πρὸς οἷα δικαστὴν καὶ βασιλέα τὸν νοῦν, ἵν’ ἄρχοντι χρώμεναι τῷ βελτίστῳ κατορθῶσιν·
113οἱ δ’ ἀντικάθηνται διώκοντες καὶ τἀναντία παραγγέλλοντες, ἔξω τὸν νοῦν ἐπισπᾶσθαι καὶ ἀγώγιμα παραδιδόναι τὰ φαινόμενα, μέχρις „ἀναστὰς“ ὁ τέως ἠρεμεῖν τρόπος δοκῶν φιλάρετος καὶ ἐπιθειάσας, ὄνομα Μωυσῆς, ὑπερασπίσει καὶ „ῥύσεται αὐτὰς“ τῶν κατεχόντων, ποτίμοις λόγοις θρέψας τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ποίμνην (ibid.).
114ἐκφυγοῦσαι δὲ τὴν ἐπίθεσιν τῶν διανοίας μὲν ἐχθρῶν, τὰ δὲ περίαπτα ὥσπερ ἐν τραγῳδίᾳ μόνα ἐζηλωκότων οὐκέτι πρὸς Ἰοθόρ, ἀλλὰ πρὸς Ῥαγουὴλ ἀφικνοῦνται (ibid. 17. 18). καταλελοίπασι μὲν γὰρ τὴν πρὸς τῦφον συγγένειαν, ᾠκείωνται δὲ ἀγωγῇ νομίμῳ, μοῖρα τῆς ἱερᾶς ἀγέλης ἀξιώσασαι γενέσθαι, ἧς ὁ θεῖος ἀφηγεῖται λόγος, ὡς δηλοῖ τοὔνομα· ποιμασία γάρ ἐστι θεοῦ.
115ποίμνης δ’ ἐπιμελουμένου τῆς ἰδίας, ἐξ ἑτοίμου ἀγαθὰ πάρεστιν ἀθρόα τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσι καὶ μὴ ἀφηνιάζουσι τῶν θρεμμάτων. ᾄδεται δὲ καὶ ἐν ὕμνοις ᾆσμα τοιοῦτον· „κύριος ποιμαίνει με, καὶ οὐδέν με ὑστερήσει“ (Psalm. 22, 1).
116πεύσεται οὖν εἰκότως ὁ ποιμένι καὶ βασιλεῖ χρώμενος τῷ θείῳ λόγῳ νοῦς τῶν ἑπτὰ θυγατέρων αὐτοῦ· διὰ τί συντείνασαι μετὰ πολλοῦ τάχους τήμερον ἀφῖχθε (Exod. 2, 18) ; πρότερον γὰρ ὅτ’ ἐνετυγχάνετε τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς, μακρὸν χρόνον ἔξω διατρίβουσαι μόλις ἐπανῄειτε δελεαζόμεναι πρὸς αὐτῶν· νυνὶ δ’ οὐκ οἶδ’ ὅ τι παθοῦσαι συντόνως παρὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς ἐπανήκετε.
117φήσουσιν οὖν, ὅτι οὐκ αὐταὶ γεγόνασιν αἴτιαι τοῦ τὸν δίαυλον ἐπὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀπνευστὶ καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς ῥύμης δραμεῖν, ἀλλ’ ὁ ῥυσάμενος αὐτὰς ἄνθρωπος ἀπὸ τῶν τῆς ἀγρίας ἀγέλης ποιμένων. Αἰγύπτιον δὲ καλοῦσι Μωυσῆν (ibid. 19), τὸν οὐ μόνον Ἑβραῖον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ καθαρωτάτου γένους ὄντα Ἑβραίων, ὃ ἱερᾶται μόνον, οὐ δυνάμεναι τὴν ἑαυτῶν φύσιν ὑπερβῆναι.
118μεθόριοι γὰρ αἱ αἰσθήσεις οὖσαι [τῶν] νοητῶν τε καὶ αἰσθητῶν ἀγαπητὸν ἐὰν ἑκατέρων ἐφιῶνται, ἀλλὰ μὴ ὑπὸ μόνων τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἄγωνται· τὸ δ’ οἴεσθαι ὅτι μόνοις ποτὲ τοῖς κατὰ διάνοιαν ἐπανέξουσιν εὐήθεια πολλή. οὗ χάριν ἀμφότερα τιθέασι, διὰ μὲν τοῦ „ἄνθρωπος“ τὰ μόνῳ λόγῳ θεωρητὰ μηνύουσαι, διὰ δὲ τοῦ „Αἰγύπτιος“ παριστᾶσαι τὰ αἰσθητά.
119ταῦτ’ ἀκούσας καὶ πάλιν πεύσεται· „ποῦ ἐστιν“ ὁ ἄνθρωπος (ibid. 20) ; ἐν τίνι μέρει τῶν καθ’ ὑμᾶς οἰκεῖ τὸ λογικὸν εἶδος; „ἵνα τί αὐτὸν“ ῥᾳδίως οὕτω „καταλελοίπατε“ (ibid.), ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἅπαξ ἐντυχοῦσαι περιέσχετε κτῆμα κάλλιστον καὶ λυσιτελέστατον ἑαυταῖς;
120ἀλλ’ εἰ μὴ πρότερον, νῦν „αὐτὸν καλέσατε, ὅπως ἂν φάγῃ“ (ibid.) καὶ τραφῇ ταῖς ὑμετέραις βελτιώσεσι καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν οἰκειώσεσι. τάχα γὰρ καὶ οἰκήσει παρ’ ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ πτηνὸν καὶ [τὸ] θεοφόρητον καὶ προφητικὸν γένος, ὄνομα Σεπφώραν, ἄξεται (ibid. 21).
121Ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τούτων. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Ὠσηὲ μετονομάζει Μωυσῆς εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν (Num. 13,17), τὸν ποιὸν εἰς ἕξιν μεταχαράττων. Ὠσηὲ μὲν γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται ποιὸς οὗτος, Ἰησοῦς δὲ σωτηρία κυρίου, ἕξεως ὄνομα τῆς ἀρίστης.
122ἕξεις γὰρ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὰς ποιῶν ἀμείνους, ὡς μουσικὴ μουσικοῦ καὶ ἰατρικὴ ἰατροῦ καὶ παντὸς τεχνίτου τέχνη ποιά, καὶ ἀιδιότητι καὶ δυνάμει καὶ τῇ περὶ τὰ θεωρήματα ἀπταίστῳ ἀκρότητι. ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἕξις ἀίδιον, ἐνεργοῦν, τέλειον, ὁ δὲ ποιὸς θνητόν, πάσχον, ἀτελές· κρεῖττον δὲ θνητοῦ μὲν τὸ ἄφθαρτον, πάσχοντος δὲ τὸ δρῶν αἴτιον, τὸ δὲ τέλειον ἀτελοῦς.
123οὕτω μετεχαράχθη καὶ τὸ τοῦ λεχθέντος νόμισμα πρὸς ἰδέαν βελτίονα. ὁ δὲ Χάλεβ καὶ αὐτὸς ὅλος ἀλλάττεται· „ἐγένετο“ γάρ φησι „πνεῦμα ἕτερον ἐν αὐτῷ“ (Num. 14,24), ὡσανεὶ τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ μεταβαλόντος πρὸς ἄκραν τελειότητα.
124καὶ γὰρ ἑρμηνευθείς ἐστι Χάλεβ πᾶσα καρδία· τοῦτο δὲ σύμβολον τοῦ μὴ ἐκ μέρους ἐπαμφοτερίζουσαν καὶ ἀντιρρέπουσαν, ἀλλ’ ὅλην δι’ ὅλου τὴν ψυχὴν μεταβεβλῆσθαι πρὸς τὸ δόκιμον, κἂν εἴ τι μὴ πάνυ ἐπαινετὸν εἴη, λόγοις τοῖς περὶ μετανοίας ἐξοικίσασαν· οὕτω γὰρ ἐκνιψαμένη τὰ καταρρυπαίνοντα καὶ τοῖς φρονήσεως λουτροῖς χρησαμένη καὶ καθαρσίοις ἔμελλε φαιδρύνεσθαι.
125Τὸν δὲ ἀρχιπροφήτην συμβέβηκεν εἶναι πολυώνυμον. ὁπότε μὲν γὰρ τοὺς χρησμῳδουμένους χρησμοὺς ἑρμηνεύων ὑφηγεῖται, προσαγορεύεται Μωυσῆς· ὁπότε δ’ εὐχόμενος εὐλογεῖ τὸν λεών, ἄνθρωπος θεοῦ (Deut. 33,1)· ἡνίκα δὲ Αἴγυπτος τὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀσεβηθέντων δίκας ἐκτίνει, τοῦ βασιλεύοντος τῆς χώρας Φαραὼ θεός (Exod. 7, 1).
Sections 126–150
126διὰ τί δέ; ὅτι τὸ μὲν νόμους μεταγράφειν ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν ἐντευξομένων ψηλαφῶντός ἐστι καὶ διὰ χειρὸς ἔχοντος ἀεὶ τὰ θεῖα καὶ ἀνακεκλημένου (Exod. 24,1) ὑπὸ τοῦ θεσπιῳδοῦ νομοθέτου καὶ εἰληφότος παρ’ αὐτοῦ μεγάλην δωρεάν, ἑρμηνείαν καὶ προφητείαν νόμων ἱερῶν· μεταληφθεὶς γὰρ Μωυσῆς καλεῖται λῆμμα, δύναται δὲ καὶ ψηλάφημα διὰ τὰς εἰρημένας αἰτίας.
127τὸ δέ γε εὔχεσθαι καὶ εὐλογεῖν οὐκ ἔστι τοῦ τυχόντος, ἀλλ’ ἀνθρώπου τὴν πρὸς γένεσιν μὴ ἑωρακότος συγγένειαν, προσκεκληρωκότος δὲ ἑαυτὸν τῷ πάντων ἡγεμόνι καὶ πατρί·
128ἀγαπητὸν γάρ, εἴ τῳ ἐξεγένετο εὐλογιστίᾳ χρῆσθαι, τὸ δέ γε καὶ ἑτέροις περιποιεῖν τὸ ἀγαθόν, τοῦτο μείζονος καὶ τελειοτέρας ψυχῆς καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς θειαζούσης ἦν ἐπάγγελμα, ἧς ὁ τυχὼν εἰκότως θεὸς κεκλήσεται. θεὸς δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς οὗτος ἅτε σοφὸς ὢν καὶ διὰ τοῦτ’ ἄρχων παντὸς ἄφρονος, κἂν εἰ τοῖς βασιλείοις σκήπτροις ἐκεῖνος ἐφιδρύοιτο μεγαλαυχῶν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐχ ἥκιστα.
129βούλεται γὰρ ὁ τῶν ὅλων ἡγεμών, κἂν ἀφόρητα ἀδικοῦντές τινες μέλλωσι κολάζεσθαι, παραιτητὰς ἔχειν τοὺς ἐντευξομένους ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, οἳ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἵλεω δύναμιν ἀπομιμούμενοι μετριώτερον καὶ φιλανθρωπότερον χρήσονται ταῖς τιμωρίαις· θεοῦ δὲ τὸ εὐεργετεῖν ἴδιον.
130Ἀποχρώντως οὖν περὶ τῆς τῶν ὀνομάτων ἀλλαγῆς τε καὶ μεταθέσεως εἰρηκότες ἐπὶ τὰ ἑξῆς τῆς ἐφόδου τρεψόμεθα κεφάλαια. εἵπετο δ’ εὐθὺς ἡ γένεσις Ἰσαάκ· καλέσας γὰρ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ Σάρραν ἀντὶ Σάρας φησὶ τῷ Ἀβραάμ· „δώσω σοι ἐξ αὐτῆς τέκνον“ (Gen. 17, 16). ἐν μέρει δ’ ἕκαστον ἀκριβωτέον.
131ὁ τοίνυν κυρίως διδοὺς ὁτιοῦν ἴδιόν τι πάντως ἑαυτοῦ δίδωσιν· εἰ δὲ τοῦτ’ ἀψευδές ἐστι, γένοιτ’ ἂν Ἰσαὰκ οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλ’ ὁ συνώνυμος τῆς ἀρίστης τῶν εὐπαθειῶν, χαρᾶς, γέλως, ὁ ἐνδιάθετος υἱὸς θεοῦ τοῦ διδόντος αὐτὸν μείλιγμα καὶ εὐθυμίαν εἰρηνικωτάταις ψυχαῖς.
132ἄτοπον μὲν γὰρ ἕτερον ἄνδρα εἶναι, ἐξ ἑτέρου δὲ νόθα καὶ μοιχίδια παιδοποιεῖσθαι· καὶ μὴν τόν γε θεὸν ἄνδρα τῆς φιλαρέτου διανοίας Μωυσῆς ἀναγράφει δι’ ὧν φησιν· „ἰδὼν κύριος, ὅτι μισεῖται Λεία, ἤνοιξε τὴν μήτραν αὐτῆς“ (Gen. 29, 31).
133ἔλεον γὰρ καὶ οἶκτον λαβὼν τῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ θνητοῦ γένους μισουμένης ἀρετῆς καὶ ψυχῆς τῆς φιλαρέτου στειροῖ μὲν * * * τὴν φιλόκαλον φύσιν, ἀνοίγνυσι δὲ τῆς εὐπαιδίας πηγὴν εὐτοκίαν αὐτῇ χαριζόμενος.
134ἡ δὲ Θάμαρ ἐγκύμων τε γενομένη θείων σπερμάτων καὶ τὸν μὲν σπείραντα οὐκ ἰδοῦσα — λέγεται γὰρ τότε „ἐγκαλύψασθαι τὸ πρόσωπον“ (Gen. 38, 15), ὡς Μωυσῆς, ἡνίκα ἀπεστράφη εὐλαβούμενος τὸν θεὸν ἰδεῖν (Exod. 3, 6) —, τὰ δὲ σύμβολα καὶ τὰ μαρτύρια διαθρήσασα καὶ παρ’ αὑτῇ δικάσασα, ὅτι θνητὸς ταῦτ’ οὐ δίδωσιν, ἀνέκραγεν· „οὗτινος ταῦτ’ ἐστίν, ἐξ ἐκείνου ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχω“ (Gen. 38,25).
135τίνος ὁ δακτύλιος, ἡ πίστις, ἡ τῶν ὅλων σφραγίς, ἡ ἀρχέτυπος ἰδέα, ᾗ τὰ πάντ’ ἀνείδεα ὄντα καὶ ἄποια σημειωθέντα ἐτυπώθη; τίνος δὲ καὶ ὁ ὁρμίσκος, ἡ [ὁ κόσμος] εἱμαρμένη, ἀκολουθία καὶ ἀναλογία τῶν συμπάντων εἱρμὸν ἔχουσα ἀδιάλυτον; τίνος δὲ καὶ ἡ ῥάβδος (ibid.), τὸ ἐρηρεισμένον, τὸ ἀκράδαντον, τὸ ἄτρεπτον, ἡ νουθεσία, ὁ σωφρονισμός, ἡ παιδεία; τὸ σκῆπτρον, ἡ βασιλεία, τίνος; ἆρ’ οὐχὶ μόνου θεοῦ;
136τοιγαροῦν ὁ ἐξομολογητικὸς τρόπος, Ἰούδας, ἡσθεὶς αὐτῆς τῷ κατεχομένῳ καὶ θεοφορήτῳ παρρησιάζεται λέγων· „δεδικαίωται, ἧς ἕνεκα αἰτίας ἐγὼ οὐδενὶ θνητῷ αὐτὴν ἔδωκα„ (ibid. 26), ἀσεβὲς ἡγούμενος μιαίνειν
137βεβήλοις τὰ θεῖα. μηνύει δὲ καὶ ἡ τρόπον μητρὸς ἀποκυήσασα φρόνησις τὸ αὐτομαθὲς γένος, ὅτι θεὸς αὐτὸ ἔσπειρε· τεχθέντος γὰρ ἐπισεμνύνεται φάσκουσα· „γέλωτά μοι ἐποίησεν ὁ κύριος“ (Gen. 21,ὁ), ἴσον τῷ τὸν Ἰσαὰκ διέπλασεν, ἐδημιούργησεν, ἐγέννησεν, ἐπειδὴ γέλωτι ὁ αὐτὸς ἦν.
138ἀλλ’ οὐ παντός ἐστιν ἀκοῦσαι τὸ ἄκουσμα τοῦτο, πολλοῦ τοῦ δεισιδαιμονίας ῥυέντος παρ’ ἡμῖν κακοῦ καὶ τὰς ἀνάνδρους καὶ ἀγεννεῖς ψυχὰς ἐπικλύσαντος. διὸ προστίθησιν· „ὃς γὰρ ἂν ἀκούσῃ, συγχαρεῖταί μοι“ (ibid.), ὡς ὀλίγων ὄντων, οἷς τὰ ὦτα ἀναπέπταται καὶ ἀνωρθίασται πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἱερῶν τούτων λόγων ὑποδοχήν, οἳ διδάσκουσιν, ὡς ἄρα μόνου θεοῦ σπείρειν καὶ γεννᾶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργον ἴδιον·
139πρὸς οὓς οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες κεκώφηνται. στόματι δ’ οἶδά ποτε προφητικῷ θεσπισθέντα διάπυρον τοιόνδε χρησμόν· „ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὁ καρπός σου εὕρηται. τίς σοφὸς καὶ συνήσει ταῦτα; συνετὸς καὶ γνώσεται αὐτά“ (Hos. 14, 9. 10) ; τὸν δ’ ὑπηχοῦντα καὶ κρούοντα ἀόρατον ἀοράτως τὸ φωνῆς ὄργανον ἐνενόουν καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ἅμα καταπληττόμενος καὶ τὸ εἰρημένον.
140εἰ γάρ τι ἀγαθὸν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι * * * μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ὁ σύμπας οὐρανός τε καὶ κόσμος, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, θεοῦ καρπός ἐστιν, ὑφ’ οἷα δένδρου συνεχόμενος τῆς ἀιδίου καὶ ἀειθαλοῦς φύσεως. συνετῶν δ’ ἐστὶ καὶ σοφῶν ἀνδρῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα γινώσκειν καὶ ὁμολογεῖν, οὐκ ἀσήμων.
141Τί μὲν οὖν ἐστι τὸ „δώσω σοι“ λέλεκται, τὸ δ’ „ἐξ αὐτῆς“ (Gen. 17, 16) μηνυτέον. οἱ μὲν οὖν τὸ ἔξω γινόμενον αὐτῆς ἐδέξαντο νομίζοντες ἄριστον κεκρίσθαι παρὰ ὀρθῷ λόγῳ τὸ μηδὲν ἀποφαίνειν τὴν ψυχὴν ἴδιον αὑτῆς καλόν, ἀλλὰ προσγινόμενον ἔξωθεν κατὰ τὴν μεγαλόνοιαν τοῦ χάριτας ὀμβροῦντος θεοῦ· οἱ δὲ τὸ παραυτίκα τάχος·
142ἴσον γὰρ εἶναι τὸ ἐξ αὐτῆς τῷ παραχρῆμα, εὐθύς, ἀνυπερθέτως, ἄνευ μελλήσεως. τοῦτον δὲ τὸν τρόπον αἱ θεῖαι φιλοῦσι συμβαίνειν δωρεαὶ φθάνουσαι καὶ τὰ χρόνων διαστήματα. τρίτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ τὴν ἀρετὴν μητέρα τοῦ γενητοῦ εἶναι λέγοντες ἀγαθοῦ, λαμβάνουσαν τὰς γονὰς παρὰ μηδενὸς θνητοῦ.
143πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ζητοῦντας, εἰ στεῖρα τίκτει — Σάρραν γὰρ εἰσάγοντες πάλαι στεῖραν οἱ χρησμοὶ νῦν ὅτι γενήσεται μήτηρ ὁμολογοῦσι —, λεκτέον ἐκεῖνο, ὅτι γυνὴ μὲν στεῖρα τίκτειν οὐ πέφυκεν, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ τυφλὸς βλέπειν οὐδὲ κωφὸς ἀκούειν, ψυχὴ δ’ ἡ πρὸς τὰ φαῦλα ἐστειρωμένη καὶ παθῶν ἀμετρίας καὶ κακιῶν ἄγονος μόνη σχεδὸν εὐτοκίᾳ χρῆται, τὰ ἀξιέραστα τίκτουσα, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἑπτὰ κατὰ τὸ ᾀδόμενον ᾆσμα ὑπὸ τῆς χάριτος, Ἄννης, ἥ φησιν· „στεῖρα ἔτεκεν ἑπτά, ἡ δὲ πολλὴ ἐν τέκνοις ἠσθένησε“ (I Reg. 2, 5).
144καλεῖ δὲ πολλὴν μὲν τὴν ἐκ μιγάδων καὶ συγκλύδων λογισμῶν συμπεφορημένην διάνοιαν, ἣ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν περὶ αὐτὴν ὄχλων καὶ θορύβων ἀνήκεστα κακὰ τίκτει, στεῖραν δὲ τὴν μὴ παραδεχομένην θνητὸν ὡς γόνιμον σπόρον, ἀλλὰ τὰς τῶν φαύλων ὁμιλίας καὶ συνουσίας ἀναλίσκουσάν τε καὶ διαφθείρουσαν, περιεχομένην δὲ τῆς ἑβδόμης καὶ τοῦ κατ’ αὐτὴν εἰρηνικωτάτου· τούτου γὰρ ἐγκύμων τε εἶναι βούλεται καὶ μήτηρ λέγεσθαι.
145Τοιοῦτον ἦν καὶ τὸ „ἐξ αὐτῆς“· τὸ δὲ τρίτον, ὃ δὴ „τέκνον“ ἐλέγετο, νῦν διασκεψώμεθα. πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν ἄξιον θαυμάσαι τὸ μὴ πολλὰ τέκνα φάναι δώσειν, ἓν δὲ χαριεῖσθαι μόνον. διὰ τί δέ; ὅτι τὸ καλὸν οὐκ ἐν πλήθει μᾶλλον ἢ δυνάμει πέφυκεν ἐξετάζεσθαι.
146μουσικὰ μὲν γάρ, εἰ τύχοι, καὶ γραμματικὰ καὶ γεωμετρικὰ καὶ δίκαια καὶ φρόνιμα καὶ ἀνδρεῖα καὶ σώφρονα πάμπολλά ἐστιν· αὐτὸ δὲ τοῦτο τὸ μουσικὸν καὶ γραμματικὸν καὶ γεωμετρικόν, ἔτι δὲ δίκαιον καὶ σῶφρον φρόνιμόν τε καὶ ἀνδρεῖον ἓν αὐτὸ μόνον τὸ ἀνωτάτω, μηδὲν ἰδέας ἀρχετύπου διαφέρον, ἀφ’ οὗ τὰ πολλὰ καὶ ἀμύθητα ἐκεῖνα διεπλάσθη.
147ταῦτα μὲν περὶ τοῦ ἓν φάναι δώσειν· νυνὶ δὲ τέκνον εἴρηκεν οὐκ ἀμελῶς οὐδ’ ἀπερισκέπτως, ἀλλ’ ἕνεκα τοῦ παραστῆσαι, ὅτι οὐκ ὀθνεῖον οὐδ’ ὑποβολιμαῖον οὐδ’ αὖ θετὸν ἢ νόθον, ἀλλὰ γνήσιον καὶ ἀστεῖον [ὅτι οὐκ ὀθνεῖον] ὄντως ἀστῆς ψυχῆς ἔγγονον. παρὰ γὰρ τὸν τόκον τὸ τέκνον εἴρηται πρὸς ἔμφασιν οἰκειότητος, ᾗ φυσικῶς ἁρμόζεται τέκνα γονεῦσιν.
148„Εὐλογήσω“ δέ φησιν „αὐτήν, καὶ ἔσται εἰς ἔθνη“ (Gen. 17, 16), δηλῶν ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἡ γενικὴ ἀρετὴ ὡς ἂν εἰς ἔθνη τὰ προσεχέστατα εἴδη τέμνεται καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῖς εἴδεσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι συμβέβηκεν ὡς ζῴων οὕτω καὶ πραγμάτων εἶναι τρόπον τινὰ ἔθνη, οἷς μέγα ὄφελος ἀρετὴν προσεῖναι.
149τὰ γὰρ ἔρημα καὶ χῆρα φρονήσεως πάντα ἐπιζήμια, καθάπερ οἷς οὐκ ἐπιλάμπει ἥλιος ἐξ ἀνάγκης ζοφερά. ἀρετῇ μὲν γὰρ γεωπόνος ἄμεινον φυτῶν ἐπιμελεῖται, ἀρετῇ δὲ καὶ ἡνίοχος ἅρμα ἐν ἱπποδρομίαις ἄπταιστον ἐλαύνει, ἀρετῇ δὲ καὶ κυβερνήτης [οἰακονόμος] οἰακονομεῖ κατὰ πλοῦν τὸ σκάφος. ἀρετὴ καὶ οἰκίας καὶ πόλιν καὶ χώραν βέλτιον οἰκεῖσθαι παρεσκεύασεν, οἰκονομικούς, πολιτικούς, κοινωνικοὺς ἄνδρας δημιουργοῦσα.
150ἀρετὴ καὶ νόμους ἀρίστους εἰσηγήσατο καὶ τὰ εἰρήνης κατεβάλετο πανταχοῦ σπέρματα· ἐπεὶ καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐναντίας ἕξεως πέφυκε γίνεσθαι τἀναντία, πόλεμος, ἀνομία, κακοπολιτεῖαι, συγχύσεις, δύσπλοιαι, περιτροπαί, ἡ ἐν ταῖς ἐπιστήμαις ἀργαλεωτάτη νόσος, πανουργία, ἀφ’ ἧς ἀντὶ τεχνῶν κακοτεχνίαι προσερρήθησαν. ἀναγκαίως οὖν εἰς ἔθνη χωρήσει ἡ ἀρετή, ζῴων ὁμοῦ καὶ πραγμάτων μεγάλα καὶ ἀθρόα συστήματα, ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν δεχομένων ὠφελείᾳ.
Sections 151–175
151Λέγεται δὲ ἑξῆς, ὅτι „καὶ βασιλεῖς ἐθνῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἔσονται“ (ibid.). οὓς γὰρ κυοφορεῖ καὶ ἀποτίκτει, πάντες εἰσὶν ἡγεμόνες, οὐ κλήρῳ, πράγματι ἀβεβαίῳ, καὶ χειροτονίᾳ ἐμμίσθων τὰ πολλὰ ἀνθρώπων πρὸς ὀλίγον χρόνον αἱρεθέντες, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ φύσεως εἰς ἀεὶ κατασταθέντες αὐτῆς.
152οὗτος δ’ οὐκ ἐμὸς μῦθος, ἀλλὰ χρησμῶν τῶν ἱερωτάτων ἐστίν, ἐν οἷς εἰσάγονταί τινες λέγοντες τῷ Ἀβραάμ· „βασιλεὺς παρὰ θεοῦ εἶ σὺ ἐν ἡμῖν“ (Gen. 23,6), οὐ τὰς ὕλας ἐξετάσαντες, — τίνες γὰρ ἦσαν ἀνδρὶ μετανάστῃ καὶ μηδὲ πόλιν οἰκοῦντι, πολλὴν δὲ καὶ ἐρήμην καὶ ἄβατον ἀλωμένῳ γῆν; — ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ βασιλικὴν ἕξιν κατανοήσαντες, ὥστ’ ἀνομολογῆσαι κατὰ Μωυσῆν μόνον τὸν σοφὸν βασιλέα.
153καὶ γὰρ ὄντως ὁ μὲν φρόνιμος ἡγεμὼν ἀφρόνων ἐστὶν εἰδὼς ἃ χρὴ ποιεῖν τε καὶ ἃ μή, ὁ δὲ σώφρων ἀκολάστων τὰ περὶ τὰς αἱρέσεις καὶ φυγὰς ἠκριβωκὼς οὐκ ἀμελῶς, δειλῶν δὲ ὁ ἀνδρεῖος ἃ δεῖ ὑπομένειν καὶ ἃ μὴ σαφῶς ἐκμαθών, ἀδίκων δὲ ὁ δίκαιος ἰσότητος ἐν τοῖς ἀπονεμητέοις ἀρρεποῦς στοχαζόμενος, ὁ δ’ ὅσιος ἀνοσίων [ἐν] ἀρίσταις ὑπολήψεσι ταῖς περὶ θεοῦ κατεσχημένος.
154Ταύταις εἰκὸς ἦν ταῖς ὑποσχέσεσι τὸν νοῦν ἐκφυσηθέντα μετέωρον ἀρθῆναι. ὁ δὲ πρὸς ἔλεγχον ἡμῶν, οἳ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς μικροτάτοις εἰώθαμεν ὑψαυχενεῖν, πίπτει καὶ εὐθὺς γελᾷ (Gen. 17, 17) τὸν ψυχῆς γέλωτα, σκυθρωπάζων μὲν τῷ προσώπῳ, μειδιῶν δὲ τῇ διανοίᾳ, πολλῆς καὶ ἀκράτου χαρᾶς εἰσοικισαμένης.
155ἀμφότερα δὲ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον συμβαίνει τῷ μείζονα ἐλπίδος ἀγαθὰ κληρονομοῦντι σοφῷ, γελᾶν τε καὶ πίπτειν· τὸ μὲν εἰς πίστιν τοῦ μὴ μεγαλαυχεῖν διὰ κατάγνωσιν τῆς θνητῆς οὐδενείας, τὸ δ’ εἰς εὐσεβείας βεβαίωσιν διὰ τὸ μόνον χαρίτων καὶ ἀγαθῶν νομίζειν τὸν θεὸν αἴτιον.
156πιπτέτω μὲν δὴ καὶ σκυθρωπαζέτω γένεσις, φυσικῶς — ἀνίδρυτός τε γὰρ καὶ ἐπίλυπος ἐξ ἑαυτῆς ἐστιν —, ἀνιστάσθω δὲ ὑπὸ θεοῦ καὶ γελάτω· τὸ γὰρ ἔρεισμα αὐτῆς καὶ ἡ χαρὰ μόνος οὗτός ἐστιν.
157εἰκότως δ’ ἂν ἀπορήσειέ τις, πῶς ἐνδέχεται γελᾶν τινα, μήπω γέλωτος εἰς τὴν καθ’ ἡμᾶς γένεσιν ἐλθόντος· ὁ γὰρ Ἰσαάκ ἐστι γέλως, ὃς κατὰ τὴν παροῦσαν σκέψιν οὔπω γεγένηται. ὥσπερ γὰρ οὔτε βλέπειν χωρὶς ὀφθαλμῶν οὔτ’ ἀκούειν χωρὶς ὤτων οὔτε δίχα μυκτήρων ὀσφραίνεσθαι οὐδ’ αὖ ταῖς ἄλλαις αἰσθήσεσιν ἄνευ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὰς ὀργάνων χρῆσθαι οὔτε καταλαμβάνειν δίχα λογισμοῦ, οὕτως οὐδὲ γελᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν, εἰ μὴ γέλως ἐδεδημιούργητο. τί οὖν χρὴ λέγειν;
158πολλὰ ἡ φύσις τῶν μελλόντων γίνεσθαι διά τινων συμβόλων προμηνύει. ἢ τὸν νεοττὸν οὐχ ὁρᾷς, ὅς, πρὶν ἀέρι ἐπινήχεσθαι, πτερύσσεσθαι καὶ τοὺς ταρσοὺς διασείειν φιλεῖ, τὴν ἐλπίδα τοῦ πέτεσθαι δυνήσεσθαι προευαγγελιζόμενος;
159ἀμνὸν δ’ ἢ χίμαρον ἢ βοῦν ἔτι νεογνὸν οὐκ εἶδες, μήπω τῶν κεράτων ἐκπεφυκότων, ὁπότε διερεθίζει τις, ἀντιβεβηκότα καὶ τοῖς μέρεσιν ἐκείνοις ὁρμῶντα πρὸς ἄμυναν, ἐξ ὧν ἡ φύσις τὰ ἀμυντήρια ὅπλα ἀναδίδωσιν;
160ἔν γε μὴν ταῖς θηριομαχίαις οὐκ εὐθὺς οἱ ταῦροι τοὺς ἀντιτεταγμένους ἀναπείρουσιν, ἀλλ’ εὖ μάλα διαβάντες καὶ μετρίως τὸν αὐχένα χαλάσαντες καὶ θάτερον ἐκκλίναντες καὶ ταυρωπὸν ὄντως ἀποβλεψάμενοι τηνικαῦτα ἐπίασιν, ἔργου ἑξόμενοι. τὸ δὲ γινόμενον ὄρουσιν ἐκάλεσαν, οἷς ὀνοματοποιεῖν ἔθος, ὁρμήν τινα πρὸ ὁρμῆς ὑπάρχουσαν.
161ὅμοιον δή τι καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ τὰ πολλὰ πάσχει· ἐλπιζομένου γὰρ τἀγαθοῦ προγήθει, ὡς τρόπον τινα χαίρειν πρὸ χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφραίνεσθαι πρὸ εὐφροσύνης. εἰκάσαι δ’ ἄν τις αὐτὸ καὶ τῷ περὶ τὰ φυτὰ συμβαίνοντι· καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα, ὁπότε μέλλοι καρποφορεῖν, προβλαστάνει καὶ προανθεῖ καὶ χλοηφορεῖ.
162τὴν ἡμερίδα ἄμπελον ἴδε, ὡς ὑπὸ φύσεως τεθαυματούργηται, κληματίσιν, ἕλιξι, μοσχεύμασι, πετάλοις, οἰνάροις, ἃ φωνὴν μονονοὐκ ἀφιέντα μηνύει τὴν ἐπὶ τῷ μέλλοντι καρπῷ τοῦ δένδρου χαράν. καὶ ἡ ἡμέρα μέντοι προγελᾷ πρὸς βαθὺν ὄρθρον μέλλοντος ἀνίσχειν ἡλίου· αὐγὴ γὰρ αὐγῆς ἄγγελος καὶ φῶς φωτὸς ἀμυδρότερον τηλαυγεστέρου προεξέρχεται.
163ἥκοντι μὲν οὖν ἤδη τῷ ἀγαθῷ συνομαρτεῖ χαρά, προσδοκωμένῳ δὲ ἐλπίς· ἀφικομένῳ μὲν γὰρ χαίρομεν, μέλλοντος δὲ ἐλπίζομεν, καθάπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐναντίων ἔχειν συμβέβηκεν· ἡ μὲν γὰρ παρουσία τοῦ κακοῦ λύπην, ἡ δὲ προσδοκία φόβον ἐγέννησεν. φόβος δὲ ἄρα ἦν οὐδὲν ἢ λύπη πρὸ λύπης, ὥσπερ ἐλπὶς χαρὰ πρὸ χαρᾶς· ὃ γάρ, οἶμαι, πρὸς λύπην φόβος, τοῦτο πρὸς χαρὰν ἐλπίς.
164σημεῖα δὲ τοῦ λεγομένου καὶ αἰσθήσεις ἐναργῆ περιφέρουσι· γεύσεως γὰρ ὄσφρησις προκαθημένη τὰ πρὸς ἐδωδὴν καὶ πόσιν σχεδὸν ἅπαντα προδικάζει· ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ προγευστρίδα αὐτὴν ἐκάλεσαν εἰς τὴν ἐνάργειαν ἀπιδόντες εὐθυβόλως ἔνιοι. πέφυκε δὲ καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ὡσανεὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀγαθοῦ προγεύεσθαι καὶ διασυνιστάνειν αὐτὸ ψυχῇ τῇ βεβαίως κτησομένῃ.
165κἀν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις μέντοι πεινήσας τις καὶ διψήσας, πηγὰς ἐξαίφνης ἰδὼν ἢ δένδρα παντοῖα ἡμέροις βρίθοντα καρποῖς, μήπω φαγὼν ἢ πιών, ἀλλὰ μηδ’ ἀρυσάμενος ἢ δρεψάμενος ἐλπίδι τῆς ἀπολαύσεως προπληροῦται. εἶτ’ οἰόμεθα ταῖς μὲν τοῦ σώματος τροφαῖς καὶ πρὸ τῆς χρήσεως ἑστιᾶσθαι δύνασθαι, τὰς δὲ τῆς διανοίας οὐχ ἱκανὰς εἶναι καὶ ὁπότε μέλλοιεν ἑστιᾶν προευφραίνειν;
166Ἐγέλασεν οὖν εἰκότως μήπω δοκοῦντος ἐν τῷ θνητῷ γένει σπαρῆναι τοῦ γέλωτος· καὶ οὐ μόνον αὐτός, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ γελᾷ. λέγεται γὰρ αὖθις· "ἐγέλασε δὲ Σάρρα ἐν ἑαυτῇ λέγουσα· οὔπω μέν μοι γέγονεν ἕως τοῦ νῦν“ (Gen. 18,12) ἄνευ μελέτης ἀπαυτοματίζον ἀγαθόν· ὁ δ’ ὑποσχόμενος „κύριός μου καὶ πρεσβύτερος“ (ibid.) πάσης γενέσεώς ἐστιν, ᾧ πιστεύειν ἀναγκαῖον.
167ἅμα μέντοι καὶ ἀναδιδάσκει, ὅτι ἥ τ’ ἀρετὴ χαρτόν ἐστι φύσει καὶ ὁ ἔχων αὐτὴν αἰεὶ γέγηθε, καὶ τοὐναντίον ὅτι ἥ τε κακία λυπηρὸν καὶ ὁ ἔχων ὀδυνηρότατος. ἔτι νῦν θαυμάζομεν τῶν φιλοσόφων τοὺς λέγοντας τὴν ἀρετὴν εὐπάθειαν εἶναι;
168ἰδοὺ γὰρ Μωυσῆς χορηγὸς ἀνεύρηται τοῦ σοφοῦ τούτου δόγματος, χαίροντα καὶ γελῶντα παραγαγὼν τὸν ἀστεῖον· ἀλλαχόθι δὲ οὐκ αὐτὸν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφικνουμένους αὐτῷ. "ἰδὼν γάρ σε“ φησί „χαρήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ“ (Exod. 4, 14), ὡς τῆς τοῦ σπουδαίου προσόψεως αὐτὸ μόνον ἱκανῆς οὔσης ἀναπληρῶσαι τὴν διάνοιαν εὐφροσύνης, ἀποφορτισαμένην τὸ ἀπεχθέστατον ψυχῆς κακῶν, λύπην.
169φαύλῳ δ’ οὐδενὶ χαίρειν ἐφεῖται, καθάπερ καὶ ἐν προφητικαῖς ᾄδεται ῥήσεσι· „χαίρειν οὐκ ἔστι τοῖς ἀσεβέσιν, εἶπεν ὁ θεός“ (Ies. 48,22). λόγος γὰρ ὄντως καὶ χρησμός ἐστι θεῖος, σκυθρωπὸν καὶ ἐπίλυπον καὶ μεστὸν βαρυδαιμονίας εἶναι τὸν παντὸς μοχθηροῦ βίον, κἂν προσποιῆται τῷ προσώπῳ μειδιᾶν.
170οὐ γὰρ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους χαίρειν ἂν εἴποιμι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν, ἡνίκα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς Ἰωσὴφ ἥκοντας ἤκουσαν, ἀλλ’ ἐπιμορφάζειν καθυποκρινομένους τὸ δοκεῖν. οὐδενὶ γὰρ ἐπιστὰς ἔλεγχος ἀφρόνων δι’ ἡδονῆς ἐστιν, ὥσπερ οὐδ’ ἰατρὸς ἀκρατεῖ νοσοῦντι. πόνος μὲν γὰρ τοῖς συμφέρουσι, ῥᾳστώνη δὲ τοῖς βλαβεροῖς ἕπεται· πόνου δὲ ῥᾳστώνην προκρίναντες εἰκότως τοῖς τὰ συμφέροντα εἰσηγουμένοις ἀπεχθάνονται.
171ἐπειδὰν οὖν ἀκούσῃς ὅτι „ἐχάρη Φαραὼ καὶ ἡ θεραπεία αὐτοῦ“ (Gen. 45, 16) διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀδελφῶν Ἰωσὴφ ἄφιξιν, μὴ νόμιζε πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἥδεσθαι, εἰ μὴ κατ’ ἐκεῖνο ἴσως, ὅτι προσδοκῶσιν αὐτὸν μεταβαλεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν ψυχῆς ἀγαθῶν, οἷς συνετράφη, πρὸς τὰς τοῦ σώματος ἀνηνύτους ἐπιθυμίας, τὸ ἀρχαῖον καὶ προγονικὸν ἀρετῆς συγγενοῦς νόμισμα παρακόψαντα.
172τοιαῦτα δ’ ἐλπίσας ὁ φιλήδονος νοῦς αὔταρκες οὐχ ὑπολαμβάνει τοὺς νεωτέρους καὶ ἄρτι πρὸς τὰ σωφροσύνης γυμνάσια φοιτῶντας ἐπιθυμιῶν δελέασιν ἀγκιστρεύσασθαι, ἀλλὰ δεινὸν ἐνόμισεν εἶναι, εἰ μὴ καὶ τὸν πρεσβύτερον ὑπάξεται λόγον, οὗ τὰ λυττῶντα πάθη παρήβηκε.
173λέγει γὰρ αὖ τὰς ζημίας ὡς ὠφελείας προτείνων· „παραλαβόντες τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν ἥκετε πρὸς μέ“ (ibid. 18) ἐπ’ Αἰγύπτου καὶ τοῦ φοβεροῦ τούτου βασιλέως, ὃς καὶ τὰ πατρῷα ἡμῶν καὶ τὰ ὄντως ὑπάρχοντα ἀγαθὰ ἔξω προεληλυθότα τοῦ σώματος — φύσει γάρ ἐστιν ἐλεύθερα — ἀντισπᾷ βιαζόμενος δεσμωτηρίῳ πάνυ πικρῷ παραδοῦναι, καταστήσας εἱρκτοφύλακα, ὥς φησι τὸ λόγιον, Πεντεφρῆ τὸν σπάδοντα καὶ ἀρχιμάγειρον (Gen. 39, 1) σπάνει κεχρημένον τῶν καλῶν καὶ τὰ γεννητικὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐκτετμημένον, ἔτι δὲ σπείρειν καὶ φυτεύειν τι τῶν κατὰ παιδείαν ἀδυνατοῦντα, μαγείρου τρόπον κτείνοντα τὰ ζῶντα καὶ κατὰ μέρη καὶ κατὰ μέλη κόπτοντα καὶ διαιροῦντα καὶ ἐν ἀψύχοις καὶ νεκροῖς καλινδούμενον οὐ σώμασι μᾶλλον ἢ πράγμασι καὶ ταῖς περιέργοις παραρτύσεσιν ἀνεγείροντα καὶ ἀνερεθίζοντα τὰς τῶν ἀνηνύτων παθῶν ὁρμάς, ἃς εἰκὸς ἦν τιθασεύοντα πραΰναι.
174ὁ δὲ καὶ „δώσω“ φησίν „ὑμῖν πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν Αἰγύπτου, καὶ φάγεσθε τὸν μυελὸν τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 45, 18). ἀλλ’ ἐροῦμεν αὐτῷ· σώματος ἀγαθὸν οὐ προσιέμεθα οἱ τὰ ψυχῆς ἰδόντες· ἱκανὸς γὰρ ὁ τριπόθητος ἐκείνων ἵμερος ἐντακεὶς πάντων ὅσα τῇ σαρκὶ φίλα λήθην ἐργάσασθαι.
175Τοιαύτη μέν τις ἡ ψευδώνυμος χαρὰ τῶν ἀφρόνων, ἡ δὲ ἀληθὴς πρότερον εἴρηται, μόνοις ἀστείοις ἐφαρμόζουσα. „πεσὼν οὖν ἐγέλασεν“ (Gen. 17,17), οὐκ ἀπὸ θεοῦ πεσών, ἀλλ’ ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ· ἔστη μὲν γὰρ περὶ τὸν ἄτρεπτον, ἔπεσε δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἰδίας οἰήσεως.
Sections 176–200
176διὸ καὶ τοῦ μὲν δοκησισόφου καταβληθέντος φρονήματος, ἀνεγερθέντος δὲ τοῦ φιλοθέου καὶ περὶ τὸν ἀκλινῆ μόνον ἱδρυθέντος, γελάσας εὐθὺς „εἶπε τῇ διανοίᾳ· εἰ τῷ ἑκατονταετεῖ γενήσεται, καὶ ἡ Σάρρα ἐνενήκοντα ἐτῶν οὖσα τέξεται“ (ibid.) ;
177μὴ μέντοι νομίσῃς, ὦ γενναῖε, τὸ „εἰπεῖν“ οὐχὶ τῷ στόματι, ἀλλὰ „τῇ διανοίᾳ“ προσκεῖσθαι παρέργως, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ ἐξητασμένως. διὰ τί; ὅτι ἔοικε διὰ τοῦ φάσκειν „εἰ τῷ ἑκατονταετεῖ γενήσεται“ περὶ τῆς Ἰσαὰκ ἐνδοιάσαι γενέσεως, ἐφ’ ᾗ πρότερον ἐλέγετο πιστεῦσαι, ὡς ἐδήλου τὸ χρησθὲν πρὸ μικροῦ τόδε· „οὐ κληρονομήσει σε οὗτος, ἀλλ’ ὃς ἐξελεύσεται ἐκ σοῦ“· εἶτ’ εὐθὺς εἶπεν· „ἐπίστευσε δὲ Ἀβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην“ (Gen. 15,4. 6).
178ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἀκόλουθον οὐκ ἦν ἐνδοιάσαι τῷ πεπιστευκότι, πεποίηκε τὸν ἐνδοιασμὸν οὐ πολυχρόνιον, μηκυνόμενον μέχρι γλώττης καὶ στόματος, ἀλλ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ τὴν ὀξυκίνητον διάνοιαν ἱστάμενον. „τῇ γὰρ διανοίᾳ“ φησίν „εἶπεν,“ ἣν τῶν εἰς ποδώκειαν ἐπαινουμένων οὐδὲν ἂν ἰσχύσαι παραδραμεῖν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰς πτηνὰς φύσεις ἁπάσας ἔφθακεν.
179ἀφ’ οὗ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ τῶν παρ’ Ἕλλησι ποιητῶν ὁ δοκιμώτατος „ὡς εἰ πτερὸν ἠὲ νόημα“ φάναι, δηλῶν τὸ τῆς ὀξύτητος τάχος, κατ’ ἐπίτασιν ὕστερον τοῦ πτεροῦ τὸ νόημα θείς. ἐπὶ πολλὰ γὰρ ἡ διάνοια ἐν ταὐτῷ πράγματα ὁμοῦ καὶ σώματα στείχει μετὰ ἀλέκτου φορᾶς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ γῆς καὶ θαλάττης αὐτίκα πέρατα φθάνει συναιροῦσα καὶ τέμνουσα τὰ ἀπειρομεγέθη διαστήματα· κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον τοσοῦτον ἀπὸ γῆς ἀναπηδᾷ, ὡς δι’ ἀέρος εἰς αἰθέρα ἀνέρχεσθαι καὶ μόλις περὶ τὴν ἐσχάτην τῶν ἀπλανῶν ἁψῖδα ἵστασθαι.
180τὸ γὰρ ἔνθερμον καὶ διάπυρον ἠρεμεῖν αὐτὴν οὐκ ἐᾷ· διὸ πολλὰ ὑπερβάλλουσα καὶ τοῦ παντὸς αἰσθητοῦ τούτου ὅρου ἔξω φέρεται πρὸς τὸν ἐκ τῶν ἰδεῶν παγέντα συγγενικῶς. γέγονεν οὖν περὶ τὸν ἀστεῖον ἡ τροπὴ βραχεῖα, ἄτομος, ἀμερής, οὐκ αἰσθητή, νοητὴ δὲ μόνον, τρόπον τινὰ ἄχρονος.
181ἀλλ’ ἴσως ἄν τις εἴποι· τί οὖν γε, ὅτι πεπιστευκὼς ἴχνος ἢ σκιὰν ἢ αὔραν ἀπιστίας δέχεται τὸ παράπαν; οὗτος δὲ οὐδὲν ἕτερόν μοι βούλεσθαι δοκεῖ ἢ τὸν γενόμενον ἀποφαίνειν ἀγένητον καὶ τὸν θνητὸν ἀθάνατον καὶ τὸν φθαρτὸν ἄφθαρτον καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, εἰ θέμις εἰπεῖν, θεόν. τὴν γὰρ πίστιν, ἧς ἔλαχεν ἄνθρωπος,
182οὕτω βέβαιόν φησι δεῖν εἶναι, ὡς μηδὲν διαφέρειν τῆς περὶ τὸ ὄν, τῆς ἀρτίου καὶ περὶ πάντα πλήρους. λέγει γὰρ Μωυσῆς ἐν ᾠδῇ τῇ μείζονι· „θεὸς πιστός, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ“ (Deut. 32,8).
183πολλὴ δὲ ἄγνοια νομίζειν, τὰς θεοῦ ἀρετὰς τὰς ἀρρεπεῖς καὶ παγιωτάτας χωρῆσαι ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου δύνασθαι· ἀγαπητὸν γὰρ εἰκόνας αὐτῶν κτήσασθαι δυνηθῆναι, πολλοῖς καὶ μεγάλοις ἀριθμοῖς τῶν ἀρχετύπων ἐλαττουμένας· καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως·
184ἀκράτους μὲν γὰρ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τὰς θεοῦ ἀρετάς, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὁ θεὸς οὐ σύγκριμα, φύσις ὢν ἁπλῆ, κεκραμένας δὲ τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς γεγόναμεν κράματα, θείου καὶ θνητοῦ συγκερασθέντων καὶ κατὰ τοὺς τῆς τελείας μουσικῆς λόγους ἁρμοσθέντων· τὸ δ’ ἐκ πλειόνων συνεστὼς φυσικὰς πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν ἀνθολκὰς ἔχει.
185εὐδαίμων δ’ ὅτῳ ἐξεγένετο τὸν πλείω τοῦ βίου χρόνον πρὸς τὴν ἀμείνω καὶ θειοτέραν μοῖραν ταλαντεύειν· ἅπαντα γὰρ τὸν αἰῶνα ἀμήχανον, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ ἀντίπαλον θνητὸν ἄχθος ἔστιν ὅτε ἀντέρρεψε καὶ ἐφεδρεῦσαν ἐκαιροφυλάκησε τὰς ἀκαιρίας τοῦ λογισμοῦ, ὡς ἀντιβιάσασθαι.
186„πεπίστευκεν οὖν Ἀβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ“ (Gen. 15,6), ἀλλ’ ὡς ἄνθρωπος πεπίστευκεν, ἵνα τὸ ἴδιον τοῦ θνητοῦ γνῷς καὶ μάθῃς οὐκ ἄλλως αὐτῷ γενέσθαι, εἰ μὴ ἐκ φύσεως, τὴν τροπήν. ἀλλ’ εἰ βραχεῖα καὶ ἀκαρὴς γέγονεν, ἄξιον εὐχαριστεῖν· πολλοὶ γὰρ ἕτεροι τῇ ῥύμῃ καὶ φορᾷ κατακλυσθέντες καὶ τῇ βίᾳ εἰσάπαν ἠφανίσθησαν.
187οὐκ ἔστι γάρ, ὦ γενναῖε, κατὰ τὸν ἱερώτατον Μωυσῆν ἀρτίπους ἡ ἐν θνητῷ σώματι ἀρετή, ἀλλὰ παραπλήσιόν τι πάσχουσα νάρκῃ, μικρὸν ὅσον ὑποχωλαίνουσα. „ἐνάρκησε“ γάρ φησι „τὸ πλάτος τοῦ μηροῦ, ᾧ καὶ ἐπέσκαζεν“ (Gen. 32,25. 31).
188ἴσως δ’ ἂν τῶν εὐθαρσεστέρων εἴποι τις παρελθών, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἀπιστοῦντός ἐστιν ἡ προφορά, ἀλλ’ εὐχομένου, ἵν’, εἰ μέλλοι τῶν εὐπαθειῶν ἡ ἀρίστη γεννᾶσθαι, χαρά, μὴ ἑτέροις ἀριθμοῖς μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς ἐνενήκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν τεχθῇ (Gen. 17, 17), ἵνα τὸ τέλειον ἀγαθὸν τελείοις ἀριθμοῖς εἰς γένεσιν ἔλθῃ.
189τέλειοι δ’ οἱ λεχθέντες ἀριθμοί, καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ τὰς ἱερωτάτας ἀναγραφάς. ἴδωμεν δ’ αὐτῶν ἑκάτερον· Σὴμ εὐθέως μέν, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ δικαίου Νῶε, πρόγονος δὲ τοῦ ὁρατικοῦ γένους, „ἑκατὸν ἐτῶν εἶναι λέγεται, ἡνίκα ἐγέννησε τὸν Ἀρφαξάτ“ (Gen. 11,10), ὃς ἑρμηνεύεται συνετάραξε ταλαιπωρίαν· καλόν γε ἔγγονον ψυχῆς κλονεῖν καὶ συγχεῖν καὶ διαφθείρειν τὴν ταλαίπωρον καὶ γέμουσαν κακῶν ἀδικίαν.
190ἀλλὰ καὶ „Ἀβραὰμ ἄρουραν φυτεύει“ (Gen. 21,33) χρώμενος ἑκατοστῷ λόγῳ πρὸς ἀναμέτρησιν τοῦ χωρίου, καὶ Ἰσαὰκ „ἑκατοστεύουσαν εὑρίσκει κριθήν“ (Gen. 26,12). καὶ τὴν αὐλὴν τῆς ἱερᾶς σκηνῆς Μωυσῆς κατασκευάζει πήχεσιν ἑκατόν (Exod. 27,9), τὸ πρὸς ἀνατολὰς καὶ δύσεις ἐκμετρούμενος διάστημα.
191ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἀπαρχῆς ἀπαρχὴ ὁ ἑκατοστὸς λόγος, ὃν Λευῖται τοῖς ἱερωμένοις ἀπάρχονται (Num. 18,28)· λαβοῦσι γὰρ αὐτοῖς τὰς δεκάτας παρὰ τοῦ ἔθνους διείρηται καθάπερ ἀπὸ κτημάτων οἰκείων τοῖς ἱερεῦσι διδόναι ὡς δεκάτην λόγων ἱεράν.
192πολλὰ δ’ ἄν τις καὶ ἄλλα σκοπῶν εὕροι πρὸς ἔπαινον τοῦ λεχθέντος ἀριθμοῦ τοῖς νόμοις ἐμφερόμενα, πρὸς δὲ τὸ παρὸν διεξαρκεῖ τὰ εἰρημένα. ἀλλ’ ἐὰν τῶν ἑκατὸν ἀφέλῃς δεκάτην ἱερὰν ἀπαρχὴν τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς φέροντι καὶ αὔξοντι καὶ πληροῦντι καρποὺς θεῷ, ἕτερον ἀριθμὸν τέλειον τὸν ἐνενήκοντα ἀπολείψεις. πῶς γὰρ οὐ τέλειος, μεθόριος ὢν πρώτης καὶ δεκάτης, καθ’ ὃν διακρίνεται τὰ ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων τρόπον καταπετάσματος τοῦ μέσου (Exod. 26,33), ᾧ τὰ ὁμογενῆ διαστέλλεται κατὰ τὰς ἐν τοῖς εἴδεσι τομάς.
193ὁ μὲν οὖν ἀστεῖος ἐλάλει τῇ διανοίᾳ τὰ ἀστεῖα ὄντως, ὁ δὲ φαῦλος ἑρμηνεύει ἔστιν ὅτε παγκάλως τὰ καλά, πράττει δὲ αἰσχρῶς τὰ αἴσχιστα, καθάπερ καὶ Συχὲμ ὁ ἔγγονος ἀνοίας. Ἐμὼρ γάρ ἐστι πατρός, ὃς μεταληφθεὶς ὄνος καλεῖται, αὐτὸς δὲ ἑρμηνευθείς ἐστιν ὦμος, πόνου σύμβολον. ἄθλιος δὲ καὶ ταλαιπωρίας μεστὸς πόνος, ὃν ἄνοια γεννᾷ, ὥσπερ ὠφέλιμος, ᾧ συγγενὴς ἀγχίνοια.
194φασὶ γοῦν οἱ χρησμοὶ ὅτι "ἐλάλησε κατὰ τὴν διάνοιαν τῆς παρθένου“ ταπεινώσας αὐτὴν πρότερον ὁ Συχέμ (Gen. 34,2. 3). ἆρ’ οὐκ ἐξητασμένως ἐλέχθη τὸ "ἐλάλησε κατὰ τὴν διάνοιαν τῆς παρθένου“, μονονοὺκ εἰς δήλωσιν τοῦ τἀναντία οἷς εἶπεν εἰργασμένου; Δεῖνα γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἀδέκαστος κρίσις, ἡ πάρεδρος θεοῦ δίκη, ἡ ἀειπάρθενος· ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ ἑκάτερον Δεῖνα, κρίσις ἢ δίκη.
195ταύτην οἱ ἐπιχειροῦντες ἄφρονες διαφθείρειν διὰ τῶν καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν βουλευμάτων καὶ ἐπιτηδευμάτων εὐπρεπείᾳ λόγου διαδιδράσκουσι τὸν ἔλεγχον. χρὴ γοῦν αὐτοὺς ἢ ἀκόλουθα τοῖς λεγομένοις πράττειν ἢ ἀδικοῦντας ἡσυχάζειν· ἥμισυ γάρ, φασί, κακοῦ ἡσυχία· καθὰ καὶ Μωυσῆς ἐπιτιμῶν τῷ πρεσβείων μὲν ἀξιώσαντι γένεσιν, δευτερείων δὲ τὸν ἄφθαρτον θεόν φησιν· „ἥμαρτες, ἡσύχασον“ (Gen. 4,7).
196τὸ γὰρ ἐκτραγῳδεῖν καὶ ἐπικομπάζειν τὰ κακὰ διπλοῦν ἁμάρτημα. σχεδὸν δ’ οἱ πολλοὶ πεπόνθασι τοῦτο· λέγουσι μὲν γὰρ ἀεὶ τῇ παρθένῳ ἀρετῇ τὰ φίλα καὶ δίκαια, καιρὸν δ’ οὐδένα παριᾶσιν, ἐν ᾧ δυνηθέντες αὐτὴν οὐχ ὑβριοῦσι καὶ κακώσουσι. ποία γὰρ πόλις οὔκ ἐστι μεστὴ τῶν τὴν ἀειπάρθενον ὑμνούντων ἀρετήν;
197οἳ τὰ ὦτα τῶν παρατυγχανόντων ἀποκναίουσι διεξιόντες τὰ τοιαῦτα· ἡ φρόνησις ἀναγκαῖον, ἡ ἀφροσύνη βλαβερόν· αἱρετὸν ἡ σωφροσύνη, ἐχθρὸν ἡ ἀκολασία· ὑπομονῆς ἄξιον ἡ ἀνδρεία, φυγῆς ἡ δειλία· συμφέρον ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἀσύμφορον ἡ ἀδικία· τὸ ὅσιον καλόν, τὸ ἀνόσιον αἰσχρόν· τὸ θεοσεβὲς ἐπαινετόν, τὸ ἀσεβὲς ψεκτόν· [τὸ] οἰκειότατον ἀνθρώπου φύσει τὸ εὖ καὶ βουλεύεσθαι καὶ πράττειν καὶ λέγειν, ἀλλοτριώτατον τὸ κακῶς τούτων ἕκαστον.
198ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀεὶ συνείροντες τὰ δικαστήρια καὶ βουλευτήρια καὶ τὰ θέατρα καὶ πάντα σύλλογον καὶ θίασον ἀνθρώπων ἀπατῶσιν, ὥσπερ οἱ προσωπεῖα καλὰ αἰσχίσταις ὄψεσι περιτιθέντες προνοίᾳ τοῦ μὴ ὑπὸ τῶν ὁρώντων ἐλέγχεσθαι.
199ἀλλ’ οὐδὲν ὄφελος· ἀφίξονται γάρ τινες εὖ μάλα ἐρρωμένοι καὶ τῷ περὶ ἀρετὴν ζήλῳ κατεσχημένοι καὶ τὰ περικαλύμματα καὶ περίαπτα ταῦτα, ὅσα λόγῳ κακοτεχνοῦντες συνύφηναν, ἀπαμφιάσαντες καὶ γυμνὴν αὐτὴν ἐφ’ αὑτῆς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐγάσαντες εἴσονται καὶ τὰ ἐν μυχοῖς ἀποκείμενα τῆς φύσεως ἀπόρρητα — εἶτ’ ἔξω προαγαγόντες τὰ αἴσχη καὶ τὰ ὀνείδη πάντα αὐτῆς ἐν ἡλίῳ καθαρῷ πᾶσιν ἐπιδείξονται, οἵα τις οὖσα, ὡς αἰσχρὰ καὶ καταγέλαστος οἵαν ἐκ τῶν περιάπτων, ὡς νόθην ἐπεμόρφαζεν εὐμορφίαν.
200οἱ δὲ πρὸς ἄμυναν εὐτρεπεῖς τῶν οὕτως βεβήλων καὶ ἀκαθάρτων τρόπων δύο μέν εἰσιν ἀριθμῷ, Συμεὼν καὶ Λευί, γνώμῃ δὲ εἷς. διὸ καὶ ἐν ταῖς εὐλογίαις ὁ μὲν πατὴρ αὐτοὺς ἐν τάξει ἑνὸς κατηρίθμει (Gen. 49,5), διὰ τὸ σύμφωνον τῆς ὁμονοίας καὶ τῆς πρὸς ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ μέρος ὁρμῆς. ὁ δὲ Μωυσῆς οὐδὲ δυάδος ἔτι μέμνηται, ἀλλ’ ὅλον τὸν Συμεὼν εἰς τὸν Λευὶ ἐνεχάραξε (Deut. 33,8) δύο οὐσίας κερασάμενος, ἀφ’ ὧν ἕνα εἰργάσατο οἷον ἰδέᾳ μιᾷ τυπωθέντα, τὸ ἀκούειν τῷ πράττειν ἑνώσας.
Sections 201–225
201Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἔγνω τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν λαλοῦσαν τὰ αἰδοῦς καὶ εὐλαβείας μεστὰ κατὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ διάνοιαν ὁ σπουδαῖος, ἔπαθεν ἀμφότερα, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν πίστιν καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ γενητὸν ἀπιστίαν. εἰκότως οὖν φησι δεόμενος· „Ἰσμαὴλ οὗτος ζήτω ἐνώπιόν σου“ (Gen. 17,18), οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ τῶν ἐμφερομένων ἕκαστον τῶν ὀνομάτων τιθείς, τὸ „οὗτος“, τὸ „ζήτω“, τὸ „ἐνώπιόν σου“· ταῖς γὰρ ἐν τοῖς πράγμασιν ὁμωνυμίαις ἠπατήθησαν οὐκ ὀλίγοι.
202τί δ’ ἐστὶν ὃ λέγω, σκεπτέον· ἑρμηνευθεὶς Ἰσμαήλ ἐστιν ἀκοὴ θεοῦ, τῶν δὲ θείων δογμάτων οἱ μὲν ἀκούουσιν ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ, οἱ δ’ ἐπὶ βλάβῃ αὑτῶν τε καὶ ἑτέρων. ἢ τὸν οἰωνοσκόπον Βαλαὰμ οὐχ ὁρᾷς; οὗτος εἰσάγεται „ἀκούων λόγια θεοῦ ἐπιστάμενός τε ἐπιστήμην παρὰ ὑψίστου“ (Num. 24,16).
203ἀλλὰ τί ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης ἀκροάσεως, τί δ’ ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης ἐπιστήμης ὤνατο, γνώμῃ μὲν ἐπιχειρήσας τὸ ψυχῆς ἄριστον ὄμμα λυμήνασθαι, ὃ δὴ μόνον τὸν θεὸν ὁρᾶν πεπαίδευται, μὴ δυνηθεὶς δὲ διὰ τὸ σωτῆρος κράτος ἀήττητον; τοιγαροῦν ὁ μὲν κατακεντούμενος ὑπὸ φρενοβλαβείας τῆς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τραύματα πολλὰ δεξάμενος ἐν μέσοις τραυματίαις ἀπώλετο (Num. 31,8), διότι σοφιστείᾳ μαντικῇ τὴν θεοφόρητον προφητείαν παρεχάραξε.
204δεόντως οὖν εὔχεται ὁ ἀστεῖος, ἵν’ οὗτος μόνος Ἰσμαὴλ ὑγιαίνῃ, διὰ τοὺς μὴ γνησίως ἀκούοντας τῶν ἱερῶν ὑφηγήσεων· οἷς ἀπεῖπε Μωυσῆς ἄντικρυς εἰς ἐκκλησίαν φοιτᾶν τοῦ πανηγεμόνος.
205τεθλασμένοι γὰρ τὰ γεννητικὰ τῆς διανοίας ἢ καὶ τελείως ἀποκοπέντες οἱ τὸν ἴδιον νοῦν καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν ἀποσεμνύνοντες ὡς μόνα τῶν κατ’ ἀνθρώπους αἴτια πραγμάτων ἢ οἱ πολυθεΐας ἐρασταὶ καὶ τὸν πολύθεον ἐκτετιμηκότες θίασον, οἱ ἐκ πόρνης γεγονότες, τὸν ἕνα ἄνδρα καὶ πατέρα φιλαρέτου ψυχῆς θεὸν οὐκ εἰδότες, ἆρ’ οὐκ εἰκότως ἐλαύνονταί τε καὶ φυγαδεύονται (Deut. 23,1.2) ;
206παραπλήσιόν μοι δοκοῦσι ποιεῖν καὶ οἱ κατηγοροῦντες τοῦ υἱοῦ γονεῖς ἐπ’ οἰνοφλυγίᾳ· λέγουσι γάρ· „ὁ υἱὸς ἡμῶν οὗτος ἀπειθεῖ“ (Deut. 21,20), διὰ τῆς προσθήκης τῆς „οὗτος“ μηνύοντες, ὅτι εἰσὶν ἕτεροι παῖδες καρτερικοὶ καὶ σώφρονες, τοῖς ἐπιτάγμασι τοῦ ὀρθοῦ λόγου καὶ παιδείας πειθαρχοῦντες· οὗτοι γὰρ ψυχῆς ἀψευδέστατοι γονεῖς, ὑφ’ ὧν κατηγορηθῆναι μὲν αἴσχιστον, ἐπαινεθῆναι δ’ εὐκλεέστατον.
207τὸ δὲ „οὗτός ἐστιν Ἀαρὼν καὶ Μωυσῆς, οἷς εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς ἐξαγαγεῖν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου“ (Exod. 6, 26) καὶ τὸ „οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ διαλεγόμενοι Φαραὼ βασιλεῖ“ (ibid. 27), ταῦτα μὴ νομίζωμεν εἰρῆσθαι παρέργως ἢ τὰς δείξεις μὴ πλέον τι τῶν ὀνομάτων παρεμφαίνειν.
208ἐπειδὴ γὰρ Μωυσῆς μέν ἐστι νοῦς ὁ καθαρώτατος, Ἀαρὼν δὲ λόγος αὐτοῦ, πεπαίδευται δὲ καὶ ὁ νοῦς θεοπρεπῶς ἐφάπτεσθαι καὶ ὁ λόγος ὁσίως ἑρμηνεύειν τὰ ὅσια, μιμηλάζοντες δὴ οἱ σοφισταὶ καὶ παρακόπτοντες τὸ δόκιμον νόμισμα τοῦτό φασι καὶ νοεῖν ὀρθῶς περὶ τοῦ ἀρίστου καὶ λέγειν ἐπαινετῶς (Exod. 7,11). ὅπως οὖν μὴ ἀπατώμεθα παραθέσει τῶν κεκιβδηλευμένων πρὸς τὰ δόκιμα δι’ ὁμοιότητος τοῦ χαρακτῆρος, βάσανον ἔδωκεν, ᾗ διακριθήσεται.
209τίς οὖν ἡ βάσανος; τὸ ἐξαγαγεῖν ἐκ τῆς σωματικῆς χώρας τὸν ὁρατικὸν καὶ φιλοθεάμονα νοῦν καὶ φιλόσοφον. ὁ μὲν γὰρ τοῦτο δυνηθεὶς Μωυσῆς ἐστιν οὗτος, ὁ δὲ ἀδυνατήσας, ὁ λεγόμενος μόνον, μυρίας δὲ σεμνότητας ὀνομάτων ἐπαμπισχόμενος, γελᾶται. ζῆν δὲ εὔχεται τῷ Ἰσμαήλ, οὐ τῆς μετὰ σώματος ζωῆς ἐπιστρεφόμενος, ἀλλ’ ἵνα τὸ θεῖον ἄκουσμα ἐπὶ ψυχῇ διαιωνίζον ἐγείρῃ τε αὐτὸν καὶ ζωπυρῇ.
210καὶ ὁ μὲν ἀκρόασιν λόγων καὶ μάθησιν δογμάτων ἱερῶν εὔχεται ζῆν, ὡς ἐλέχθη, ὁ δ’ ἀσκητὴς Ἰακὼβ εὐφυΐαν· λέγει γάρ· „ζήτω Ῥουβὴν καὶ μὴ ἀποθανέτω“ (Deut. 33, 6)· ἆρά γε ἀθανασίαν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν εὐχόμενος, ἀνθρώπῳ πρᾶγμα ἀδύνατον; οὐ δήπου. τί οὖν ἔσθ’ ὃ βούλεται παραστῆσαι, λεκτέον.
211πάντα τὰ ἀκούσματα καὶ μαθήματα ἐποικοδομεῖται καθάπερ θεμελίῳ προκαταβεβλημένῳ φύσει παιδείας δεκτικῇ, φύσεως δὲ μὴ προϋπαρχούσης ἀνωφελῆ πάντα. δρυὸς γὰρ ἢ λίθου κωφῆς οὐδὲν ἂν δόξαιεν οἱ ἀφυεῖς διαφέρειν· ἔγκολλον γὰρ ἂν οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ἁρμόζοιτο, πάντα δ’ ὡς ἀπὸ στερροῦ τινος ἀποπάλλεται καὶ ἀποπηδᾷ.
212τὰς δὲ τῶν εὐφυῶν ψυχὰς ἔστιν ἰδεῖν κηροῦ τρόπον λελειασμένου μήτε ἄγαν στερεοῦ μήτε ἄγαν ἁπαλοῦ κεκερασμένας μετρίως, παραδεχομένας τὰ ἀκούσματα καὶ θεάματα ῥᾳδίως πάντα καὶ ἐναποματτομένας ἄκρως αὐτὰς τὰ εἴδη, μνήμης ἐναργεῖς τινας εἰκόνας.
213ἦν γοῦν ἀναγκαῖον εὔξασθαι τῷ λογικῷ γένει τὸ εὐφυὲς ἄνοσον καὶ ἀθάνατον παρεῖναι. τοῦ μὲν γὰρ κατ’ ἀρετὴν βίου, ὅς ἐστιν ἀψευδεστάτη ζωή, μετέχουσιν ὀλίγοι, οὐχὶ τῶν ἀγελαίων φημί — τούτων γὰρ οὐδεὶς τῆς ἀληθοῦς ζωῆς κεκοινώνηκεν —, ἀλλ’ εἴ τισιν ἐξεγένετο τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων φυγεῖν σπουδὰς καὶ θεῷ μόνῳ ζῆσαι.
214παρὸ καὶ λίαν τεθαύμακεν ὁ ἀσκητικὸς καὶ ἀνδρεῖος, εἴ τις ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ βίου ποταμῷ φορούμενος ὑπ’ οὐδεμιᾶς ῥύμης κατασύρεται, δύναιτο δὲ καὶ πλούτῳ πολλῷ ῥέοντι ἀντισχεῖν καὶ ἡδονῆς ἀμέτρου φορὰν ἀνῶσαι καὶ λαίλαπι κενῆς δόξης μὴ ἀναρπασθῆναι.
215λέγει γοῦν οὐχ ὁ Ἰακὼβ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ μᾶλλον ἢ ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος παντὶ τῷ τὸ μὲν σῶμα εὐεκτοῦντι, ἐν ἀφθόνοις δὲ ταῖς εἰς περιουσίαν ὕλαις ἐξεταζομένῳ καὶ πρὸς μηδεμιᾶς ἁλισκομένῳ· „ἔτι γὰρ σὺ ζῇς“ (Gen. 46, 30) ; θαυμαστὸν ἐκφωνήσας λόγον καὶ τὸν ἡμέτερον βίον ὑπερδεδραμηκότα, οἳ μικρᾶς πρὸς εὐτυχίαν αὔρας λαβόμενοι, πάντα κάλων ἀνασείσαντες, λαμπρὰ φυσῶμεν καὶ πνεύσαντες μέγα καὶ σύντονον πλησίστιοι πρὸς τὰς ἀπολαύσεις τῶν παθῶν φερόμεθα καὶ οὐ πρότερον στέλλομεν τὰς ἀνειμένας καὶ κεχαλασμένας ἀκρατῶς ἐπιθυμίας, ἕως
216ἂν ἐξοκείλαντες ὅλῳ τῷ ψυχῆς ναυαγήσωμεν σκάφει. παγκάλως οὖν τοῦτον τὸν Ἰσμαὴλ εὔχεται ζῆν. προστίθησιν οὖν „ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ζήτω“ (Gen. 17,18), τέλος τῆς εὐδαιμονίας τιθέμενος ἐπισκόπου καὶ ἐφόρου τοῦ τῶν ὄντων ἀρίστου τὴν διάνοιαν ἀξιωθῆναι.
217εἰ γὰρ παιδαγωγοῦ μὲν παρόντος οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοι ὁ ἀγόμενος, ὑφηγητὴς δὲ ἐγγὺς ὢν ὠφελεῖ τὸν μανθάνοντα, πρεσβυτέρου δὲ παρατυγχάνοντος αἰδοῖ καὶ σωφροσύνῃ κοσμεῖται νέος, πατὴρ δὲ ἢ μήτηρ υἱὸν μέλλοντα ἀδικεῖν ἐκώλυσαν ἐφ’ ἡσυχίας αὐτὸ μόνον ὀφθέντες, ἡλίκαις τισὶν ὑπερβολαῖς ἀγαθῶν χρήσεσθαι νομίζομεν τὸν ὑπολαμβάνοντ’ ἀεὶ ὑπὸ θεοῦ θεωρεῖσθαι; τὸ γὰρ τοῦ παρόντος καὶ περιβλέπεται ἀξίωμα δεδιὼς καὶ τρέμων ἀνὰ κράτος τὸ ἀδικεῖν ἀποδράσεται.
218τὸν δὲ Ἰσμαὴλ ὅταν εὔχηται ζῆν, οὐκ ἀπέγνωκε τὴν γένεσιν Ἰσαάκ, ὡς καὶ πρότερον εἶπον, ἀλλὰ πεπίστευκε μὲν τῷ θεῷ * * * οὐδὲ γὰρ ἃ δοῦναι θεῷ, ταῦτα καὶ ἀνθρώπῳ λαβεῖν δυνατόν, ἐπειδὴ τῷ μὲν πλεῖστα καὶ μέγιστα χαρίσασθαι ῥᾴδιον, ἡμῖν δ’ οὐκ εὐμαρὲς τὰς προτεινομένας δέξασθαι δωρεάς.
219ἀγαπητὸν γάρ, εἰ τῶν ἐκ πόνου καὶ μελέτης συντρόφων καὶ συνηθεστέρων ἀγαθῶν ἐπιλάχοιμεν, τῶν δ’ ἄνευ τέχνης ἢ συνόλως ἀνθρωπίνης ἐπινοίας ἀπαυτοματιζόντων καὶ ἐξ ἑτοίμου γινομένων οὐδ’ ἐλπὶς ἐφικέσθαι· ταῦτα γὰρ ἅτε θεῖα ὄντα θειοτέραις καὶ ἀκηράτοις φύσεσιν ἀπηλλαγμέναις θνητοῦ σώματος εὑρίσκειν ἀναγκαῖον.
220ἐδίδαξε δὲ Μωυσῆς κατὰ δύναμιν τῶν χειρῶν τὰς εὐχαρίστους ὁμολογίας ποιεῖσθαι (Num. 6,21), τὸν ἀγχίνουν ἀνάθημα ἀνατιθέντα τὸ συνετὸν καὶ τὸ φρόνιμον, τὸν λόγιον τὰς ἐν λόγῳ πάσας ἀρετὰς ἀνιεροῦντα διά τε ᾠδῆς καὶ τῶν καταλογάδην τοῦ ὄντος ἐγκωμίων, καὶ κατ’ εἶδος τὸν φυσικὸν φυσιολογίαν, τὸν ἠθικὸν πᾶσαν τὴν ἠθικὴν φιλοσοφίαν, τὸν τεχνικὸν καὶ ἐπιστήμονα τὰ θεωρήματα τῶν τεχνῶν καὶ ἐπιστημῶν.
221οὕτως εὔπλοιαν μὲν ναύτης καὶ κυβερνήτης, εὐφορίαν δὲ καρπῶν γεωπόνος, εὐτοκίαν δὲ ζῴων ἀγελάρχης, ὑγείαν δὲ καμνόντων ἰατρός, ὁ δ’ αὖ στρατείας ἡγεμὼν τοῦ πολέμου κράτος καὶ ὁ πολιτικὸς ἢ βασιλικὸς τὴν νόμιμον προστασίαν καὶ ἡγεμονίαν ἀναθήσει, καὶ συνελόντα φράσαι πάντων ὅσα ἢ ψυχῆς ἢ σώματος ἢ τῶν ἐκτὸς ἀγαθά ἐστιν ὁ μὴ φίλαυτος αἴτιον ἀποφανεῖ τὸν ἀψευδῶς μόνον αἴτιον θεόν.
222μηδεὶς οὖν τῶν ἀφανεστέρων καὶ ταπεινοτέρων εἶναι δοκούντων ἐλπίδος ἀπογνώσει τῆς ἀμείνονος ἀποκνησάτω ἱκέτης εὐχάριστος γενέσθαι θεοῦ, ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ μηδὲν ἔτι προσδοκᾷ τῶν μειζόνων, ὑπὲρ τούτων ὧν ἔλαχεν ἤδη κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν εὐχαριστείτω.
223μυρίων δ’ ἔλαχε, γενέσεως, ζωῆς, τροφῆς, ψυχῆς, αἰσθήσεως, φαντασίας, ὁρμῆς, λογισμοῦ. λογισμὸς δὲ βραχὺ μὲν ὄνομα, τελειότατον δὲ καὶ θειότατον ἔργον, τῆς τοῦ παντὸς ψυχῆς ἀπόσπασμα ἤ, ὅπερ ὁσιώτερον εἰπεῖν τοῖς κατὰ Μωυσῆν φιλοσοφοῦσιν, εἰκόνος θείας ἐκμαγεῖον ἐμφερές.
224ἐπαινεῖν ἄξιον καὶ τῶν κατασκόπων τοὺς ἐπιχειρήσαντας μὲν αὐτόπρεμνον τὸ ἀρετῆς ὅλον ἀνασπάσαι καὶ βαστάσαι στέλεχος, ἐπεὶ δ’ οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν, κληματίδα γοῦν καὶ ἕνα βότρυν λαβόντας, δεῖγμα καὶ μέρος τῆς συμπάσης, ὃ φέρειν αὐτὸ μόνον ἴσχυον (Num. 13,24).
225εὐκτὸν μὲν ἀθρόῳ τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐγχορεύειν· εἰ δὲ τοῦτο μεῖζον ἢ κατὰ ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν, ἀγαπῶμεν, εἴ τῳ ἐξεγένετο μιᾷ τινι τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἐντυχεῖν, σωφροσύνῃ ἢ ἀνδρείᾳ ἢ δικαιοσύνῃ ἢ φιλανθρωπίᾳ. φερέτω γὰρ ἕν τι ἀγαθὸν ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τικτέτω, μὴ πάντων ἄφορος καὶ στεῖρα γινέσθω.
Sections 226–250
226σὺ δὲ τοιαῦτα ἐπιτάγματα ἐπιτάξεις υἱεῖ τῷ σεαυτοῦ; εἰ μὴ τοῖς οἰκέταις ἡμέρως χρῇ, μηδὲ τοῖς ὁμοτίμοις κοινωνικῶς· εἰ μὴ κοσμίως γυναικί, μηδὲ γονεῦσι τιμητικῶς· εἰ μητρὸς ὀλιγωρεῖς καὶ πατρός, ἀσέβει καὶ εἰς τὸ θεῖον. εἰ χαίρεις ἡδονῇ, μηδὲ φιλαργυρίας ἀποστῇς. ἐφίεσαι πολυχρηματίας; καὶ κενοδόξει. τί γάρ;
227οὐ μετριάζειν ἐν ἐνίοις ἀξιοῖς, εἰ μὴ ἐν πᾶσι δύνασαι; οὐκ ἂν οὖν εἴποι ὁ υἱός· τί λέγεις, ὦ πάτερ; ἢ τέλειον ἀγαθὸν ἢ τέλειον κακὸν βούλει σοι τὸν υἱὸν γενέσθαι καὶ οὐκ ἀγαπήσεις, εἰ πρὸ τῶν ἄκρων τὰ μέσα ἕλοιτο;
228οὐ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ἀβραὰμ ἐπὶ τῆς Σοδομιτῶν ἀπωλείας ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ πεντηκοντάδος εἰς δεκάδα τελευτᾷ (Gen. 18,24. 32), ποτνιώμενος καὶ ἱκετεύων, ἵν’, εἰ μὴ εὑρίσκοιτο ἐν γενέσει ἡ παντελὴς εἰς ἐλευθερίαν ἄφεσις (Lev. 25, 10), ἧς σύμβολον ὁ πεντηκοστὸς λόγος ἱερός, ἡ μέση παιδεία παραληφθῇ δεκάδι παραριθμουμένη πρὸς τὴν τῆς καταδικάζεσθαι ψυχῆς μελλούσης ἀπόλυσιν;
229τῶν ἀναγώγων οἱ πεπαιδευμένοι καὶ τῶν ἀλύρων καὶ ἀμούσων οἱ ἐγκεχορευκότες τῇ ἐγκυκλίῳ μουσικῇ πλείους ἀφορμὰς ἔχουσι πρὸς τὸ αὔξεσθαι, σχεδὸν ἐκ παίδων τοῖς περὶ καρτερίας καὶ ἐγκρατείας καὶ ἀρετῆς πάσης λόγοις ἐπαντληθέντες. διὸ εἰ καὶ μὴ παντελῶς ἐξερρύψαντο καὶ ἀπελούσαντο τὸ ἀδικεῖν φαιδρυνόμενοι δέ, ἀλλὰ μετρίως γοῦν καὶ μέσως ἐρρύψαντο.
230τὸ παραπλήσιον ὁ Ἠσαῦ λέγειν ἔοικε τῷ πατρί· „μὴ εὐλογία σοι μία ἐστί, πάτερ; εὐλόγησον κἀμέ, πάτερ“ (Gen. 27, 38). ἄλλαι γὰρ ἄλλοις ἀποκεκρίσθωσαν, τελείοις μὲν τέλειαι, μέσαι δὲ ἀτελέσιν, ὡς ἔχει καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν σωμάτων· ὑγιαινόντων γὰρ καὶ νοσούντων ἕτερα μὲν γυμνάσματα, ἕτεραι δὲ τροφαί, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα περὶ δίαιταν, οὐ τὰ αὐτά, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν τὰ πρόσφορα, ἵνα μηδ’ ὅλως νοσήσωσι, τοῖς δὲ τὰ οἰκεῖα, ὅπως πρὸς τὸ ὑγιεινότερον μεταβάλωσι.
231πολλῶν οὖν ἀγαθῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἐν τῇ φύσει τὸ δοκοῦν ἐφαρμόττειν μοι τοῦτο χάρισαι, κἂν μικρότατον ᾖ, στοχασάμενος ἐκείνου μόνου, εἰ δυνήσομαι τὸ δοθὲν φέρειν εὐμαρῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ μὴ πρὸς τοῦτο ἀπειπὼν ὁ δυστυχὴς ὀκλάσω.
232τί δ’ οἰόμεθα ἐμφαίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ· „μὴ χεὶρ κυρίου οὐκ ἐξαρκέσει“ (Num. 11,23) ; ἆρ’ οὐχὶ τὸ πάντῃ τὰς τοῦ ὄντος φθάνειν δυνάμεις ἐπ’ εὐεργεσίᾳ μὴ μόνον τῶν ἐνδόξων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀφανεστέρων εἶναι δοκούντων; οἷς τὰ ἁρμόττοντα χαρίζεται πρὸς τὰ τῆς ἑκάστου ψυχῆς σταθμήματα καὶ μέτρα σταθμώμενος καὶ διαμετρῶν ἰσότητι παρ’ ἑαυτῷ τὸ ἀνάλογον ἑκάστοις.
233καταπλήττει με οὐχ ἥκιστα καὶ ὁ τεθεὶς νόμος ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐκδυομένοις τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ μεταγινώσκειν δοκοῦσι. κελεύει γὰρ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἱερεῖον προσάγειν θῆλυ πρόβατον ἄμωμον. „ἐὰν δὲ“ φησί „μὴ ἰσχύῃ ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ τὸ ἱκανὸν εἰς πρόβατον, οἴσει περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἧς ἥμαρτε δύο τρυγόνας ἢ δύο νεοσσοὺς περιστερῶν, ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας καὶ ἕνα εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα.
234ἐὰν δὲ μὴ εὑρίσκῃ ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ζεῦγος τρυγόνων ἢ δύο νεοσσοὺς περιστερῶν, οἴσει τὸ δῶρον τὸ δέκατον οἶφι σεμίδαλιν. οὐκ ἐπιχεεῖ ἐπ’ αὐτὸ ἔλαιον οὐδ’ ἐπιθήσει ἐπ’ αὐτὸ λίβανον, ὅτι περὶ ἁμαρτίας ἐστί. καὶ οἴσει αὐτὸ πρὸς τὸν ἱερέα, καὶ δραξάμενος ὁ ἱερεὺς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ πλήρη τὴν δράκα τὸ μνημόσυνον ἐπιθήσει ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον“ (Lev. 5,7. 11. 12).
235οὐκοῦν τρισὶ μετανοίας τρόποις ἱλάσκεται τοῖς εἰρημένοις, κτήνεσιν ἢ πτηνοῖς ἢ λευκοπύροις, πρὸς τὴν τοῦ καθαιρομένου καὶ μετανοοῦντος δήπου δύναμιν· οὔτε γὰρ μικρὰ μεγάλων οὔτε μεγάλα μικρῶν δεῖται καθαρσίων, τῶν δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἀνάλογον ἴσων καὶ ὁμοίων. τί δήποτ’ οὖν διὰ τριῶν ἡ κάθαρσις, ἄξιον ἐρευνῆσαι.
236σχεδὸν τοίνυν καὶ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ τὰ κατορθώματα συμβέβηκεν ἐν τρισὶν ἐξετάζεσθαι, διανοίᾳ, λόγοις, πράξεσιν. οὗ χάριν κἀν τοῖς προτρεπτικοῖς Μωυσῆς διδάσκων, ὅτι ἡ ἀγαθοῦ κτῆσις οὔτ’ ἀδύνατός ἐστιν οὔτε δυσθήρατος, φησίν·
237οὐκ εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀναπτῆναι δεῖ οὐδ’ ἄχρι περάτων γῆς καὶ θαλάττης ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν σύλληψιν αὐτοῦ· ἀλλ’ ἐστὶν ἐγγύς, καὶ σφόδρα ἐγγύς. εἶτα μόνον οὐκ ὀφθαλμοφανῶς δείκνυσι· „πᾶν ἔργον“ φησί „τῷ στόματί σου καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ καὶ ταῖς χερσί“ (Deut. 30, 12—14), συμβολικῶς ἐν λόγοις, ἐν βουλαῖς, ἐν ἔργοις· ἐκ γὰρ εὐβουλίας καὶ εὐλογίας καὶ εὐπραξίας τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην εὐδαιμονίαν συνίστασθαι, ὥσπερ καὶ τὴν κακοδαιμονίαν ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων.
238ἐν γὰρ τοῖς αὐτοῖς τό τε κατορθοῦν καὶ ἁμαρτάνειν χωρίοις ἐστί, καρδίᾳ, στόματι, χειρί· καὶ γὰρ βουλεύονταί τινες εὐγνωμονέστατα καὶ λέγουσιν ἄριστα καὶ πράττουσι τὰ πρακτέα. τριῶν δὲ ὄντων κουφότατόν ἐστι τὸ βουλεύεσθαι ἃ μὴ χρή, βαρύτατον δὲ τὸ χειρουργεῖν τὰ ἄδικα, μέσον δὲ τὸ λέγειν ἃ μὴ δεῖ.
239συμβαίνει δὲ τὸ κουφότατον δυσαποτριπτότατον εἶναι· χαλεπὸν γὰρ ψυχῆς τροπὴν εἰς ἠρεμίαν ἀγαγεῖν, καὶ θᾶττον ἄν τις χειμάρρου φορὰν ἐπίσχοι ἢ ψυχῆς τροπὴν ῥέουσαν ἀκατασχέτως· ἀμύθητα γὰρ ἐνθύμια ἄλλα ἐπ’ ἄλλοις τρικυμίας τρόπον ἐπιτρέχει, φοροῦντα καὶ κυκῶντα καὶ πᾶσαν αὐτὴν βιαίως ἀνατρέποντα.
240τὸ μὲν οὖν ἄριστον τῆς καθάρσεως καὶ τελεώτατον τοῦτ’ ἐστί, μηδ’ ἐνθυμεῖσθαι τι τῶν ἀτόπων, ἀλλ’ εἰρήνῃ καὶ εὐνομίᾳ, ὧν ἡγεμών ἐστι δικαιοσύνη, πολιτεύσασθαι· τὸ δὲ δεύτερον, λόγοις μὴ διαμαρτάνειν ψευδόμενον ἢ ψευδορκοῦντα ἢ ἀπατῶντα ἢ σοφιζόμενον ἢ συκοφαντοῦντα ἢ συνόλως στόμα καὶ γλῶτταν ἐπ’ ὀλέθρῳ τινῶν ἀνιέντα, οἷς χαλινὸν ἦν ἄμεινον περιθεῖναι καὶ δεσμὸν
241ἄρρηκτον. διὰ τί δὲ τὸ λέγειν τοῦ νοεῖν τὰ μὴ προσήκοντα βαρύτερον ἁμάρτημα, ῥᾷον ἰδεῖν. ἐνθυμεῖται μέν τις οὐ παρ’ ἑαυτὸν ἔστιν ὅτε, ἀλλ’ ἀβουλῶν· ὧν γὰρ οὐ θέλει λαμβάνειν ἐννοίας ἀναγκάζεται, τῶν δ’ ἀκουσίων οὐδὲν ὑπαίτιον.
242λέγει δέ τις ἑκών, ὥστε, εἰ μὴ εὔφημον προΐεται φωνήν, ἀδικεῖ κακοδαιμονῶν, ὁ μηδ’ ἐκ τύχης ἐθέλων τι τῶν ἐπιεικεστέρων φθέγξασθαι· ᾧ λυσιτελὲς τὴν ἀσφαλεστάτην ἡσυχίαν δεξιοῦσθαι· κἄπειτα μὴ ἡσυχάζων τις δύναται δήπου βουληθεὶς σιωπᾶν.
243τὸ δὲ καὶ τοῦ λέγειν βαρύτερον ἁμάρτημα ἡ ἄδικος πρᾶξίς ἐστι· „λόγος γὰρ ἔργου“ φασί „σκιά,“ σκιᾶς δὲ βλαπτούσης πῶς οὐ τὸ ἔργον βλαβερώτερον; διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Μωυσῆς τὴν μὲν γνώμην ἐγκλημάτων καὶ ἐπιτιμίων ἀπήλλαξεν, ἀκουσίοις τὰ πολλὰ μεταβολαῖς χρωμένην καὶ τροπαῖς καὶ πάσχουσαν μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐπεισφοιτώντων νοημάτων ἔξωθεν ἢ δρῶσαν· τὰ δ’ ὅσα ἂν ἐξέλθῃ διὰ τοῦ στόματος, ταῦτ’ εἰς ἀπόλογον καὶ εὐθύνας ἄγει, ὡς ἂν δὴ τοῦ λέγειν ἐφ’ ἡμῖν ὑπάρχοντος.
244ἀλλ’ αἱ μὲν λόγων εὔθυναι μετριώτεραι, αἱ δ’ ὑπαιτίων ἔργων ἀργαλεώτεραι. μεγάλας γὰρ τάττει τιμωρίας ἐπὶ τοῖς μεγάλα ἀδικοῦσι καὶ ἔργῳ ἐπεξιοῦσιν ἃ γνώμῃ μὲν ἀγνώμονι ἐβουλεύσαντο, προπετείᾳ δὲ γλώττης ἐξελάλησαν.
245τὰ δὲ καθάρσια τῶν τριῶν, διανοίας, λόγου, πράξεως, εἴρηκεν [οὖν] πρόβατον καὶ ζεῦγος τρυγόνων ἢ περιστερῶν καὶ σεμιδάλεως ἱεροῦ μέτρου δέκατον, ἀξιῶν προβάτῳ μὲν διάνοιαν καθαίρεσθαι, λόγον δὲ τοῖς πτηνοῖς, σεμιδάλει δὲ πρᾶξιν. διὰ τί;
246ὅτι, καθάπερ ἐν ἡμῖν ἄριστον ὁ νοῦς, καὶ ἐν ζῴων ἀλόγων γένει τὸ πρόβατον ἅτε ἡμερώτατον ὑπάρχον καὶ καρπὸν ἐτήσιον ἀνατέλλον ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ πρὸς ὠφέλειαν ὁμοῦ καὶ κόσμον ἀνθρώπων· ἐσθὴς γὰρ τὰς ἀπὸ κρυμοῦ καὶ θάλπους ἀνείργει βλάβας καὶ τὰ ἀπόρρητα τῆς φύσεως ἐπισκιάζουσα πρὸς εὐκοσμίας τοῖς χρωμένοις ἐστί.
247σύμβολον οὖν ἔστω τῆς τοῦ ἀρίστου καθάρσεως, διανοίας, τὸ ζῴων ἄριστον, τὸ πρόβατον, λόγου δὲ τὰ πτηνά· κοῦφόν τε γὰρ ὁ λόγος καὶ πτηνὸν φύσει, βέλους θᾶττον φερόμενος καὶ πάντῃ διᾴττων. τὸ γὰρ ἅπαξ λεχθὲν ἀναδραμεῖν μὲν οὐκ ἔστιν, ἔξω δὲ φερόμενον, τάχει πολλῷ τρέχον, πλήττει τὰ ὦτα καὶ διὰ πάσης ἀκοῆς ἐρχόμενον εὐθὺς ἠχεῖ.
248δίδυμος δὲ ὁ λόγος, ὁ μὲν ἀληθής, ὁ δὲ ψευδής· οὗ μοι δοκεῖ χάριν ζεύγει τρυγόνων ἢ περιστερῶν ἐξομοιωθῆναι. τῶν δὲ πτηνῶν τὸ μὲν περὶ ἁμαρτίας φησὶ δεῖν εἶναι, τὸ δὲ ὁλοκαύτωμα θύειν, ἐπειδὴ τὸν μὲν ἀληθῆ λόγον ὅλον δι’ ὅλου συμβέβηκεν εἶναι ἱερόν τε καὶ τέλειον, τὸν δὲ ψευδῆ διημαρτῆσθαί τε καὶ ἐπανορθώσεως δεῖσθαι.
249πράξεως δέ, ὡς ἔφην, σύμβολον ἡ σεμίδαλις· καὶ γὰρ ταύτην συμβέβηκεν οὐκ ἄνευ τέχνης καὶ ἐπινοίας καθαίρεσθαι, ἀλλὰ χερσὶ σιτοπόνων, ἐπιτήδευμα τὸ πρᾶγμα πεποιηκότων, διακρίνεται. διὸ καί φησι· „δραξάμενος ὁ ἱερεὺς πλήρη τὴν δράκα τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς ἀνοίσει“ (Lev. 5, 12), διὰ τῆς δρακὸς τὸ ἐγχείρημα καὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν ἐμφαίνων.
250ἄγαν δ’ ἐξητασμένως ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ κτήνους εἶπεν· „ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἰσχύῃ ἡ χεὶρ τὸ ἱκανὸν εἰς πρόβατον“ (ibid. 5,7), ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν πτηνῶν· „ἐὰν δὲ μὴ εὑρίσκῃ“ (ibid. 5,11). διὰ τί; ὅτι μεγάλης μὲν ἰσχύος καὶ ὑπερβαλλούσης δυνάμεώς ἐστι καταλῦσαι τὰς τῆς διανοίας τροπάς, οὐ μεγάλης δὲ ῥώμης τὰ λόγων ἐπισχεῖν ἁμαρτήματα.
Sections 251–270
251πάντων γὰρ ἀλεξίκακον τῶν διὰ φωνῆς ἁμαρτανομένων, ὡς καὶ πρότερον εἶπον, ἡσυχία, ᾗ παντί τῳ ῥᾴδιον χρῆσθαι· πολλοὶ δὲ διὰ τὸ λάλον καὶ ἀμετροεπὲς οὐχ εὑρίσκουσι πέρας ἐπιθεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ.
252ταύταις καὶ ταῖς παραπλησίαις τομαῖς καὶ διαστολαῖς τῶν πραγμάτων ἐντραφεὶς καὶ ἐνασκηθεὶς ὁ ἀστεῖος ἆρ’ οὐκ εἰκότως εὔχεσθαι ἂν δόξαι τὸν Ἰσμαὴλ ζῆν, εἰ μὴ δύναται κυοφορῆσαί πω τὸν Ἰσαάκ;
253τί οὖν ὁ χρηστὸς θεός; ἓν αἰτησαμένῳ δύο δίδωσι καὶ τὸ ἔλαττον εὐξαμένῳ χαρίζεται τὸ μεῖζον. „εἶπε“ γάρ φησι „τῷ Ἀβραάμ· ναί, ἰδοὺ Σάρρα ἡ γυνή σου τέξεταί σοι υἱόν“ (Gen. 17,19)· εὐθυβόλος γε ἡ συμβολικὴ ἀπόκρισις ἡ ναί. τί γὰρ ἐμπρεπέστερον ἢ τἀγαθὰ ἐπινεύειν θεῷ καὶ ταχέως ὁμολογεῖν;
254ἀλλ’ οἷς ἐπινεύει τὸ θεῖον, ἅπας ἄφρων ἀνανένευκε. τὴν γοῦν Λείαν μισουμένην εἰσάγουσιν οἱ χρησμοί· διὸ καὶ τοιαύτης ἔτυχε προσρήσεως· ἑρμηνευθεῖσα γάρ ἐστιν ἀνανευομένη καὶ κοπιῶσα διὰ τὸ πάντας ἡμᾶς ἀρετὴν ἀποστρέφεσθαι καὶ κοπώδη νομίζειν ἐπιτάγματα οὐχ ἡδέα πολλάκις ἐπιτάττουσαν.
255ἀλλὰ τοσαύτης ἀποδοχῆς ἠξίωται παρὰ τοῦ πανηγεμόνος, ὥστε τὴν μήτραν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ διοιχθεῖσαν (Gen. 29,31) σπορὰν θείας γονῆς παραδέξασθαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν καλῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ πράξεων γένεσιν. μάθε οὖν, ὦ ψυχή, ὅτι καὶ „Σάρρα“, ἡ ἀρετή, „τέξεταί σοι υἱόν“, οὐ μόνον Ἄγαρ, ἡ μέση παιδεία· ἐκείνης μὲν γὰρ τὸ ἔγγονον διδακτόν, ταύτης δὲ πάντως αὐτομαθές ἐστι.
256μὴ θαυμάσῃς δ’, εἰ πάντα φέρων σπουδαῖα ὁ θεὸς ἤνεγκε καὶ τοῦτο τὸ γένος, σπάνιον μὲν ἐπὶ γῆς, πάμπολυ δ’ ἐν οὐρανῷ. μάθοις δ’ ἂν ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων, ἐξ ὧν συνέστηκεν ἄνθρωπος. ἆρά γε οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ διδαχθέντες ὁρῶσι; τί δ’; οἱ μυκτῆρες ὀσφραίνονται μαθήσει; ἅπτονται δ’ αἱ χεῖρες ἢ οἱ πόδες προΐασι κατ’ ἐπιτάγματα ἢ παραινέσεις ὑφηγητῶν;
257αἱ δ’ ὁρμαὶ καὶ φαντασίαι — πρῶται δ’ εἰσὶν αὗται κινήσεις καὶ σχέσεις ψυχῆς — διδασκαλίᾳ συνέστησαν; παρὰ δὲ σοφιστὴν φοιτήσας ὁ νοῦς ἡμῶν νοεῖν καὶ καταλαμβάνειν ἔμαθε; πάντα ταῦτ’ ἀφειμένα διδασκαλίας ἀπαυτοματιζούσῃ φύσει χρῆται πρὸς τὰς οἰκείας ἐνεργείας.
258τί οὖν ἔτι θαυμάζεις, εἰ καὶ ἀρετὴν ἄπονον καὶ ἀταλαίπωρον ὁ θεὸς ὀμβρήσει μηδεμιᾶς δεομένην ἐπιστασίας, ἀλλ’ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁλόκληρον καὶ παντελῆ; εἰ δὲ καὶ μαρτυρίαν βούλει λαβεῖν, Μωυσέως ἀξιοπιστοτέραν εὑρήσεις; ὅς φησι τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις ἀπὸ γῆς εἶναι τὰς τροφάς, μόνῳ δὲ ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ τῷ ὁρατικῷ.
259ταῖς μὲν οὖν ἀπὸ γῆς καὶ ἄνθρωποι γεωπόνοι συνεργοῦσι, τὰς δ’ ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ νίφει χωρὶς συμπράξεως ἑτέρων ὁ μόνος αὐτουργὸς θεός. καὶ μὴν λέγεται· „ἰδοὺ ὕω ὑμῖν ἄρτους ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ“ (Exod. 16,4). τίνα οὖν ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ τροφὴν ἐνδίκως ὕεσθαι λέγει, ὅτι μὴ τὴν οὐράνιον σοφίαν;
260ἣν ἄνωθεν ἐπιπέμπει ταῖς ἵμερον ἀρετῆς ἐχούσαις ψυχαῖς ὁ φρονήσεως εὐθηνίαν καὶ εὐετηρίαν ἔχων καὶ τὰ ὅλα ἄρδων καὶ μάλιστα ἐν ἱερᾷ ἑβδόμῃ, ἣν σάββατον καλεῖ (Exod. 16, 23 ss.). τότε γὰρ τὴν τῶν αὐτομάτων ἀγαθῶν φορὰν ἔσεσθαί φησιν, οὐκ ἐξ ὅλης τέχνης ἀνατελλόντων, ἀλλ’ αὐτογενεῖ καὶ αὐτοτελεῖ φύσει βλαστανόντων καὶ τοὺς οἰκείους φερόντων καρπούς.
261Τέξεται οὖν σοι ἡ ἀρετὴ υἱὸν γενναῖον ἄρρενα (Gen. 17,19), παντὸς ἀπηλλαγμένον θήλεος πάθους, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ τὸ πάθος, ὅπερ ἂν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ πάθῃς, πείσῃ δὲ πάντως χαράν· ὥστε καὶ τὸ σύμβολον αὐτῆς ὄνομα θήσεις, γέλωτα.
262καθάπερ λύπη καὶ φόβος ἰδίας ἀναφθέγξεις ἔχουσιν, ἃς ἂν τὸ βιασάμενον καὶ κρατῆσαν ὀνοματοποιήσῃ πάθος, οὕτως εὐβουλίαι καὶ εὐφροσύναι φυσικαῖς ἐκφωνήσεσιν ἀναγκάζουσι χρῆσθαι, ὧν οὐκ ἂν εὕροι τις κυριωτέρας καὶ εὐθυβολωτέρας κλήσεις, κἂν τυγχάνῃ περὶ τὰς κλήσεις σοφός.
263διό φησιν· „εὐλόγηκα αὐτόν, αὐξήσω αὐτόν, πληθυνῶ, δώδεκα ἔθνη γεννήσει“ (ibid. 20), τὸν κύκλον καὶ τὸν χορὸν ἅπαντα τῶν σοφιστικῶν προπαιδευμάτων. „τὴν δὲ διαθήκην μου στήσω πρὸς Ἰσαάκ“ (ibid. 21), ἵν’ ἑκατέρας ἀρετῆς τὸ ἀνθρώπων μεταποιῆται γένος, διδακτῆς τε καὶ αὐτομαθοῦς, τὸ μὲν ἀσθενέστερον διδασκομένης, ἑτοίμης δὲ τὸ ἐρρωμένον.
264„Εἰς δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον τέξεταί σοι“, φησίν, ἡ σοφία χαράν (ibid.). ποῖον, ὦ θαυμασιώτατε, δεικνύεις καιρόν; ἢ τὸν ὑπὸ γενέσεως ἄδεικτον μόνον; ὁ γὰρ ἀληθὴς αὐτὸς ἂν εἴη καιρός, ἀνατολὴ τῶν ὅλων, ἡ εὐπραξία καὶ εὐκαιρία γῆς, οὐρανοῦ, τῶν μεταξὺ φύσεων, ζῴων ὁμοῦ καὶ φυτῶν ἁπάντων.
265ὅθεν καὶ Μωυσῆς ἐθάρρησεν εἰπεῖν τοῖς ἀποδεδρακόσι καὶ μὴ θέλουσι τὸν ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς ἄρασθαι πόλεμον πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιτεταγμένους· „ἀφέστηκεν ὁ καιρὸς ἀπ’ αὐτῶν, ὁ δὲ κύριος ἐν ἡμῖν“ (Num. 14,9). μόνον γὰρ οὐκ ἄντικρυς ὁμολογεῖ τὸν θεὸν καιρόν, ὃς παντὸς μὲν ἀσεβοῦς μακρὰν ἀφέστηκεν, ἀρετώσαις δ’ ἐμπεριπατεῖ ψυχαῖς.
266„περιπατήσω“ γάρ φησιν „ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ ἔσομαι ὑμῶν θεός“ (Lev. 26,12). οἱ δὲ τὰς ὥρας τοῦ ἔτους καιροὺς εἶναι λέγοντες οὐ κυρίως καταχρῶνται τοῖς ὀνόμασιν, ἅτε μὴ πάνυ τὰς φύσεις τῶν πραγμάτων ἠκριβωκότες, ἀλλὰ πολλοῦ τοῦ εἰκῇ μετέχοντες.
267Ἐπιτείνων δὲ τὸ κάλλος τοῦ γεννωμένου φησὶν αὐτὸ „ἐν τῷ ἐνιαυτῷ τῷ ἑτέρῳ“ (Gen. 17,21) γεννηθήσεσθαι, ἐνιαυτὸν ἕτερον οὐ τὸ τοῦ χρόνου μηνύων διάστημα, ὃ ταῖς σεληνιακαῖς ἢ ἡλιακαῖς ἀναμετρεῖται περιόδοις, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔκτοπον καὶ ξένον καὶ καινὸν ὄντως, ἕτερον τῶν ὁρωμένων καὶ αἰσθητῶν, ἐν ἀσωμάτοις καὶ νοητοῖς ἐξεταζόμενον, ὅπερ τὸ χρόνου παράδειγμα καὶ ἀρχέτυπον εἴληχεν, αἰῶνα. αἰὼν δὲ ἀναγράφεται τοῦ νοητοῦ βίος κόσμου, ὡς αἰσθητοῦ χρόνος.
268ἐν ᾧ ἐνιαυτῷ καὶ „τὴν ἑκατοστεύουσαν εὑρίσκει κριθὴν“ (Gen. 26,12) ὁ τὰς θεοῦ χάριτας ἐπὶ γενέσει πλειόνων σπείρας ἀγαθῶν, ἵν’ ὡς πλεῖστοι τῶν ἐπαξίων τυχεῖν μεταλάβωσιν.
269ἀλλὰ γὰρ τῷ σπείραντι καὶ θερίζειν ἔθος· ὁ δ’ ἔσπειρε μὲν ἐπιδεικνύμενος τὴν ἐχθρὰν φθόνου καὶ κακίας ἀρετήν, εὑρεῖν δέ, ἀλλ’ οὐ θερίσαι λέγεται· ὁ γὰρ στάχυν ἁδρότερον τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν καὶ πλήρη πεποιηκὼς ἕτερος ἦν, ὃς εὐτρεπισάμενος καὶ ἑτοιμασάμενος ἐλπίδας μείζους καὶ πλείους δωρεὰς προὔθηκε τοῖς ζητοῦσιν εἰς εὕρεσιν.
270Τὸ δὲ „συνετέλεσε λαλῶν πρὸς αὐτὸν“ (Gen. 17,22) ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ τὸν ἀκροατὴν αὐτὸν ἐτελείωσε κενὸν ὄντα σοφίας πρότερον καὶ ἀθανάτων λόγων ἐπλήρωσεν. ἐπεὶ δὲ τέλειος ὁ μαθητὴς ἐγένετο, „ἀνέβη κύριος ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ“ (ibid.) δηλῶν, οὐχ ὅτι διεζεύχθη — φύσει γὰρ θεοῦ ὀπαδὸς ὁ σοφός —, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἑκούσιον τοῦ μαθητοῦ βουλόμενος παραστῆσαι, ἵν’, ὅπερ ἔμαθε, μηκέτι ἐφεστῶτος τοῦ διδάσκοντος χωρὶς ἀνάγκης αὐτὸς ἐπιδεικνύμενος, ἐθελουργῷ καὶ αὐτοκελεύστῳ προθυμίᾳ χρώμενος, ἐνεργῇ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ. δίδωσι γὰρ ὁ διδάσκαλος τῷ μαθόντι τόπον πρὸς τὴν ἄνευ ὑποβολῆς ἑκούσιον μελέτην, ἀλήστου μνήμης ἐγχαράττων βεβαιότατον εἶδος.
Sections 1–25
1„Ἐγένετο Ἀβραὰμ ἐτῶν ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα, καὶ ὤφθη κύριος τῷ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ θεός σου“ (Gen. 17,1). ὁ ἐννέα πρὸς τοῖς ἐνενήκοντα ἀριθμὸς ἑκατοντάδος γείτων ἐστίν, ᾗ τὸ αὐτομαθὲς ἐπέλαμψε γένος, Ἰσαάκ, εὐπαθειῶν ἀρίστη, χαρά· τῷ γὰρ ἑκατονταετεῖ γίνεται.
2ἔστι δὲ καὶ Λευιτικῆς φυλῆς ἱερεῦσιν ἀπαρχὴ διδομένη· δεκάτας γὰρ λαβόντες, ἀπὸ τούτων ὡς ἂν ἀπ’ οἰκείων καρπῶν ἑτέρας ἀπάρχονται ἑκατοστὸν λόγον περιεχούσας (Num. 18,26). προκοπῆς μὲν γὰρ δεκάς, ἑκατοντὰς δὲ τελειότητος σύμβολον. σπεύδει δὲ ὁ μέσος ἀεὶ πρὸς ἀκρότητα, φύσεως εὐμοιρίᾳ χρώμενος· ᾧ φησιν ὀφθῆναι τὸν τῶν ὅλων κύριον.
3ἀλλὰ μὴ νομίσῃς τοῖς σώματος ὀφθαλμοῖς γίνεσθαι τὴν προσβολήν — οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰ αἰσθητὰ μόνα ὁρῶσι, τὰ δ’ αἰσθητὰ σύγκριτα, φθορᾶς ἀνάμεστα, τὸ δὲ θεῖον ἀσύγκριτον, ἄφθαρτον —, ἀλλὰ τὸ δεχόμενον τὴν θείαν φαντασίαν τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐστιν ὄμμα.
4καὶ γὰρ ἄλλως ὅσα μὲν οἱ σώματος ὀφθαλμοὶ θεωροῦσι, συνεργῷ φωτὶ χρώμενοι καταλαμβάνουσιν, ὃ διαφέρει τοῦ θ’ ὁρωμένου καὶ τοῦ ὁρῶντος· ὅσα δὲ ἡ ψυχή, αὐτὴ δι’ ἑαυτῆς ἄνευ τινὸς ἄλλου συμπράξεως· αὐτὰ γὰρ ἑαυτοῖς ἐστι φέγγος τὰ νοούμενα.
5τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ τὰς ἐπιστήμας διδασκόμεθα· ὁ γὰρ νοῦς τὸ ἄκλειστον καὶ ἀκοίμητον προσβαλὼν ὄμμα τοῖς δόγμασι καὶ τοῖς θεωρήμασιν εἶδεν αὐτὰ οὐ νόθῳ φωτί, γνησίῳ δὲ ὅπερ ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἐξέλαμψεν.
6ὅταν οὖν ἀκούσῃς ὀφθέντα θεὸν ἀνθρώπῳ, τοῦτο γίνεσθαι νόει χωρὶς φωτὸς αἰσθητοῦ· νοήσει γὰρ τὸ νοητὸν εἰκὸς μόνον καταλαμβάνεσθαι. πηγὴ δὲ τῆς καθαρωτάτης αὐγῆς θεός ἐστιν· ὥσθ’ ὅταν ἐπιφαίνηται ψυχῇ, τὰς ἀσκίους καὶ περιφανεστάτας ἀκτῖνας ἀνίσχει.
7μὴ μέντοι νομίσῃς τὸ ὄν, ὅ ἐστι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ὄν, ὑπ’ ἀνθρώπου τινὸς καταλαμβάνεσθαι. ὄργανον γὰρ οὐδὲν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἔχομεν, ᾧ δυνησόμεθα ἐκεῖνο φαντασιωθῆναι, οὔτ’ αἴσθησιν — αἰσθητὸν γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν — οὔτε νοῦν. Μωυσῆς οὖν ὁ τῆς ἀειδοῦς φύσεως θεατὴς [καὶ θεόπτης] — εἰς γὰρ τὸν γνόφον φασὶν αὐτὸν οἱ θεῖοι χρησμοὶ εἰσελθεῖν (Exod. 20,21), τὴν ἀόρατον καὶ ἀσώματον οὐσίαν αἰνιττόμενοι — πάντα διὰ πάντων ἐρευνήσας ἐζήτει τὸν τριπόθητον καὶ μόνον ἀγαθὸν τηλαυγῶς ἰδεῖν.
8ἐπεὶ δ’ οὐδὲν εὕρισκεν, ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ ἐμφερῆ τινα ἰδέαν τῷ ἐλπιζομένῳ, τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων διδασκαλίαν ἀπογνοὺς ἐπ’ αὐτὸ καταφεύγει τὸ ζητούμενον καὶ δεῖται λέγων· „ἐμφάνισόν μοι σεαυτόν, γνωστῶς ἴδω σε“ (Exod. 33,13)· καὶ ὅμως ἀμοιρεῖ τῆς προθέσεως, αὐταρκεστάτης δωρεᾶς τῷ θνητῶν ἀρίστῳ γένει νομισθείσης τῆς τῶν μετὰ τὸ ὂν σωμάτων τε ὁμοῦ καὶ πραγμάτων ἐπιστήμης. λέγεται γάρ·
9„ὄψει τὰ ὀπίσω μου, τὸ δὲ πρόσωπόν μου οὐκ ὀφθήσεταί σοι“ (ibid. 23), ὡς τῶν ὅσα μετὰ τὸ ὂν σωμάτων τε ὁμοῦ καὶ πραγμάτων εἰς κατάληψιν ἐρχομένων, εἰ καὶ μὴ πάντα ἤδη καταλαμβάνεται, μόνου δ’ ἐκείνου μὴ πεφυκότος ὁρᾶσθαι.
10καὶ τί θαυμαστόν, εἰ τὸ ὂν ἀνθρώποις ἀκατάληπτον, ὁπότε καὶ ὁ ἐν ἑκάστῳ νοῦς ἄγνωστος ἡμῖν; τίς γὰρ ψυχῆς οὐσίαν εἶδεν; ἧς ἡ ἀδηλότης μυρίας ἔριδας σοφισταῖς ἐγέννησεν ἐναντίας εἰσηγουμένοις γνώμας ἢ καὶ ὅλοις γένεσιν ἀντιστατούσας.
11ἦν οὖν ἀκόλουθον τὸ μηδ’ ὄνομα κύριον ἐπιφημισθῆναι δύνασθαι τῷ ὄντι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν. οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι φιλοπευστοῦντι τῷ προφήτῃ, τί τοῖς περὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ ζητοῦσιν ἀποκριτέον, φησὶν ὅτι „ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ὤν“ (Exod. 3, 14), ἴσον τῷ εἶναι πέφυκα, οὐ λέγεσθαι;
12τοῦ δὲ μὴ παντάπασιν ἀμοιρῆσαι τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος προσρήσεως τοῦ ἀρίστου, δίδωσι καταχρῆσθαι ὡς ἂν ὁ ὢν ὀνόματι τοιούτῳ· „κύριος ὁ θεὸς“ τῶν τριῶν φύσεων, διδασκαλίας, τελειότητος, ἀσκήσεως, ὧν σύμβολα Ἀβραάμ, Ἰσαάκ, Ἰακὼβ ἀναγράφεται. „τοῦτο γάρ μου" φησίν „ὄνομα αἰώνιον“ ὡς ἂν ἐν τῷ καθ’ ἡμᾶς αἰῶνι ἐξεταζόμενον, οὐκ ἐν τῷ πρὸ αἰῶνος, „καὶ μνημόσυνον“, οὐ τὸ πέρα μνήμης καὶ νοήσεως ἱστάμενον, καὶ πάλιν „γενεαῖς“ (ibid. 15), οὐ φύσεσιν ἀγενήτοις.
13καταχρήσεως γὰρ ὀνόματος θείου δεῖ τοῖς εἰς τὴν θνητὴν γένεσιν ἐλθοῦσιν, ἵν’, εἰ καὶ μὴ πράγματι, ὀνόματι γοῦν προσερχόμενοι ἀρίστῳ κατ’ αὐτὸ κοσμῶνται. δηλοῖ δὲ καὶ λόγιον ἐκ προσώπου θεσπισθὲν τοῦ τῶν ὅλων ἡγεμόνος περὶ τοῦ μηδενὶ δεδηλῶσθαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ κύριον. „ὤφθην“ φησί „πρὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακὼβ θεὸς ὢν αὐτῶν, καὶ τὸ ὄνομά μου κύριον οὐκ ἐδήλωσα αὐτοῖς“ (Exod. 6,3). τοῦ γὰρ ὑπερβατοῦ μετατεθέντος ἑξῆς ἂν τοιοῦτος εἴη λόγος· „ὄνομά μου τὸ κύριον οὐκ ἐδήλωσα αὐτοῖς“, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐν καταχρήσει διὰ τὰς εἰρημένας αἰτίας.
14οὕτω μέντοι τὸ ὂν ἄρρητόν ἐστιν, ὥστ’ οὐδὲ αἱ ὑπηρετούμεναι δυνάμεις κύριον ὄνομα ἡμῖν λέγουσι· μετὰ γοῦν τὴν πάλην, ἣν ὑπὲρ κτήσεως ἀρετῆς ὁ ἀσκητὴς ἐπάλαισε, φησὶ τῷ ἀοράτῳ ἐπιστάτῃ· „ἀνάγγειλόν μοι τὸ ὄνομά σου“, ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· „ἵνα τί τοῦτο ἐρωτᾷς τὸ ὄνομά μου;“ (Gen. 32,29), καὶ οὐ μηνύει τὸ ἴδιον καὶ κύριον. ἀπόχρη γάρ σοι, φησίν, ὠφελεῖσθαι κατὰ τὰς ἐμὰς εὐφημίας, τὰ δὲ γενητῶν σύμβολα, ὀνόματα, μὴ ζήτει παρὰ φύσεσιν ἀφθάρτοις·
15μήτ’ οὖν διαπόρει, εἰ τὸ τῶν ὄντων πρεσβύτατον ἄρρητον, ὁπότε καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ κυρίῳ ὀνόματι οὐ ῥητὸς ἡμῖν· καὶ μὴν εἰ ἄρρητον, καὶ ἀπερινόητον καὶ ἀκατάληπτον· ὥστε τὸ „ὤφθη κύριος τῷ Ἀβραὰμ“ (Gen. 17,1) λέγεσθαι ὑπονοητέον οὐχ ὡς ἐπιλάμποντος καὶ ἐπιφαινομένου τοῦ παντὸς αἰτίου — τίς γὰρ ἀνθρώπειος νοῦς τὸ μέγεθος τῆς φαντασίας ἱκανός ἐστι χωρῆσαι; —, ἀλλ’ ὡς μιᾶς τῶν περὶ αὐτὸ δυνάμεων, τῆς βασιλικῆς, προφαινομένης· ἡ γὰρ κύριος πρόσρησις ἀρχῆς καὶ βασιλείας ἐστί.
16νοῦς δὲ ἡμῶν ἡνίκα ἐχαλδάιζε μετεωρολεσχῶν, τῷ κόσμῳ τὰς δραστηρίους ἦν περιέπων δυνάμεις ὡς αἰτίας· γενόμενος δὲ μετανάστης ἀπὸ τοῦ Χαλδαϊκοῦ δόγματος ἔγνω ἡνιοχούμενον καὶ κυβερνώμενον αὐτὸν ὑπὸ ἡγεμόνος, οὗ τῆς ἀρχῆς φαντασίαν ἔλαβε.
17διὸ λέγεται „ὤφθη“ οὐ τὸ ὄν, ἀλλὰ κύριος· οἷον ἐφάνη ὁ βασιλεύς, ἐξ ἀρχῆς μὲν ὤν, οὔπω δὲ τῇ ψυχῇ γνωριζόμενος, ἣ καὶ ὀψιμαθὴς μέν, οὐ μὴν εἰσάπαν ἀμαθὴς διετέλεσεν, ἀλλ’ ἐφαντασιώθη τὴν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ἀρχὴν καὶ ἡγεμονίαν.
18φανεὶς δ’ ὁ ἄρχων ἔτι μᾶλλον εὐεργετεῖ τὸν ἀκροατὴν καὶ θεατὴν φάσκων· „ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς σός“ (Gen. 17, 1). τίνος γάρ, εἴποιμ’ ἄν, οὐ θεὸς ὑπάρχεις τῶνδε ὅσα εἰς γένεσιν ἦλθεν; ἀλλὰ διδάξει με ὁ ὑποφήτης αὐτοῦ λόγος, ὅτι οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου νῦν λέγει, οὗ δημιουργὸς πάντως ἐστὶ καὶ θεός, ἀλλὰ περὶ ἀνθρωπίνων ψυχῶν, ἃς οὐ τῆς αὐτῆς ἐπιμελείας ἠξίωκε.
19δικαιοῖ γὰρ τῶν μὲν φαύλων λέγεσθαι κύριος καὶ δεσπότης, τῶν δ’ ἐν προκοπαῖς καὶ βελτιώσεσι θεός, τῶν δ’ ἀρίστων καὶ τελειοτάτων ἀμφότερον, κύριος ὁμοῦ καὶ θεός. αὐτίκα γέ τοι ἔσχατον ὅρον ἀσεβείας ἱδρυσάμενος τὸν Φαραὼ [κύριον καὶ] θεὸν τούτου οὐδέποτε προσεῖπεν ἑαυτόν, ἀλλὰ τὸν σοφὸν Μωυσῆν — λέγει γάρ· „ἰδοὺ δίδωμί σε θεὸν Φαραώ“ (Exod. 7,1) —, κύριον δὲ ὠνόμασε πολλαχοῦ τῶν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ χρησθέντων· ᾄδεται δὲ τὰ τοιαῦτα·
20„τάδε λέγει κύριος“ (Exod. 7,17), καὶ ἐν ἀρχῇ· „ἐλάλησε κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων· ἐγὼ κύριος, λάλησον Φαραὼ βασιλεῖ Αἰγύπτου, ὅσα ἐγὼ λαλῶ πρὸς σέ“ (Exod. 6,29), καὶ Μωυσῆς πρὸς αὐτόν·
21„ὅταν ἐξέλθω τὴν πόλιν, ἐκπετάσω τὰς χεῖρας πρὸς κύριον, καὶ αἱ φωναὶ παύσονται, καὶ ἡ χάλαζα καὶ ὁ ὑετὸς οὐκ ἔσται· ἵνα γνῷς, ὅτι κυρίου ἡ γῆ,“ οἱονεὶ πᾶσα ἡ σωματικὴ καὶ γεώδης σύστασις, „καὶ σύ“, ὁ ἀγαλματοφορούμενος νοῦς, „καὶ οἱ θεράποντές σου,“ οἱ κατὰ μέρος δορυφοροῦντες λογισμοί. „ἐπίσταμαι γάρ, ὅτι οὐδέπω πεφόβησθε τὸν κύριον“ (Exod. 9,29. 30), ἴσον τῷ οὐ τὸν λεγόμενον ἄλλως, ἀλλὰ τὸν ὄντως ὄντα δεσπότην.
22κύριος γὰρ γενητὸς πρὸς ἀλήθειαν οὐδείς, κἂν ἀπὸ περάτων ἐπὶ πέρατα εὐρύνας τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἀνάψηται· μόνος δ’ ὁ ἀγένητος ἀψευδῶς ἡγεμών, οὗ τὴν ἀρχὴν ὁ δεδιὼς καὶ καταπεπληγμένος ἆθλον ὠφελιμώτατον αἴρεται νουθεσίας, τὸν δὲ ὀλίγωρον ἐκδέχεται πάντως οἰκτρὸς ὄλεθρος.
23οὐκοῦν κύριος ἀφρόνων ἐπιδέδεικται τὸν ἄρχοντος ἐπανατεινάμενος οἰκεῖον φόβον, θεὸς δὲ βελτιουμένων γράφεται, καθὼς καὶ νῦν· „ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς σός“ (Gen. 17,1), „ἐγὼ ὁ θεός σου, αὐξάνου καὶ πληθύνου" (Gen. 35,11), τελείων δὲ ἀμφότερον, κύριος ὁμοῦ καὶ θεός, ὡς ἐν δέκα λόγοις· „ἐγὼ κύριος ὁ θεός σου“ (Exod. 20, 2) καὶ ἑτέρωθι·
24„κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν“ (Deut. 4,1). δικαιοῖ γὰρ τὸν μὲν φαῦλον ὡς ὑπὸ κυρίου δεσπόζεσθαι, ἵν’ εὐλαβούμενος καὶ στένων ἐπικρεμάμενον ἔχῃ τὸν δεσποτικὸν φόβον, τὸν δὲ προκόπτοντα ὡς ὑπὸ θεοῦ εὐεργετεῖσθαι, ὅπως ταῖς εὐποιίαις τελειότητος ἐφίκηται, τὸν δὲ τέλειον καὶ ἡγεμονεύεσθαι ὡς ὑπὸ κυρίου καὶ εὐεργετεῖσθαι ὡς ὑπὸ θεοῦ· διαμένει γὰρ οὗτος εἰσάπαν ἄτρεπτος, ἐκεῖνος δὲ πάντως ἐστὶν ἄνθρωπος θεοῦ.
25δηλοῦται δὲ τοῦτο μάλισθ’ ὡς ἐπὶ Μωυσέως· „αὕτη“ γάρ φησιν „ἡ εὐλογία ἣν εὐλόγησε Μωυσῆς, ἄνθρωπος θεοῦ“ (Deut. 33, 1). ὢ παγκάλης καὶ ἱεροπρεποῦς ἀντιδόσεως ἀξιωθείς, θείας προνοίας ἀντιδοῦναι ἑαυτόν.
Sections 1–25
1"Abraham was ninety and nine years old; and the Lord appeared unto Abraham, and said unto him, I am thy God." The number of nine, when added to the number ninety, is very near to a hundred; in which number the self-taught race shone forth, namely Isaac, the most excellent joy of all enjoyments; for he was born when his father was a hundred years old.
2Moreover the first fruits of the tribe of Levi are given up to the priests; for they having taken tithes, offer up other tenths from them as from their own fruits, which thus comprise the number of a hundred; for the number ten is the symbol of improvement, and the number a hundred is the symbol of perfection; and he that is in the middle is always striving to reach the extremity, exerting the inborn goodness of his nature, by which he says, that the Lord of the universe has appeared to him.
3But do not thou think that this appearance presented itself to the eyes of the body, for they see no things but such as are perceptible to the outward senses; but those objects of the outward senses are compound ones, full of destruction; but the Deity is not a compound object, and is indestructible: but the eye which receives the impression of the divine appearance is the eye of the soul;
4for besides this, those things which it is only the eyes of the body that see, are only seen by them because they take light as a coadjutor, and light is different, both from the object seen and from the things which see it. But all these things which the soul sees of itself, and through its own power, it sees without the co-operation of any thing or any one else; for the things which the soul does thus comprehend are a light to themselves,
5and in the same way also we learn the sciences; for the mind, applying its never-closing and never-slumbering eye to their doctrines and speculations, sees them by no spurious light, but by that genuine light which shines forth from itself.
6When therefore you hear that God has been seen by man, you must consider that this is said without any reference to that light which is perceptible by the external senses, for it is natural that that which is appreciable only by the intellect should be presented to the intellect alone; and the fountain of the purest light is God; so that when God appears to the soul he pours forth his beams without any shade, and beaming with the most radiant brilliancy.
7Do not, however, think that the living God, he who is truly living, is ever seen so as to be comprehended by any human being; for we have no power in ourselves to see any thing, by which we may be able to conceive any adequate notion of him; we have no external sense suited to that purpose (for he is not an object which can be discerned by the outward sense), nor any strength adequate to it: therefore, Moses, the spectator of the invisible nature, the man who really saw God (for the sacred scriptures say that he entered "into the darkness," by which expression they mean figuratively to intimate the invisible essence), having investigated every part of every thing, sought to see clearly the much-desired and only God;
8but when he found nothing, not even any appearance at all resembling what he had hoped to behold; he, then, giving up all idea of receiving instruction on that point from any other source, flies to the very being himself whom he was seeking, and entreats him, saying, "Show me thyself that I may see thee so as to know thee." But, nevertheless, he fails to obtain the end which he had proposed to himself, and which he had accounted the most all-sufficient gift for the most excellent race of creation, mankind, namely a knowledge of those bodies and things which are below the living God.
9For it is said unto him, "Thou shalt see my back parts, but my face shall not be beheld by thee." As if it were meant to answer him: Those bodies and things which are beneath the living God may come within thy comprehension, even though every thing would not be at once comprehended by thee, since that one being is not by his nature capable of being beheld by man.
10And what wonder is there if the living God is beyond the reach of the comprehension of man, when even the mind that is in each of us is unintelligible and unknown to us? Who has ever beheld the essence of the soul? the obscure nature of which has given rise to an infinite number of contests among the sophists who have brought forward opposite opinions, some of which are inconsistent with any kind of nature.
11It was, therefore, quite consistent with reason that no proper name could with propriety be assigned to him who is in truth the living God. Do you not see that to the prophet who is really desirous of making an honest inquiry after the truth, and who asks what answer he is to give to those who question him as to the name of him who has sent him, he says, "I am that I am," which is equivalent to saying, "It is my nature to be, not to be described by name:"
12but in order that the human race may not be wholly destitute of any appellation which they may give to the most excellent of beings, I allow you to use the word Lord as a name; the Lord God of three natures—of instruction, and of holiness, and of the practise of virtue; of which Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob are recorded as the symbols. For this, says he, is the everlasting name, as if it had been investigated and discerned in time as it exists in reference to us, and not in that time which was before all time; and it is also a memorial not placed beyond recollection or intelligence, and again it is addressed to persons who have been born, not to uncreated natures.
13For these men have need of the complete use of the divine name who come to a created or mortal generation, in order that, if they cannot attain to the best thing, they may at least arrive at the best possible name, and arrange themselves in accordance with that; and the sacred oracle which is delivered as from the mouth of the Ruler of the universe, speaks of the proper name of God never having been revealed to any one, when God is represented as saying, "For I have not shown them my name;" for by a slight change in the figure of speech here used, the meaning of what is said would be something of this kind: "My proper name I have not revealed to them," but only that which is commonly used, though with some misapplication, because of the reasons above-mentioned.
14And, indeed, the living God is so completely indescribable, that even those powers which minister unto him do not announce his proper name to us. At all events, after the wrestling match in which the practiser of virtue wrestled for the sake of the acquisition of virtue, he says to the invisible Master, "Tell me thy name;" but he said, "Why askest thou me my name?" And he does not tell him his peculiar and proper name, for says he, it is sufficient for thee to be taught my ordinary explanations. But as for names which are the symbols of created things, do not seek to find them among immortal natures.
15Therefore do not doubt either whether that which is more ancient than any existing thing is indescribable, when his very word is not to be mentioned by us according to its proper name. So that we must understand that the expression, "The Lord was seen by Abraham," means not as if the Cause of all things had shone forth and become visible, (for what human mind is able to contain the greatness of his appearance?) but as if some one of the powers which surround him, that is to say, his kingly power, had presented itself to the sight, for the appellation Lord belongs to authority and sovereignty.
16But when our mind was occupied with the wisdom of the Chaldaeans, studying the sublime things which exist in the world, it made as it were the circuit of all the efficient powers as causes of what existed; but when it emigrated from the Chaldaean doctrines, it then knew that it was moving under the guidance and direction of a governor, of whose authority it perceived the appearance.
17On which account it is said, "The Lord," not the living God, "was seen;" as if it had been meant to say, the king appeared, he who was from the beginning, but who was not as yet recognized by the soul, which, indeed, was late in learning, but which did not continue for ever in ignorance, but received a notion of there being an authority and governing power among existing things.
18And when the ruler has appeared, then he in a still greater degree benefits his disciple and beholder, saying, "I am thy God;" for I should say to him, "What is there of all the things which form a part of creation of which thou art not the God?" But his word, which is his interpreter, will teach me that he is not at present speaking of the world, of which he is by all means the creator and the God, but about the souls of men, which he has thought worthy of a different kind of care;
19for he thinks fit to be called the Lord and Master of bad men, but the God of those who are in a state of advancement and improvement; and of those which are the most excellent and the most perfect, both Lord and God at once. On which account, having made Pharaoh the very extreme instance of impiety, he has never once called himself his Lord or his God; but he calls the wise Moses so, for he says to him, "Behold I give thee as a god to Pharaoh." But he has in many passages of the sacred oracles delivered by him, called himself Lord.
20For instance, we read such a passage as this: "Thus says the Lord;" and at the very beginning we read, "The Lord spake unto Moses, saying, I am the Lord, say unto Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, all the things which I say unto thee."
21And Moses, in another place, says, "Behold, when I go forth out of the city I will spread out my hands unto the Lord, and the sounds shall cease, and the hail, and there shall be no more rain, that thou mayest know that the earth is the Lord’s;" that is to say, every thing that is made of body or of earth, "and that thou," that is the mind which bears in itself the images of things, "and thy servants," that is the particular reasonings which act as body-guards to the mind, "for I know that ye do not yet fear the Lord;" by which he means not the Lord who is spoken of commonly and in different senses, but him who is truly the Master of all things.
22For there is in truth no created Lord, not even if a king shall have extended his authority and spread it from one end of the world even to the other end, but only the uncreated God, the real governor, whose authority he who reverences and fears receives a most beneficial reward, namely, the admonitions of God, but utterly miserable destruction awaits the man who despises him;
23therefore he is held forth as the Lord of the foolish, striking them with a terror which is appropriate to him as ruler. But he is the God of those who are improved; as we read now, "I am thy God, I am thy God, be thou increased and multiplied." And in the case of those who are perfect, he is both together, both Lord and God; as we read in the ten commandments, "I am the Lord thy God." And in another passage it is written, "The Lord God of our fathers."
24For he thinks it right for the wicked man to be governed by a master as by a lord; that, being in a state of alarm and groaning, he may have the fear of a master suspended over him; but him who is advancing in improvement he thinks deserving to receive benefits as from God in order that by means of these benefits he may arrive at perfection; and him who is complete and perfect he thinks should be both governed as by the Lord, and benefited as by God; for the last man remains for ever unchangeable, and he is, by all means and in all respects, the man of God:
25and this is especially shown to be the fact in the case of Moses; for, says the scripture, "This is the blessing which Moses, the man of God, blessed." O the man thus thought worthy of this all-beautiful and sacred recompense, to give himself as a requital for the divine Providence!
Sections 26–50
26ἀλλὰ μὴ νομίσῃς τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἄνθρωπόν τε γίνεσθαι καὶ ἄνθρωπον θεοῦ· ἄνθρωπον μὲν γάρ, θεοῦ ὡς κτῆμα· ἄνθρωπον δὲ θεοῦ, ὡς αὔχημα καὶ ὠφέλημα. εἰ δὴ βούλει διανοίας κλῆρον τὸν θεὸν ἔχειν, αὐτὸς πρότερον γενοῦ κλῆρος ἀξιόχρεως αὐτοῦ· γενήσῃ δέ, ἂν τοὺς χειροποιήτους καὶ ἑκουσίους ἅπαντας νόμους ἐκφύγῃς.
27ἀλλὰ γὰρ οὐδ’ ἐκεῖνο προσῆκεν ἀγνοεῖν, ὅτι τὸ „ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς σὸς“ (Gen. 17,1) λέγεται καταχρηστικῶς, οὐ κυρίως. τὸ γὰρ ὄν, ᾗ ὄν ἐστιν, οὐχὶ τῶν πρός τι· αὐτὸ γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ πλῆρες καὶ αὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ ἱκανόν, καὶ πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως καὶ μετὰ τὴν γένεσιν τοῦ παντὸς ἐν ὁμοίῳ.
28ἄτρεπτον γὰρ καὶ ἀμετάβλητον, χρῇζον ἑτέρου τὸ παράπαν οὐδενός, ὥστε αὐτοῦ μὲν εἶναι τὰ πάντα, μηδενὸς δὲ κυρίως αὐτό. τῶν δὲ δυνάμεων, ἃς ἔτεινεν εἰς γένεσιν ἐπ’ εὐεργεσίᾳ τοῦ συσταθέντος, ἐνίας συμβέβηκε λέγεσθαι ὡσανεὶ πρός τι, τὴν βασιλικήν, τὴν εὐεργετικήν· βασιλεὺς γάρ τινος καὶ εὐεργέτης τινὸς ἑτέρου πάντως βασιλευομένου καὶ εὐεργετουμένου.
29τούτων συγγενής ἐστι καὶ ἡ ποιητικὴ δύναμις, ἡ καλουμένη θεός· διὰ γὰρ ταύτης τῆς δυνάμεως ἔθηκε τὰ πάντα ὁ γεννήσας καὶ τεχνιτεύσας πατήρ, ὥστε τὸ „ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς σὸς“ ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ ἐγώ εἰμι ποιητὴς καὶ δημιουργός.
30μεγίστη δὲ δωρεὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ λαχεῖν ἀρχιτέκτονος, οὗ καὶ σύμπας ὁ κόσμος ἔλαχε. φαύλου μὲν γὰρ ψυχὴν οὐ διέπλασεν — ἐχθρὸν γὰρ θεῷ κακία —, τὴν δὲ μέσην οὐ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ μόνου κατὰ τὸν ἱερώτατον Μωυσῆν, ἐπειδὴ κηροῦ τρόπον ἔμελλεν αὕτη δέξασθαι καλοῦ τε καὶ αἰσχροῦ διαφοράν.
31διόπερ λέγεται· „ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ’ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν“ (Gen. 1,26), ἵν’, εἰ μὲν δέξεται φαῦλον τύπον, ἑτέρων φαίνηται δημιούργημα, εἰ δὲ καλόν, τοῦ τῶν καλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν μόνων τεχνίτου. πάντως οὖν σπουδαῖος ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, ᾧ φησιν· „ἐγώ εἰμι θεὸς σός,“ ποιητοῦ μόνου λαχὼν ἄνευ συμπράξεως ἑτέρων.
32ἅμα μέντοι καὶ τὸ πολλαχοῦ κατασκευαζόμενον αὐτῷ δόγμα συνάγει διδάσκων, ὅτι μόνων ἀγαθῶν καὶ σοφῶν δημιουργός ἐστιν. οὗτος δὲ πᾶς ὁ θίασος τὴν τῶν ἐκτὸς ἄφθονον κτῆσιν ἑαυτὸν ἑκὼν ἀφῄρηται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν σαρκὶ φίλων ὠλιγώρηκεν.
33εὐέκται μὲν γὰρ καὶ σφριγῶντες ἀθληταὶ τὸ δοῦλον ἐπιτετειχικότες ψυχῇ τὸ σῶμα, ὠχροὶ δὲ καὶ διερρυηκότες καὶ κατεσκελετευμένοι τρόπον τινὰ οἱ ἀπὸ παιδείας, ταῖς ψυχικαῖς δυνάμεσι καὶ τοὺς σωματικοὺς τόνους προσκεκληρωκότες καί, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, εἰς ἓν εἶδος τὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀναλυθέντες καὶ ἀσώματοι διάνοιαι γεγονότες.
34φθείρεται οὖν εἰκότως τὸ γεῶδες καὶ καταλύεται, ὅταν ὅλος δι’ ὅλων ὁ νοῦς εὐαρεστεῖν προέληται θεῷ· σπάνιον δὲ καὶ τὸ γένος καὶ μόλις εὑρισκόμενον, πλὴν οὐκ ἀδύνατον γενέσθαι. δηλοῖ δὲ τὸ χρησθὲν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἐνὼχ λόγιον τόδε· „εὐηρέστησε δὲ Ἐνὼχ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ οὐχ εὑρίσκετο“ (Gen. 5, 24).
35ποῦ γὰρ ἂν σκεψάμενός τις εὕροι τἀγαθὸν τοῦτο; ποῖα πελάγη διαβαλών; πρὸς τίνας νήσους, τίνας ἠπείρους ἐλθών; παρὰ βαρβάροις ἢ παρ’ Ἕλλησιν;
36ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ μέχρι νῦν τῶν φιλοσοφίᾳ τετελεσμένων εἰσί τινες, οἳ λέγουσιν ἀνύπαρκτον εἶναι σοφίαν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸν σοφόν; μηδένα γὰρ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἀνθρώπων γενέσεως ἄχρι τοῦ παρόντος βίου κατὰ τὸ παντελὲς ἀνυπαίτιον νομισθῆναι· καὶ γὰρ ἀδύνατον εἶναι θνητῷ σώματι ἐνδεδεμένον εἰσάπαν εὐδαιμονῆσαι.
37ταῦτα δ’ εἰ μὲν ὀρθῶς λέγεται, σκεψόμεθα ἐν καιρῷ· νυνὶ δ’ ἀκολουθήσαντες τῷ λογίῳ φήσομεν, ὅτι ἔστι μὲν ὑπαρκτὸν πρᾶγμα σοφία, ἔστι δὲ καὶ ὁ ἐραστὴς αὐτῆς, σοφός, ὑπάρχων δὲ ὅμως ἡμᾶς τοὺς φαύλους διαλέληθεν· ἀγαθὸν γὰρ οὐκ ἐθέλει κακῷ συνέρχεσθαι.
38διὰ τοῦτο λέγεται· „οὐχ εὑρίσκετο“ ὁ εὐαρεστήσας τρόπος τῷ θεῷ, ὡς ἂν δήπου ὑπαρκτὸς μὲν ὤν, ἀποκρυπτόμενος δὲ καὶ τὴν εἰς ταὐτὸ σύνοδον ἡμῶν ἀποδιδράσκων, ἐπειδὴ καὶ μετατεθῆναι λέγεται, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶ μεταναστῆναι καὶ μετοικίαν στείλασθαι τὴν ἀπὸ θνητοῦ βίου πρὸς τὸν ἀθάνατον.
39Οὗτοι μὲν δὴ τὴν ἔνθεον μανίαν μανέντες ἐξηγριώθησαν, ἕτεροι δ’ εἰσὶν οἱ τῆς τιθασοῦ καὶ ἡμέρου σοφίας ἑταῖροι. τούτοις καὶ εὐσέβεια διαφερόντως ἀσκεῖται καὶ τὰ ἀνθρώπεια οὐχ ὑπερορᾶται. μάρτυρες δ’ οἱ χρησμοί, ἐν οἷς λέγεται τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ θεοῦ· „εὐαρέστει ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ“ (Gen. 17, 1), τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶ μὴ ἐμοὶ μόνῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς ἔργοις παρ’ ἐμοὶ κριτῇ, ὡς ἐφόρῳ καὶ ἐπισκόπῳ.
40τιμῶν γὰρ γονεῖς ἢ πένητας ἐλεῶν ἢ φίλους εὐεργετῶν ἢ πατρίδος ὑπερασπίζων ἢ τῶν κοινῶν πρὸς ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους δικαίων ἐπιμελούμενος εὐαρεστήσεις μὲν πάντως τοῖς χρωμένοις, θεοῦ δ’ ἐνώπιον εὐαρεστήσεις· ἀκοιμήτῳ γὰρ ὀφθαλμῷ βλέπει πάντα καὶ τὰ σπουδαῖα χάριτι ἐξαιρέτῳ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν καλεῖ καὶ ἀποδέχεται.
41τοιγάρτοι καὶ ὁ ἀσκητὴς εὐχόμενος ταὐτὸν ἀποδηλώσει φάσκων· „ὁ θεός, ᾧ εὐηρέστησαν οἱ πατέρες μου“ καὶ προστίθησιν „ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ“ (Gen. 48, 15), χάριν τοῦ γνῶναι τὴν πραγματικὴν διαφορὰν τοῦ „θεῷ“ εὐαρεστεῖν πρὸς τὸ „ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ“· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀμφότερα περιέχει, τὸ δὲ θάτερον μόνον.
42οὕτω καὶ Μωυσῆς ἐν τοῖς προτρεπτικοῖς παραινεῖ λέγων· „τὸ εὐάρεστον ποιήσεις ἐνώπιον κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ σου“ (Deut. 12,28), οἷον τοιαῦτα πρᾶττε, ἃ γενήσεται ἐπάξια τοῦ φανῆναι θεῷ καὶ ἅπερ ἰδὼν ἀποδέξεται· ταῦτα δὲ καὶ εἰς τοὺς ὁμοίους εἴωθε χωρεῖν.
43ἐντεῦθεν ὁρμηθεὶς τήν τε σκηνὴν δυσὶ περιβόλων ὁρίοις συνύφαινε, μέσον ἀμφοῖν κάλυμμα θείς, ὅπως διακρίνηται τῶν εἴσω τὰ ἔξω (Exod. 26, 33), καὶ τὴν νομοφυλακίδα ἱερὰν κιβωτὸν ἔνδοθεν καὶ ἔξωθεν ἐχρύσωσε (Exod. 25,10), καὶ τῷ μεγάλῳ ἱερεῖ διττὰς ἀνέδωκε στολάς, τὴν μὲν λινῆν ἔνδον, τὴν δὲ ποικίλην ἔξω μετὰ τοῦ ποδήρους (Exod. 28, 4. Lev. 6, 10).
44ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα σύμβολα ψυχῆς ἐστι καὶ τοῖς εἴσω πρὸς θεὸν ἁγνευούσης καὶ [ἐν] τοῖς ἔξω πρὸς τὸν αἰσθητὸν κόσμον καὶ βίον καθαρευούσης. εὐστόχως οὖν ἐκεῖνο πρὸς τὸν παλαιστὴν νικηφόρον ἐλέχθη μέλλοντα τοῖς νικητηρίοις ἀναδεῖσθαι στεφάνοις. τὸ γὰρ ἐπ’ αὐτῷ κήρυγμα τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· „ἴσχυσας μετὰ θεοῦ καὶ μετὰ ἀνθρώπων δυνατός“ (Gen. 32, 28).
45τὸ γὰρ καθ’ ἑκατέραν τάξιν εὐδοκιμῆσαι, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἀγένητον καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ γενόμενον, οὐ μικρᾶς ἐστι διανοίας, ἀλλ’, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, κόσμου καὶ θεοῦ μεθορίου· συνόλως τε προσήκει τὸν ἀστεῖον ὀπαδὸν εἶναι θεοῦ· μέλει γὰρ τῷ πάντων ἡγεμόνι καὶ πατρὶ τοῦ γενομένου.
46τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι καὶ πρὸ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου γενέσεως ἱκανὸς ἦν αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ ὁ θεὸς καὶ μετὰ τὴν τοῦ κόσμου γένεσιν ὁ αὐτὸς ἔμενεν, οὐ μεταβαλών; διὰ τί οὖν ἐποίει τὰ μὴ ὄντα; ἢ ὅτι ἀγαθὸς καὶ φιλόδωρος ἦν; εἶτ’ οὐχ ἑψόμεθα οἱ δοῦλοι τῷ δεσπότῃ, θαυμάζοντες μὲν τὸν αἴτιον ὑπερφυῶς, τῆς δὲ καθ’ αὑτοὺς φύσεως μὴ ὑπερορῶντες;
47Εἰπὼν δὲ „εὐαρέστει ἐνώπιον ἐμοῦ“ προσεπιλέγει· „καὶ γίνου ἄμεμπτος“ (Gen. 17,1), ἀκολουθίᾳ καὶ εἱρμῷ χρώμενος. μᾶλλον μὲν οὖν ἐγχείρει τοῖς καλοῖς, ἵνα εὐαρεστῇς· εἰ δὲ μή, τῶν γε ἁμαρτημάτων ἀπέχου, ἵνα μὴ τυγχάνῃς μέμψεως. ὁ μὲν γὰρ κατορθῶν ἐπαινετός, ὁ δὲ μὴ ἀδικῶν οὐ ψεκτός.
48καὶ τὸ μὲν πρεσβυτικὸν ἆθλον κατορθοῦσι πρόκειται, τὸ εὐάρεστον, τὸ δεύτερον δὲ μὴ ἁμαρτάνουσι, τὸ ἄμεμπτον. τάχα δὲ καὶ γενέσει τῇ θνητῇ τὸ μὴ διαμαρτάνειν ἴσον καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ γράφεται τῷ κατορθοῦντι. „τίς γάρ,“ ὡς ὁ Ἰώβ φησι, „καθαρὸς ἀπὸ ῥύπου, κἂν μία ἡμέρα ἐστὶν ἡ ζωή“ (Iob 14,4) ;
49ἄπειρα μέν ἐστι τὰ καταρρυπαίνοντα τὴν ψυχήν, ἅπερ ἐκνίψασθαι καὶ ἀπολούσασθαι παντελῶς οὐκ ἔνεστιν. ἀπολείπονται γὰρ ἐξ ἀνάγκης παντὶ θνητῷ συγγενεῖς κῆρες, ἃς λωφῆσαι μὲν εἰκός, ἀναιρεθῆναι δ’ εἰσάπαν ἀδύνατον.
50δίκαιον οὖν ἢ φρόνιμον ἢ σώφρονα ἢ συνόλως ἀγαθὸν τέλειον ἐν πεφυρμένῳ βίῳ ζητεῖ τις; στέργε, κἂν μὴ ἄδικον ἢ μὴ ἄφρονα ἢ μὴ ἀκόλαστον ἢ μὴ δειλὸν ἢ μὴ παντελῶς φαῦλον εὕρῃς. ἀγαπητὸν γὰρ αἱ τῶν κακιῶν ἀνατροπαί, τῶν δ’ ἀρετῶν ἡ ἐντελὴς κτῆσις ἀδύνατος ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ καθ’ ἡμᾶς.
Sections 26–50
26But do not thou think that he is in the same sense a man and the man of God; for he is said to be a man as being a possession of God, but the man of God as boasting in and being benefited by him. And if thou wishest to have God as the inheritance of thy mind, then do thou in the first place labour to become yourself an inheritance worthy of him, and thou wilt be such if thou avoidest all laws made by hands and voluntary.
27But it is not right to be ignorant of this thing either, that the statement, "I am thy God," is made by a certain figurative misuse of language rather than with strict propriety; for the living God, inasmuch as he is living, does not consist in relation to anything; for he himself is full of himself, and he is sufficient for himself, and he existed before the creation of the world, and equally after the creation of the universe;
28for he is immovable and unchangeable, having no need of any other thing or being whatever, so that all things belong to him, but, properly speaking, he does not belong to anything. And of the powers which he has extended towards creation for the advantage of the world which is thus put together, some are spoken of, as it were, in relation to these things; as for instance his kingly and his beneficent power; for he is the king of something, and the benefactor of something there being inevitably something which is ruled over and which receives the benefits.
29Akin to these powers is the creative power which is called God: for by means of this power the Father, who begot and created all things, did also disperse and arrange them; so that the expression, "I am thy God," is equivalent to, "I am thy maker and creator;"
30and it is the greatest of all possible gifts to have him for one’s maker, who has also been the maker of the whole world. The soul, indeed, of the wicked man he did not make, for wickedness is hateful to God; and the soul, which is between good and bad, he made not by himself alone, according to the most sacred historian Moses, since that, like wax, was about to receive the different impressions of good and evil.
31On which account it is said in the scriptures, "Let us make man in our own image," that if it receives a bad impression it may appear to be the work of others, but if it receives a good impression it may then appear to be the work of him who is the Creator only of what is beautiful and good. By all means, therefore, that must be a good man to whom he says, "I am thy God," as he has had him alone for his creator without the co-operation of any other being.
32Moreover he brings up with this that doctrine which is established in many other passages, showing that God is the creator only of those men who are virtuous and wise; and the whole of this company has voluntarily deprived itself of the abundant possession of external things, and has neglected those things which are dear to the flesh.
33For the athletes of vigorous health and high spirit have erected their servile bodies as a sort of fortification against the soul, but those men who have been devoted to the pursuit of instruction, and who are pale, and weak, and emaciated, having overloaded the vigour of the body with the powers of the soul, and, if one must tell the plain truth, being entirely dissolved into one species of soul, have through the energy of their minds become quite disentangled from the body.
34Therefore that which is earthly is very naturally destroyed and overwhelmed when the entire mind resolves in every particular to make itself acceptable to God. But the race of these persons is rare and scarcely to be found, and one may almost say is unable to exist; and the following oracle, which is given with respect to Enoch, proves this: "Enoch pleased God, and he was not found;"
35for by what kind of contemplation could a man attain to this good thing? What seas must he cross over? What islands, or what continents, must he visit? Must he dwell among the Greeks or among the barbarians?
36Are there not even to the present day some of those persons who have attained to perfection in philosophy, who say that there is no such thing as wisdom in the world, since there is also no such thing as a wise man? for that from the very beginning of the creation of mankind up to the present moment, there has never been any one who could be considered entirely blameless, for that it is impossible for a man who is bound up in a mortal body to be entirely and altogether happy.
37Now whether these things are said correctly we will consider at the proper time: but at present let us stick to the subject before us, and follow the scripture, and say that there is such a thing as wisdom existing, and that he who loves wisdom is wise. But though the wise man has thus an actual existence he has escaped the notice of us who are wicked: for what is good will not unite with what is bad.
38On this account it is that "the disposition which pleased God was not found;" as if in truth it had a real existence, but was concealed and had fled away to avoid any meeting in the same place with us, since it is said to have been translated; the meaning of which expression is that it emigrated and departed from its sojourn in this mortal life, to an abode in immortal life.
39These men then, being mad with this divinely inspired madness, were made more ferocious; but there are others who are companions of a more manageable and humanised wisdom. By those men piety is practised to a most eminent degree, and the observance due to man is not neglected. And the sacred oracles are witnesses of this in which Abraham is addressed (the words being put in the mouth of God), "Thou shalt be pleasing in my sight," that is to say, thou shalt be pleasing, not only to me but also to my works, in my eyes as judge, and overseer, and superintendant;
40for if you honour your parents, or show mercy to the poor, or do good to your friends, or fight in defence of your country, or pay proper attention to the common principles of justice towards all men, you most certainly are pleasing to those with whom you associate, and you are also acceptable in the sight of God: for he sees all things with an eye which never slumbers, and he unites to himself with especial favour all that is good, and that he accepts and embraces.
41Therefore the practiser of virtue, even while praying, proves the very same thing, saying, "The God to whom my fathers were acceptable," and he adds also the words "before him," for the sake of giving you to know the difference, the real practical difference between the expression, "to please God," by itself, and the same words with the addition of the sentence, "before him." For the one expression gives both meanings, and the other only one.
42Thus also Moses, in his exhortatory admonitions, recommends his disciples such and such things, saying, "Thou shalt do what is pleasing before the Lord thy God," as if he were to say, Do such things as shall be worthy to appear before God, and what he when he sees them will accept. And these things are wont to appear equally pure both externally and internally.
43And proceeding onwards from thence he wove the tent of the tabernacle with two boundaries of space, placing a veil between the two, in order to separate what is within from what is without. And also he gilded the sacred ark, the place wherein the laws were kept, both within and without; and he gave the great high priest two robes, the inner one made of linen, and the other one beautifully embroidered, with one robe reaching to the feet.
44For these and such things as these are symbols of the soul which in its inner parts shows itself pure towards God, and in its exterior parts shows itself without reproach in reference to the world which is perceptible to the outward senses and to this life: with great felicity therefore was this said to the victorious wrestler, when he was about to have his brows crowned with the garlands of victory: and the declaration made with respect to him was of the following tenor, "You have been mightily powerful both with God and with men;"
45for to have a good reputation with both classes, namely, with the uncreated God and with the creature, is the task of no small mind, but, if one must say the truth, it is one fit for that which is in the confines between the world and God. In short, it is necessary that the good man should be an attendant of God, for the creature is an object of care to the Ruler and Father of the universe;
46for who is there who does not know, that even before the creation of the world God was himself sufficient to himself, and that he remained as much a friend as before after the creation of the world, without having undergone any change? Why then did he make what did not exist before? Because he was good and bounteous. Shall we not then, we who are slaves, follow our master, admiring, in an exceeding degree, the great first Cause of all things, and not altogether despising our own nature?
47But after he has said, "Be thou pleasing to me before me," he adds further, "and be thou blameless," using here a natural consequence and connection of the previous sentence. Do thou therefore all the more apply thyself to what is good that thou mayest be pleasing; and if thou canst not be pleasing, at all events abstain from open sins, that thou mayest not incur reproach. For he who does right is praiseworthy, and he who avoids doing wrong is not to be blamed.
48And the most important prize is assigned to those who do right, namely, the prize of feeling that they are acceptable to God: but the second prize belongs to those who do no sin, that, namely, of avoiding blame; and, perhaps, in the case of the mortal race of mankind, the doing no sin is set down as equivalent to doing right; for who, as Job says, is "pure from pollution, even if his life be but one single day long?"
49In fact, the things which pollute the soul are infinite in number, and it is impossible completely to wash them away and to efface their stains; for there are, of necessity, left disasters which are akin to every mortal man, which it is natural indeed to weaken, but impossible wholly to eradicate.
50Does any one therefore seek a just, or prudent, or temperate, or, in short, any perfectly good man, in this confused life? Be content if you find one who is not wholly unjust, or foolish, or intemperate, or cowardly, or who is not utterly worthless; for the avoidance of evil is a thing with which to be content, but the complete acquisition of the virtues is unattainable to any man, such as is endowed with our nature.
Sections 51–75
51εὐλόγως οὖν ἔφη· „γίνου ἄμεμπτος“ (Gen. 17, 1), μέγα πλεονέκτημα πρὸς εὐδαίμονα βίον ὑπολαβὼν εἶναι τὸ ἀναμάρτητον καὶ ἀνυπαίτιον. τῷ δὲ ᾑρημένῳ ζῆν τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον καὶ κλῆρον κατὰ διαθήκας ἀπολείψειν ὁμολογεῖ τὸν ἁρμόζοντα δοῦναι μὲν θεῷ, λαβεῖν δὲ σοφῷ.
52φησὶ γάρ· „θήσω τὴν διαθήκην μου ἀνὰ μέσον ἐμοῦ καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον σοῦ“ (Gen. 17, 2). διαθῆκαι δὲ ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ γράφονται τῶν δωρεᾶς ἀξίων, ὥστε σύμβολον εἶναι διαθήκην χάριτος, ἣν μέσην ἔθηκεν ὁ θεὸς ἑαυτοῦ τε ὀρέγοντος καὶ ἀνθρώπου λαμβάνοντος.
53ὑπερβολὴ δὲ εὐεργεσίας τοῦτό ἐστι, μὴ εἶναι θεοῦ καὶ ψυχῆς μέσον, ὅτι μὴ τὴν παρθένον χάριτα. τὸν δὲ περὶ διαθηκῶν σύμπαντα λόγον ἐν δυσὶν ἀναγέγραφα συντάξεσι καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ παλινῳδεῖν ἑκὼν ὑπερβαίνω καὶ ἅμα μὴ βουλόμενος ἀπαρτᾶν τὸ συμφυὲς τῆς πραγματείας.
54Λέγεται δ’ ἑξῆς· „ἔπεσεν Ἀβραὰμ ἐπὶ πρόσωπον“ (ibid. 3). ἆρ’ οὐκ ἔμελλεν ὑποσχέσεσι θείαις γνῶναί τε ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὴν τοῦ θνητοῦ γένους οὐδένειαν καὶ πεσεῖν παρὰ τὸν ἑστῶτα εἰς ἔνδειξιν τῆς ὑπολήψεως, ἣν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ τε ἔσχε καὶ θεοῦ, ὅτι ὁ μὲν κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἑστὼς κινεῖ τὴν σύμπασαν στάσιν, οὐ διὰ τῶν σκελῶν — οὐ γὰρ ἀνθρωπόμορφος —,
55ἀλλὰ τὴν ἄτρεπτον καὶ ἀμετάβλητον ἐμφαίνουσαν, ὁ δ’ οὐδέποτε ἐν ταὐτῷ βεβαίως ἱδρυμένος ἄλλοτε ἀλλοίας δέχεται μεταβολὰς καὶ ὑποσκελιζόμενος, ὁ δυστυχής, — ὄλισθος γὰρ σύμπας ὁ βίος ἐστὶν αὐτῷ — μέγα πτῶμα πίπτει;
56ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν ἄκων ἀμαθής, ὁ δ’ ἑκὼν εὐάγωγος· οὗ χάριν καὶ ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πεσεῖν λέγεται, ἐπὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις, ἐπὶ τὸν λόγον, ἐπὶ τὸν νοῦν, μονονοὺ βοῶν καὶ κεκραγώς, ὅτι πέπτωκε μὲν αἴσθησις ἐξ αὑτῆς ἀδυνατοῦσα αἰσθάνεσθαι, εἰ μὴ προμηθείᾳ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἀνεγερθείη πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὑποκειμένων σωμάτων ἀντίληψιν, πέπτωκε δὲ καὶ ὁ λόγος ἑρμηνεῦσαί τι τῶν ὄντων ἀδυνατῶν, εἰ μὴ διανοίξας τὸ στόμα καὶ τὴν γλῶτταν ἀρθρώσας ὁ τὸ φωνητήριον ὄργανον κατεσκευακὼς καὶ ἁρμοσάμενος πλήξειε τοὺς φθόγγους μουσικῶς, πέπτωκε δὲ καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς νοῦς τὰς καταλήψεις ἀφῃρημένος, εἰ μὴ πάλιν αὐτὸν ἐγείρας ὁ ζῳοπλάστης ἱδρύσαιτο καὶ ἐνομματώσας ὀξυδερκέσι κόραις ἀγάγοι πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἀσωμάτων θέαν πραγμάτων.
57Ἀγάμενος οὖν τὸν αὑτὸν ἀποδιδράσκοντα τρόπον καὶ ἑκούσιον πτῶμα πίπτοντα διὰ τὴν ὁμολογίαν ἣν ὡμολόγησε περὶ τοῦ ὄντος, ὅτι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἑστὼς ἓν ἦν ἄρα, τῶν μετ’ αὐτὸ τροπὰς καὶ μεταβολὰς παντοίας ἐνδεχομένων, ἐνηχεῖ τε καὶ λόγου μεταδίδωσι φάσκων· „κἀγώ, ἰδοὺ ἡ διαθήκη μου μετὰ σοῦ“ (Gen. 17,4).
58τοῦτο δὲ τοιοῦτον ὑποβάλλει νοῦν· εἴδη μὲν διαθήκης ἐστὶ πάμπολλα χάριτας καὶ δωρεὰς τοῖς ἀξίοις ἀπονέμοντα, τὸ δ’ ἀνώτατον γένος διαθηκῶν αὐτὸς ἐγώ εἰμι. δείξας γὰρ ἑαυτόν, ὡς ἐνῆν δειχθῆναι τὸν ἄδεικτον, διὰ τοῦ φάναι „κἀγὼ“ ἐπιλέγει· „ἰδοὺ ἡ διαθήκη μου“· ἡ πασῶν χαρίτων ἀρχή τε καὶ πηγὴ αὐτός εἰμι ἐγώ.
59τοῖς μὲν γὰρ δι’ ἑτέρων τὰς εὐεργεσίας εἴωθε προτείνειν ὁ θεός, γῆς, ὕδατος, ἀέρος, ἡλίου, σελήνης, οὐρανοῦ, δυνάμεων ἄλλων ἀσωμάτων, τοῖς δὲ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ μόνου, κλῆρον ἀποφήνας τῶν λαμβανόντων ἑαυτόν, οὓς εὐθέως καὶ προσρήσεως ἑτέρας ἠξίωσε.
60λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι „οὐ κληθήσεται τὸ ὄνομά σου Ἀβράμ, ἀλλ’ ἔσται τὸ ὄνομά σου Ἀβραάμ“ (Gen. 17,5). ἔνιοι μὲν οὖν τῶν φιλαπεχθημόνων καὶ μώμους ἀεὶ τοῖς ἀμώμοις προσάπτειν ἐθελόντων οὐ σώμασι μᾶλλον ἢ πράγμασι καὶ πόλεμον ἀκήρυκτον πολεμούντων τοῖς ἱεροῖς πάνθ’ ὅσα μὴ τὸ εὐπρεπὲς ἐν λόγῳ διασῴζειν δοκεῖ σύμβολα φύσεως τῆς ἀεὶ κρύπτεσθαι φιλούσης ὑπάρχοντα μετὰ ἀκριβοῦς ἐρεύνης φαυλίσαντες ἐπὶ διαβολῇ προφέρουσι, διαφερόντως δὲ τὰς τῶν ὀνομάτων μεταθέσεις.
61καὶ πρῴην ἤκουσα χλευάζοντος καὶ κατακερτομοῦντος ἀνδρὸς ἀθέου καὶ ἀσεβοῦς, ὃς ἐτόλμα λέγειν· μεγάλαι δὴ καὶ ὑπερβάλλουσαι δωρεαί, ἅς φησι Μωυσῆς τὸν ἡγεμόνα τῶν ὅλων ὀρέγειν· στοιχείου γὰρ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἄλφα, [στοιχείῳ περιττεύει] καὶ πάλιν ἑτέρᾳ προσθέσει τοῦ ῥῶ θαυμαστὴν ἡλίκην ἔδοξεν εὐεργεσίαν παρεσχῆσθαι * * * τὴν Ἀβρὰμ γυναῖκα Σάραν Σάρραν ὠνόμασε δὶς τὸ ῥῶ παραλαβών· καὶ ὅσα ὁμοιότροπα συνείρων ἀπνευστὶ καὶ ἐπισαρκάζων ἅμα διεξῄει.
62τῆς μὲν οὖν φρενοβλαβείας οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἔδωκε τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν δίκην· ἀπὸ γὰρ μικρᾶς καὶ τῆς τυχούσης προφάσεως ἐπ’ ἀγχόνην ᾖξεν, ἵν’ ὁ μιαρὸς καὶ δυσκάθαρτος μηδὲ καθαρῷ θανάτῳ τελευτήσῃ. δικαίως δ’ ἂν ἡμεῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ καὶ ἕτερον τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἁλῶναι τὰς ὑπονοίας ἐκκόψαιμεν, φυσιολογοῦντες καὶ ἀποδεικνύντες τὰ λεγόμενα ταῦτα πάσης ἐπάξια σπουδῆς.
63οὐ γὰρ γράμματα ἄφωνα ἢ φωνήεντα ἢ συνόλως ῥήματα καὶ ὀνόματα χαρίζεται ὁ θεός, ὁπότε καὶ γεννήσας φυτά τε αὖ καὶ ζῷα ἐκάλεσεν ὡς πρὸς ἡγεμόνα τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ὃν ἐκ πάντων δι’ ἐπιστήμην ἐχώρισεν, ἵν’ ἑκάστοις τὰ οἰκεῖα ὀνόματα θῆται· „πᾶν“ γάρ φησιν „ὃ ἂν ἐκάλεσεν ὁ Ἀδάμ, τοῦτο ὄνομα τοῦ κληθέντος ἦν“ (Gen. 2,19).
64εἶθ’ ὅπου οὐδὲ τὰς ὁλοκλήρους θέσεις τῶν ὀνομάτων ὁ θεὸς ἠξίωσεν ἐπιφημίζειν, ἐπιτρέψας ἀνδρὶ σοφῷ, τῷ γένους ἀνθρώπων ἀρχηγέτῃ, τὸ ἔργον, ὑπονοεῖν ἄξιον, ὅτι μέρη τῶν ὀνομάτων ἢ συλλαβὰς ἢ γράμματα, οὐ φωνήεντα μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄφωνα, αὐτὸς προσετίθει καὶ μεθήρμοζε, καὶ ταῦτ’ ἐπὶ προφάσει δωρεᾶς καὶ ὑπερβαλλούσης εὐεργεσίας; οὐκ ἔστιν εἰπεῖν.
65ἀλλὰ τὰ τοιαῦτα χαρακτῆρες δυνάμεών εἰσι, βραχεῖς μεγάλων, αἰσθητοὶ νοητῶν, φανεροὶ ἀδήλων· αἱ δὲ δυνάμεις ἐν δόγμασιν ἀρίστοις, ἐν ἀψευδέσι καὶ καθαραῖς ὑπολήψεσιν, ἐν ψυχῆς βελτιώσεσιν ἐξετάζονται. τὸν δὲ ἔλεγχον λαμβάνειν εὐμαρὲς τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιησαμένοις ἀπὸ τοῦ νυνὶ μετονομασθέντος.
66Ἀβρὰμ γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται μετέωρος πατήρ, Ἀβραὰμ δὲ πατὴρ ἐκλεκτὸς ἠχοῦς. ᾗ δὲ διαφέρει ταῦτ’ ἀλλήλων, εἰσόμεθα σαφέστερον, ἐπειδὰν τὸ δηλούμενον ὑφ’ ἑκατέρου πρότερον ἀναγνῶμεν.
67μετέωρον τοίνυν ἀλληγοροῦντές φαμεν τὸν ἀπὸ γῆς ἑαυτὸν εἰς ὕψος αἴροντα καὶ ἐπισκοποῦντα τὰ μετάρσια, μετεωροπόλον τε καὶ μετεωρολογικόν, ἐρευνῶντα τί ἡλίου μέγεθος, τίνες αὐτοῦ φοραί, πῶς τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας διανέμει προσιὼν καὶ ἐξαναχωρῶν πάλιν ἰσοταχέσι ταῖς ἀνακυκλήσεσι, καὶ σελήνης περὶ φωτισμῶν, σχηματισμῶν, μειώσεως, αὐξήσεως, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀστέρων κινήσεως, ἀπλανοῦς τε καὶ πεπλανημένης.
68ἡ γὰρ τούτων ἐξέτασις οὐκ ἀφυοῦς καὶ ἀγόνου ψυχῆς ἐστιν, ἀλλ’ ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα εὐφυοῦς καὶ δυναμένης ὁλόκληρα καὶ τέλεια γεννᾶν ἔγγονα. διὸ καὶ τὸν μετεωρολογικὸν „πατέρα“ εἶπεν, ὅτι οὐκ ἄγονος σοφίας.
69τὰ μὲν οὖν τοῦ Ἀβρὰμ σύμβολα οὕτως ἀκριβοῦται, τὰ δὲ τοῦ Ἀβραάμ, ὡς ὑποδείξομεν· ἦν δὲ τρία, πατὴρ καὶ ἐκλεκτὸς καὶ ἠχοῦς. φαμὲν δὴ τὴν μὲν ἠχὼ τὸν προφορικὸν εἶναι λόγον — τοῦ γὰρ ζῴου ἠχεῖον ὄργανόν ἐστι τὸ φωνητήριον —, τούτου δὲ πατέρα τὸν νοῦν — ἀπὸ γὰρ διανοίας ὥσπερ ἀπὸ πηγῆς φέρεται τὸ τοῦ λόγου νᾶμα —, ἐκλεκτὸν δὲ τὸν τοῦ σοφοῦ· ὅ τι γὰρ ἄριστον, ἐν τούτῳ.
70κατὰ μὲν οὖν τοὺς προτέρους χαρακτῆρας ὁ φιλομαθὴς καὶ μετεωρολέσχης ἐσκιαγραφεῖτο, κατὰ δὲ τοὺς ἀρτίως ὑποτυπωθέντας ὁ φιλόσοφος, μᾶλλον δ’ ὁ σοφὸς ἐδηλοῦτο. μηκέτ’ οὖν ὀνομάτων ἀλλαγὴν ὑπολάβῃς χαρίζεσθαι τὸ θεῖον, ἀλλὰ διὰ συμβόλων ἠθῶν ἐπανόρθωσιν.
71τὸν γὰρ πραγματευόμενον τὰ περὶ φύσεως οὐρανοῦ πρότερον, ὃν μαθηματικὸν ἔνιοι προσαγορεύουσιν, ἐπὶ τὴν μετουσίαν καλέσας ἀρετῆς σοφὸν καὶ ἀπέδειξε καὶ ὠνόμασεν, ἐπιφημίσας τὸν μεταχαραχθέντα τρόπον, ὡς μὲν Ἑβραῖοι εἴποιεν ἄν, Ἀβραάμ, ὡς δ’ ἂν Ἕλληνες, πατέρα ἐκλεκτὸν ἠχοῦς.
72τίνος γάρ, φησίν, ἕνεκα χορείας καὶ περιόδους ἀστέρων ἐρευνᾷς καὶ τοσοῦτον ἀπὸ γῆς ἄνω πρὸς αἰθέρα πεπήδηκας; ἆρ’ ἵνα αὐτὸ μόνον τὰ ἐκεῖ περιεργάσῃ; καὶ τίς ἐκ τῆς τοσαύτης περιεργίας γένοιτ’ ἂν ὠφέλεια; τίς καθαίρεσις ἡδονῆς; τίς ἐπιθυμίας ἀνατροπή; τίς λύπης ἢ φόβου κατάλυσις; ποία παθῶν, ἃ κλονεῖ καὶ συγχεῖ τὴν ψυχήν, ἐκτομή;
73καθάπερ γὰρ δένδρων οὐδὲν ὄφελος, εἰ μὴ καρπῶν οἰστικὰ γένοιτο, τὸν αὐτὸν δὴ τρόπον οὐδὲ φυσιολογίας, εἰ μὴ μέλλοι κτῆσιν ἀρετῆς ἐνεγκεῖν· ὁ γὰρ καρπὸς αὐτῆς οὗτός ἐστι.
74διὸ καὶ τῶν πάλαι τινὲς ἀγρῷ τὸν κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν ἀπεικάσαντες λόγον φυτοῖς μὲν ἐξωμοίωσαν τὸ φυσικὸν μέρος, αἱμασιαῖς δὲ καὶ περιβόλοις τὸ λογικόν, καρπῷ δὲ τὸ ἠθικόν, ὑπολαβόντες καὶ τὰ ἐν κύκλῳ τείχη φυλακῆς ἕνεκα τοῦ καρποῦ κατεσκευάσθαι πρὸς τῶν ἐχόντων καὶ τὰ φυτὰ δεδημιουργῆσθαι γενέσεως καρποῦ χάριν.
75οὕτως οὖν ἔφασαν καὶ ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ δεῖν τήν τε φυσικὴν καὶ λογικὴν πραγματείαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἠθικὴν ἀναφέρεσθαι, ᾗ βελτιοῦται τὸ ἦθος κτήσεως ὁμοῦ καὶ χρήσεως ἀρετῆς ἐφιέμενον.
Sections 51–75
51It was therefore with great reason that it was said, "and be thou blameless," the speaker thinking that it is a great addition towards a happy life to live without sin and without reproach; but the man who has deliberately chosen this way of life, promises to leave his inheritance in accordance with the covenant, such as is becoming to God to give, and to a wise man to accept,
52for he says, "I will place my covenant between me and between thee;" and covenants and testaments are written for the advantage of those who are worthy of the gift, so that a testament is a symbol of grace, which God has placed between himself who proffers it and man who receives it;
53and this is the very extravagance of beneficence, that there is nothing between God and the soul except his own virgin grace. And I have written two commentaries on the whole discussion concerning testaments, and for that reason I now deliberately pass over that subject, for the sake of not appearing to repeat what I have said before; and also at the same time, because I do not wish here to interrupt the connected course of this discussion.
54And immediately afterwards it is said, "And Abraham fell on his face:" was he not about, in accordance with the divine promises, to recognize himself and the nothingness of the race of mankind, and so to fall down before him who stood firm, by way of displaying the conception which he entertained of himself and of God? Forsooth that God, standing always in the same place, moves the whole composition of the world, not by means of his legs, for he has not the form of a man, but by showing his unalterable and immovable essence.
55But man, being never settled firmly in the same place, admits of different changes at different times, and being tripped up, miserable man that he is (for, in fact, his whole life is one continued stumble), he meets with a terrible fall;
56but he who does this against his will is ignorant, and he who does it voluntarily is docile; on which account he is said to fall on his face, that is to say, in his outward senses, in his speech, in his mind, all but crying out loudly and shouting that the outward sense has fallen, inasmuch as it was unable, by itself, to feel as it should, if it had not been aroused by the providence of the Saviour, to take hold of the bodies which lay in its way. And speech too has fallen, being unable to give a proper explanation of anything in existence, unless he who originally made and adapted the organ of the voice, having opened its mouth and enabled its tongue to articulate, should strike it so as to produce harmonious sounds. Moreover, the king of all the mind has fallen, being deprived of its comprehension, unless the Creator of all living things were again to raise it up and re-establish it, and furnishing it with the most acutely seeing eyes, to lead it to a sight of incorporeal things.
57Therefore admiring this same disposition when thus taking to flight, and submitting to a voluntary fall by reason of the confession which it had made respecting the living God, namely, that he stands in truth and is one only, while all other things beneath him are subject to all kinds of motions and alterations, he speaks to it, and allows it to enter into conversation with him, saying, "And I, behold my covenant is with thee."
58And this expression conceals beneath its figurative words such a meaning as this: There are very many kinds of covenants, which distribute graces and gifts to those who are worthy to receive them; but the highest kind of covenant of all is I myself: for God, having displayed himself as far as it was possible for that being to be displayed who cannot be shown by the words which he has used, adds further, "And I too, behold my covenant;" the beginning and fountain of all graces is I myself.
59For on some persons God is in the habit of bestowing his graces by the intervention of others; as, for instance, through the medium of earth, water, air, the sun, the moon, heaven, and other incorporeal powers. But he bestows them on others through himself alone, exhibiting himself as the inheritance of those who receive him, whom from that he thinks worthy of another appellation:
60for it is said in the scripture, "Thy name shall not be called Abram, but Abraham shall thy name be." Some, then, of those persons who are fond of disputes, and who are always eager to affix a stain upon what is irreproachable, on things as well as bodies, and who wage an implacable war against sacred things, while they calumniate everything which does not appear to preserve strict decorum in speech, being the symbols of nature which is always fond of being concealed, perverting it all so as to give it a worse appearance after a very accurate investigation, do especially find fault with the changes of names.
61And it is only lately that I heard an ungodly and impious man mocking and ridiculing these things, who ventured to say, "Surely they are great and exceeding gifts which Moses says that the Ruler of the universe offers, who, by the addition of one element, the one letter alpha, a superfluous element; and then again adding another element, the letter rho, appears to have bestowed upon men a most marvellous and great benefit; for he has called the wife of Abram Sarrah instead of Sarah, doubling the Rho," and connecting a number of similar arguments without drawing breath, and joking and mocking, he went through many instances.
62But at no distant period he suffered a suitable punishment for his insane wickedness; for on a very slight and ordinary provocation he hanged himself, in order that so polluted and impure a person might not die by a pure and unpolluted death. But we may justly, in order to prevent any one else from falling into the same error, eradicate the erroneous notions which have been formed on the subject, arguing the matter on the principle of natural philosophy, and proving that these things which are here said are worthy of all attention.
63God does not bestow on men mutes and vowels, or, in short, nouns and verbs; since when he created plants and animals, he summoned them before man as their governor, that he might give each of them their appropriate names by a reference to the knowledge which he had of all things; for, says the scripture, "Whatever Adam called any thing, that was the name thereof."
64Therefore since God did not think fit to take upon himself even the active imposition of the names, but entrusted the task to a wise man, the author of the whole race of mankind, is it reasonable to suppose that he himself gave and arranged the different parts, and syllables, and letters of nouns, disposing not only the vowels, but even the mutes, and that he did this too to make a show of liberality and exceeding beneficence? It is impossible to say so.
65But such things as these are the characteristic marks of different powers; small marks of great powers, marks perceptible by the outward senses of powers appreciable only by the intellect, manifest marks of powers which are indistinct; and the powers themselves are discerned in most excellent doctrines, in true and pure conceptions, in the improvement of souls. And it is easy to see a proof of this if we make a beginning with the man who is here spoken of as having his name changed;
66for the name Abram, being interpreted, means "sublime father," but Abraham means the "elect father of sound;" and how these names differ from one another we shall know more clearly if we first of all read what is exhibited under each of them.
67Now using allegorical language, we call that man sublime who raises himself from the earth to a height, and who devotes himself to the inspection of high things; and we also call him a haunter of high regions, and a meteorologist, inquiring what is the magnitude of the sun, what are his motions, how he influences the seasons of the year, advancing as he does and retreating back again, with revolutions of equal speed, and investigating as he does the subjects of the radiance of the moon, of its shape, of its waning, of its increase, and of the motion of the other stars, whether fixed or wandering;
68for the inquiry into these matters belongs not to an ill-conditioned or barren soul, but to one which is eminently endowed by nature, and which is able to produce an entire and perfect offspring; on which account the scripture calls the meteorologist "father," inasmuch as he is not unproductive of wisdom.
69Now the symbols represented by the name of Abram are thus accurately defined; those conveyed under the name of Abraham are such as we shall proceed to demonstrate. The meanings now are three, "the father," and "elect," and "of sound." Now by the word "sound" here, we mean uttered speech; for the sounding organ of the living animal is the organ of speech. Of this faculty we say that the father is the mind, for it is from the mind, as from a fountain, that the stream of speech proceeds. The word "elect" belongs to the mind of the wise man, for whatever is most excellent is found in him;
70therefore the man devoted to learning and occupied in the contemplation of sublime subjects, was sketched out according to the former characteristic marks, but the philosopher, or I should rather say the wise man, was exhibited in accordance with those of which we have just given an outline. Think not, then, any longer that the Deity bestows a change of names, but consider that what he gives is a correction of the moral character by means of symbols;
71for having invited the man who formerly busied himself about the subject of the nature of heaven, and whom some call a mathematician, to a participation in virtue, he made him wise and called him so. For having given an appropriate name to his transformed disposition, he named him, as the Hebrews would call it, "Abraham," but in the language of the Greeks, "the elect father of sound;"
72for says he, On what account dost thou investigate the motions and periods of the stars? and why hast thou bounded up so high from the earth to the heavens? Is it merely that you may indulge your curiosity with respect to those matters? And what advantage could accrue to you from all this curiosity? What destruction of pleasure would it cause? What defeat of appetite? What dissolution of pain or fear? What eradication of the passions which disturb and agitate the soul?
73For as there is no advantage in trees unless they are productive of fruit, so in the same way there is no use in the study of natural philosophy unless it is likely to confer upon a man the acquisition of virtue, for that is its proper fruit.
74On which account some of the ancients have compared the discussion and consideration of philosophy to a field, and have likened the physical portion of it to the plants, the logical part to the hedges and fences, the moral part to the fruit,
75thinking that the walls which are built around for the sake of protecting the fruit have been erected by the possessors of the land, and that the plants have been created for the sake of the production of fruit; thus, therefore, they said that in philosophy it is requisite for the consideration of the physical and the logical part of philosophy to be referred to the moral part, by which the moral character is improved, which has a desire at the same time for both the acquisition and the use of virtue.
Sections 76–100
76τοιαῦτα ἐδιδάχθημεν περὶ τοῦ λόγῳ μὲν μετονομασθέντος, ἔργῳ δὲ μεταβαλόντος ἀπὸ φυσιολογίας πρὸς τὴν ἠθικὴν φιλοσοφίαν καὶ μεταναστάντος ἀπὸ τῆς περὶ τὸν κόσμον θεωρίας πρὸς τὴν τοῦ πεποιηκότος ἐπιστήμην, ἐξ ἧς εὐσέβειαν, κτημάτων τὸ κάλλιστον, ἐκτήσατο.
77τὰ δὲ περὶ τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ Σάρας νῦν ἐροῦμεν· καὶ γὰρ αὕτη μετονομάζεται εἰς Σάρραν κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ἑνὸς στοιχείου πρόσθεσιν τοῦ ῥῶ. τὰ μὲν οὖν ὀνόματα ταῦτα, τὰ δὲ τυγχάνοντα μηνυτέον· ἑρμηνεύεται Σάρα μὲν ἀρχή μου, Σάρρα δὲ ἄρχουσα.
78τὸ μὲν οὖν πρότερον εἰδικῆς σύμβολον ἀρετῆς ἐστι, τὸ δ’ ὕστερον γενικῆς. ὅσῳ δὲ γένος εἴδους διαφέρει κατὰ τὸ ἔλαττον, τοσούτῳ τὸ δεύτερον ὄνομα τοῦ προτέρου· τὸ μὲν γὰρ εἶδος καὶ βραχὺ καὶ φθαρτόν, τὸ δὲ γένος πολύ τε αὖ καὶ ἄφθαρτον.
79βούλεται δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἀντὶ μικρῶν καὶ φθαρτῶν μεγάλα καὶ ἀθάνατα χαρίζεσθαι, καὶ ἐμπρεπὲς αὐτῷ τὸ ἔργον. ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῷ σπουδαίῳ φρόνησις αὐτοῦ μόνου ἐστὶν ἀρχή, καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοι ὁ ἔχων, εἰ λέγοι· ἀρχή μού ἐστιν ἡ ἐν ἐμοὶ φρόνησις· ἡ δὲ ταύτην τυπώσασα, ἡ γενικὴ φρόνησις, οὐκέτι τοῦ δεῖνός ἐστιν ἀρχή, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἀρχή.
80τοιγαροῦν ἐκείνη μὲν ἡ ἐν εἴδει τῷ ἔχοντι συμφθαρήσεται, ἡ δὲ σφραγῖδος τρόπον αὐτὴν τυπώσασα παντὸς ἀπηλλαγμένη θνητοῦ διατελέσει πρὸς αἰῶνα ἄφθαρτος. οὕτω καὶ τῶν τεχνῶν αἱ μὲν ἐν εἴδει συναπόλλυνται τοῖς κτησαμένοις, γεωμέτραις, γραμματικοῖς, μουσικοῖς· αἱ δὲ γενικαὶ μένουσιν ἀνώλεθροι. προσυπογράφει δὲ ἀναδιδάσκων ἐν ταὐτῷ, ὅτι καὶ πᾶσα ἀρετὴ βασιλίς ἐστι καὶ ἄρχουσα καὶ ἡγεμονεύουσα τῶν κατὰ τὸν βίον πραγμάτων.
81Ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Ἰακὼβ μετονομάζεσθαι συμβέβηκεν εἰς τὸν Ἰσραήλ, οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ. διὰ τί; ὅτι ὁ μὲν Ἰακὼβ πτερνιστής, ὁ δὲ Ἰσραὴλ ὁρῶν τὸν θεὸν καλεῖται. πτερνιστοῦ μὲν οὖν ἔργον ἀσκοῦντος ἀρετὴν τὰς βάσεις τοῦ πάθους, αἷς ἐφίδρυται, καὶ εἴ τι ὀχυρὸν καὶ ἱδρυμένον ἐν αὐταῖς κινεῖν καὶ σαλεύειν καὶ ἀνατρέπειν — ταῦτα δὲ οὐ δίχα ἀγωνίας ἀκονιτὶ φιλεῖ γίνεσθαι, ἀλλ’ ἐπειδάν τις τοὺς φρονήσεως ἄθλους διαθλῶν γυμνάζηταί τε τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς γυμνάσματα καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιπάλους καὶ τραχηλίζοντας αὐτὴν λογισμοὺς παλαίῃ —, τοῦ δὲ τὸν θεὸν ὁρῶντος τὸ μὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀγῶνος ἀστεφάνωτον ἐξελθεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ βραβεῖα ἄρασθαι.
82τίς δ’ ἂν εὐανθέστερος καὶ ἐπιτηδειότερος πλέκοιτο νικηφόρῳ ψυχῇ στέφανος ἢ δι’ οὗ τὸν ὄντα δυνήσεται θεωρεῖν ὀξυδερκῶς; καλόν γε ἀσκητικῇ ψυχῇ πρόκειται τὸ ἆθλον, ἐνομματωθῆναι πρὸς τὴν τοῦ μόνου θέας ἀξίου τηλαυγῆ κατανόησιν.
83ἄξιον δὲ ἀπορῆσαι, διὰ τί ὁ μὲν Ἀβραάμ, ἀφ’ οὗ μετωνομάσθη, τῆς αὐτῆς προσρήσεως ἀξιοῦται μηκέτι καλούμενος ὀνόματι τῷ προτέρῳ, ὁ δὲ Ἰακὼβ προσρηθεὶς Ἰσραὴλ οὐδὲν ἧττον αὖθις πάλιν Ἰακὼβ ἐπὶ πλέον ὀνομάζεται. λεκτέον οὖν ὅτι καὶ ταῦτα χαρακτῆρές εἰσιν, οἷς ἡ διδακτικὴ τῆς ἀσκητικῆς ἀρετῆς διαφέρει.
84ὁ μὲν γὰρ διδασκαλίᾳ βελτιωθείς, εὐμοίρου λαχὼν φύσεως, ἣ περιποιεῖ τὸ ἄληστον αὐτῷ διὰ συνεργοῦ μνήμης, μονῇ χρῆται, ὧν ἔμαθεν ἀπρὶξ ἐπειλημμένος καὶ βεβαίως περιεχόμενος· ὁ δ’ ἀσκητὴς ἐπειδὰν γυμνάσηται συντόνως, διαπνεῖ πάλιν καὶ ὑπανίεται, συλλεγόμενος καὶ ἀνακτώμενος τὴν ἐκ τοῦ πονεῖν τεθρυμμένην δύναμιν, καθάπερ καὶ οἱ τὰ σώματα ἀλειφόμενοι· καὶ γὰρ οὗτοι περὶ τὴν ἄσκησιν καμόντες, ὡς μὴ κατὰ τὸ παντελὲς αὐτοῖς ἀπορραγεῖεν αἱ δυνάμεις διὰ τὸ σφοδρὸν καὶ σύντονον τῆς ἀθλήσεως, ἔλαιον ἐπιχέουσιν.
85εἶθ’ ὁ μὲν διδαχθεὶς ἀθανάτῳ χρώμενος ὑποβολεῖ τὴν ὠφέλειαν ἔναυλον καὶ ἀθάνατον ἴσχει, μὴ τρεπόμενος· ὁ δ’ ἀσκητὴς καὶ τὸ ἑκούσιον ἔχων αὐτὸ μόνον καὶ τοῦτο γυμνάζων καὶ συγκροτῶν, ἵνα τὸ οἰκεῖον πάθος τῷ γενητῷ καταβάλῃ, κἂν τελειωθῇ, καμὼν πρὸς τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἐπάνεισι γένος.
86τλητικώτερος μὲν γὰρ οὗτος, εὐτυχέστερος δ’ ἐκεῖνος· ὁ μὲν γὰρ χρῆται διδασκάλῳ ἑτέρῳ, ὁ δ’ ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ ζητεῖ τε καὶ σκέπτεται καὶ πολυπραγμονεῖ, μετὰ σπουδῆς ἐρευνῶν τὰ φύσεως, ἀδιαστάτῳ χρώμενος καὶ συνεχεῖ πόνῳ.
87διὰ τοῦτο τὸν μὲν Ἀβραάμ, ἐπειδὴ μένειν ἔμελλεν ἐν ὁμοίῳ, μετωνόμασεν ὁ ἄτρεπτος θεός, ἵν’ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἑστῶτος καὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχοντος τὸ μέλλον στήσεσθαι παγίως ἱδρυθῇ, τὸν δὲ Ἰακὼβ ἄγγελος ὑπηρέτης τοῦ θεοῦ, λόγος, ἵν’ ὁμολογηθῇ μηδὲν εἶναι τῶν μετὰ τὸ ὂν ἀκλινοῦς καὶ ἀρρεποῦς αἴτιον βεβαιότητος, ἀλλ’ ἁρμονίας τῆς ὡς ἐν ὀργάνῳ μουσικῷ περιεχούσης ἐπιτάσεις καὶ ἀνέσεις φθόγγων πρὸς τὴν τοῦ μέλους ἔντεχνον κρᾶσιν.
88Ἀλλὰ τριῶν ὄντων τοῦ γένους ἀρχηγετῶν, οἱ μὲν ἄκροι μετωνομάσθησαν, Ἀβραάμ τε καὶ Ἰακώβ, ὁ δὲ μέσος Ἰσαὰκ τῆς αὐτῆς ἔλαχεν εἰς ἀεὶ προσρήσεως. διὰ τί; ὅτι ἡ μὲν διδακτικὴ ἀρετὴ καὶ ἀσκητικὴ δέχονται τὰ πρὸς βελτίωσιν — ἐφίεται γὰρ δὴ ὁ μὲν διδασκόμενος ἐπιστήμης ὧν ἀγνοεῖ, ὁ δὲ ἀσκήσει χρώμενος στεφάνων καὶ τῶν προκειμένων ἄθλων φιλοπόνῳ καὶ φιλοθεάμονι ψυχῇ —, τὸ δ’ αὐτοδίδακτον καὶ αὐτομαθὲς γένος, ἅτε φύσει μᾶλλον ἢ ἐπιτηδεύσει συνιστάμενον, ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἴσον καὶ τέλειον καὶ ἄρτιον ἠνέχθη, μηδενὸς ἐνδέοντος τῶν εἰς πλήρωσιν ἀριθμοῦ.
89ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὁ τῶν τοῦ σώματος ἐπιτηδείων προστάτης Ἰωσήφ· ἀλλάττει γὰρ τοὔνομα, Ψονθομφανὴχ ὑπὸ τοῦ τῆς χώρας βασιλέως ἐπικληθείς (Gen. 41,45). ὃν δὲ λόγον ἔχει καὶ ταῦτα, μηνυτέον. Ἰωσὴφ ἑρμηνεύεται πρόσθεμα· προσθήκη δ’ ἐστὶ τῶν φύσει τὰ θέσει, χρυσός, ἄργυρος, κτήματα, πρόσοδοι, οἰκετῶν θεραπεῖαι, κειμηλίων καὶ ἐπίπλων καὶ τῆς ἄλλης περιουσίας ἄφθονοι ὗλαι, τῶν ἡδονῆς ποιητικῶν ἀμήχανοι τὸ πλῆθος παρασκευαί.
90ὧν τὸν ποριστὴν καὶ ἐπιμελητὴν Ἰωσὴφ ὀνόματι εὐθυβόλῳ καλεῖσθαι συμβέβηκε πρόσθεμα, ἐπεὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν ἐπεισοδιαζομένων καὶ προστιθεμένων τοῖς κατὰ φύσιν προστασίαν ἀνῆπται. μαρτυροῦσι δ’ οἱ χρησμοὶ δηλοῦντες ὅτι τὰς τροφὰς τῆς σωματικῆς χώρας ἁπάσης, Αἰγύπτου, θησαυρισάμενος ἐσιτάρχει (Gen. 41,
9148). τοιοῦτος μέν τις ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἐκ τῶν γνωρισμάτων γνωρίζεται· ὁ δὲ Ψονθομφανὴχ ποῖός ἐστι, θεασώμεθα. ἑρμηνεύεται οὖν ἐν ἀποκρίσει στόμα κρῖνον. οἴεται γὰρ πᾶς ἄφρων τὸν πολυχρήματον καὶ περιρρεόμενον ταῖς ἐκτὸς οὐσίαις εὐθὺς εἶναι καὶ εὐλόγιστον, ἱκανὸν μὲν πρὸς ἃ ἂν πύθηταί τις ἀποκρίνασθαι, ἱκανὸν δὲ καὶ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ γνώμας εἰσηγήσασθαι συμφερούσας, καὶ συνόλως τὸ φρόνιμον ἐν τῷ τυχηρῷ τίθεται, δέον ἔμπαλιν τὸ τυχηρὸν ἐν τῷ φρονίμῳ· ἄξιον γὰρ τὸ ἄστατον ὑπὸ τοῦ ἑστῶτος ἡνιοχεῖσθαι.
92καὶ μὴν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν ὁμογάστριον ὁ μὲν πατὴρ Βενιαμίν, ἡ δὲ μήτηρ υἱὸν ὀδύνης προςαγορεύει (Gen. 35,18), φυσικώτατα· μεταληφθεὶς γὰρ ὁ Βενιαμίν ἐστιν υἱὸς ἡμερῶν, ἡμέρα δὲ τῷ ἀφ’ ἡλίου αἰσθητῷ φωτὶ καταλάμπεται, τούτῳ δὲ τὴν κενὴν δόξαν ἐξομοιοῦμεν.
93ἔχει γάρ τινα λαμπρότητα αἰσθητὴν ἐν τοῖς παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν καὶ ἀγελαίων ἐπαίνοις, ἐν τοῖς γραφομένοις ψηφίσμασιν, ἐν ταῖς ἀνδριάντων καὶ εἰκόνων ἀναθέσεσιν, ἐν πορφύραις καὶ στεφάνοις χρυσοῖς, ἐν ἅρμασι καὶ τεθρίπποις καὶ παραπομπαῖς ὄχλων. ὁ τούτων οὖν ζηλωτὴς εἰκότως υἱὸς ἡμερῶν, αἰσθητοῦ φέγγους καὶ τῆς περὶ τὴν κενὴν δόξαν λαμπρότητος, ὠνομάσθη.
94τοῦτο ὁ πρεσβύτερος λόγος καὶ πατὴρ ὄντως εὐθυβόλον καὶ κύριον ὄνομα αὐτῷ τίθεται, ἡ δὲ παθοῦσα ψυχὴ τὸ ᾧ πέπονθεν ἁρμόττον· ὀδύνης γὰρ υἱὸν καλεῖ. διὰ τί; ὅτι οἱ ἐν ταῖς κεναῖς φερόμενοι δόξαις ὑπολαμβάνονται μὲν εὐδαιμονεῖν, πρὸς ἀλήθειαν δὲ κακοδαιμονοῦσι.
95τὰ γὰρ ἀντιπνέοντα πολλά, βασκανία, φθόνοι, συνεχεῖς ἔριδες, φιλονεικίαι ἀκατάλλακτοι μέχρι θανάτου, δυσμένειαι παισὶ παίδων κατὰ διαδοχὰς παραδιδόμεναι, κλῆρος οὐ κτητός. ἀναγκαίως οὖν ὁ θεοφράδμων ἐν αὐταῖς ὠδῖσιν ἀποθνῄσκουσαν,
96ἣ τίκτει κενοδοξίαν, παρέστησεν· „ἀπέθανε“ γάρ φησι „Ῥαχὴλ δυστοκήσασα“ (Gen. 35, 16. 19), ἐπειδὴ τῷ ὄντι ψυχῆς ἐστι θάνατος δόξης αἰσθητῆς καὶ κενῆς σπορά τε καὶ γέννησις.
97Τί δ’; οἱ τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ παῖδες, Ἐφραΐμ τε καὶ Μανασσῆς, οὐ πάνυ φυσικῶς ἐξωμοιοῦντο δυσὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτάτοις υἱοῖς τοῦ Ἰακώβ, Ῥουβήν τε καὶ Συμεών; λέγει γάρ· „οἱ δύο υἱοί σου, οἱ γενόμενοι ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ πρὸ τοῦ με ἐλθεῖν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ἐμοί εἰσιν· Ἐφραῒμ καὶ Μανασσῆς ὡς Ῥουβὴν καὶ Συμεὼν ἔσονταί μοι“ (Gen. 48,5). τίνα οὖν τρόπον οἱ δύο τοῖς δυσὶν ἐφαρμόζονται, θεασώμεθα.
98Ῥουβὴν μὲν σύμβολον εὐφυΐας ἐστίν — ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ ὁρῶν υἱός, ἐπειδὴ πᾶς ὁ εὐθιξίᾳ καὶ εὐφυΐᾳ χρώμενος ὁρατικός —, Ἐφραῒμ δέ, ὡς πολλάκις εἴπομεν ἐν ἑτέροις, μνήμης — μεταληφθεὶς γάρ ἐστι καρποφορία, καρπὸς δὲ ψυχῆς ἄριστος ἡ μνήμη —· συγγενὲς δὲ οὐδὲν ἕτερον οὕτως [τῷ] ἑτέρῳ, ὡς εὐφυεῖ τὸ μεμνῆσθαι.
99πάλιν ὁ Συμεὼν ὄνομα μαθήσεως καὶ διδασκαλίας ἐστίν — εἰσακοὴ γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται —, μανθάνοντος δ’ ἴδιον ἀκούειν τε καὶ προσέχειν τοῖς λεγομένοις, ὁ δὲ Μανασσῆς ἀναμνήσεως σύμβολον· καλεῖται γὰρ ἐκ λήθης.
100τῷ δ’ ἐκ λήθης ἔξω προϊόντι συμβαίνει κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον ἀναμιμνῄσκεσθαι· μαθήσεως δὲ ἀνάμνησις οἰκεῖον. πολλάκις γὰρ τοῦ μανθάνοντος ἀπορρεῖ τὰ θεωρήματα μὴ δυναμένου δι’ ἀσθένειαν κρατεῖν καὶ πάλιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑπαναπλεῖ. τὸ μὲν οὖν τῆς ἀπορροῆς πάθος ὀνομάζεται λήθη, τὸ δὲ τῆς παλιρροίας ἀνάμνησις.
Sections 76–100
76This is the lesson which we have been taught concerning the man who in word indeed had his name changed, but who in reality changed his nature from the consideration of natural to that of moral philosophy, and who abandoned the contemplation of the world itself for the knowledge of the Being who created the world; by which knowledge he acquired piety, the most excellent of all possessions.
77We will now speak of his wife, Sarah, for she too had her name changed to Sarrah by the addition of the one element, the letter rho. These, then, are the names, and we must now explain what they mean. Sarah, being interpreted, signifies "my authority," but Sarrah signifies "princess;" the former name,
78therefore, is a symbol of specific virtue, but the latter of generic virtue. But in proportion as genus is superior to species in regard of quantity, in the same proportion does the latter name excel the former; for species is something small and perishable, but genus is numerous and immortal,
79and the intention of God is to bestow great and immortal things instead of such as are small and perishable, and this is a task suited to his dignity. Now the prudence which exists in the virtuous man is the authority of himself alone, and he who has it would not err if he were to say, my authority is the prudence which is in me; but that which has stretched out this authority is generic prudence, not any longer the authority of this or that person, but absolute intrinsic authority; therefore that which exists only in species will perish at the same time with its possessor, but that which, like a seal, has stamped it with an impression, is free from all mortality, and will remain for ever and ever imperishable.
80Thus also those arts which exist only in species perish along with those who have acquired them, such as geometricians, grammarians, and musicians, but the generic arts remain exempt from destruction. And, again, he gives an additional sketch of his meaning when he teaches by the same name that every virtue is a princess, and a queen, and a ruler of all the affairs of life.
81But it has also happened that Jacob had his name changed to Israel; and this, too, was a felicitous alteration. Why so? Because the name Jacob means "a supplanter," but the name Israel signifies "the man who sees God." Now it is the employment of a supplanter, who practises virtue, to move, and disturb, and upset the foundations of passion on which it is established, and whatever there is of any strength which is founded on them. But these things are not brought about without a struggle or without severe labour; but only when any one, having gone through all the labours of prudence, then proceeds to practise himself in the exercises of the soul and to wrestle against the reasonings which are hostile to it, and which seek to torment it; but it is the part of him who sees God not to depart from the sacred contest without the crown of victory, but rather to carry off the prize of triumph.
82And what more flourishing and more suitable crown could be woven for the victorious soul than one by which it will be able acutely and clearly to behold the living God? At least a beautiful prize is thus proposed for the soul which delights in the practise of virtue, namely, the being endowed with sight adequate to the clear comprehension of the only thing which is really worth beholding.
83And it is worth while here to raise the question why Abraham, from the time that his name was changed, is always thought worthy of this same appellation, and is no longer called by his former name; but Jacob, who is also called Israel, is nevertheless called Jacob too, as he was before the change of his name; and, indeed, is called Jacob oftener than Israel. We must say, then, that these facts are characters by which it is seen that the virtue which is taught differs from that which is acquired by practise;
84for the man who is improved by instruction, having received a happy and virtuous nature, uses that virtue alone which, by means of memory co-operating with it, implants in him an absence of forgetfulness, so that he comprehends and takes firm hold of all the things which he has once learnt; but he who practises virtue, since he is continually exercising himself, stops to take breath, and relaxes his efforts for a while, collecting himself and recovering the vigour which was a little impaired by his exertions, just as those men do who have oiled their bodies for the contests in the arena. For these men, also, labouring at their training exercises, in order to prevent their powers being utterly broken down, anoint themselves with oil on account of the violent and continued nature of their exercise.
85Then the man who is improved by instruction, having an immortal monitor, receives from him a harmonious and imperishable advantage, without suffering any change; but the practiser of virtue is impelled to action by his own inclination alone, and he exercises himself in it, and labours at it in order to change that passion, which is akin to a created being; and even if he attains to perfection, he still, being fatigued, returns to his ancient kind of labour;
86for he is more inclined to endure toil, but the other is more fortunate, for he has another person as a teacher. But this man, by his own unassisted efforts, investigates, and inquires, and pushes his examination, investigating the mysteries of nature with great earnestness, and exerting continual and incessant labour.
87For this reason God, who never changes, altered the name of Abraham, since he was about to remain in a similar condition, in order that that which was to be firmly established might be confirmed by him who was standing firmly, and who was remaining in the same state in the same manner. But it was an angel who altered the name of Jacob, being the Word, the minister of God; in order that it might be confessed and ascertained, that there is none of the things whose existence is subsequent to that of the living God, which is the cause or unchangeable and unvarying firmness. ... but of that harmony which, as in a musical instrument, contains the intensity and relaxation of sounds so as to produce an artistical combination of melody.
88But, there being three leaders and authors of this race, the two at each extremity of it had their names changed, namely Abraham and Jacob: but the one in the middle, Isaac, always retained the same appellation. Why was this? Because both that virtue which is derived from teaching and that which is attained to by practise, admit of improvement and advancement: for the man who receives instruction desires a knowledge of those matters of which he is ignorant and he who applies himself to practise desires the crowns of victory, and the prizes which are proposed to his industrious and contemplation-loving soul. But the race which is self-taught and which derives all its learning from its own diligence, inasmuch as it exists rather by nature than by study, was at the very beginning introduced as equal, and perfect, and even, there being no number whatever deficient of those which tend to completeness.
89Nor indeed does Joseph have any such need, he who is the president of the necessities of the body; for he also changes his name, being called Psonthomphanech by the king of the country. And what the meaning of these names is we must explain; the name Joseph, being interpreted, signifies "an addition." For things which are put by the side are an addition to those which exist by nature; for instance, gold, silver, possessions, revenues, the ministrations of servants, abundant treasure of heirlooms, and furniture, and other superfluities, and the infinite multitude of the different efficients of pleasure which some persons possess;
90the provider and superintendant of which was called Joseph, or addition, by a very felicitous nomenclature: since he had undertaken the superintendence of the things which were to be brought in from without, and added to the natural things previously existing in the course of nature. And the sacred scriptures testify that this is the case, showing that he was the purveyor of the food of all the corporeal region, Egypt, having stored it up in his treasure-houses.
91Such a person as this, then, Joseph is recognized as being by his distinctive marks and name. Let us now see what sort of person is indicated by the name Psonthomphanech. Now this name being interpreted means, "a mouth judging in an answer;" for every foolish person thinks that the man who is very rich and overflowing with external possessions, - must at once be wise and sensible, competent to give an answer to any question which any one puts to him, and competent also of his own head to deliver advantageous and sagacious opinions. And, in short, by such men prudence is supposed to be identical with good fortune, while one ought, on the contrary, to consider good fortune as consisting in being prudent; for it is fitting that what is unstable should be under the direction of that which stands firmly.
92And indeed his father gave to his own uterine brother the name of Benjamin: but his mother called him the son of her sorrow, speaking most completely in accordance with nature. For the name Benjamin being interpreted means, "the son of days:" and the day is illuminated by that light of the sun which is perceptible by the outward senses: and to this we liken vain glory.
93For that has a certain brilliancy appreciable by the outward senses in the praises which it receives from the multitude and from the common herd of men, in formally enrolled decrees, in the erection of statues and images, in purple robes and golden crowns, in chariots and teams of four horses, and processions of the multitude. He therefore who is an admirer and desirer of such things is very appropriately called a son of days: that is to say, of that light which is perceptible by the outward senses and of the brilliancy which attends vain glory.
94This felicitous and appropriate name the elder word and real father imposes on him; but the soul which has suffered gives him a name suited to what she has suffered. For she calls him the son of her sorrow. Why so? Because those men who are borne about by vain glory are supposed indeed to be happy, but in real truth are unhappy.
95For the things which oppose their happiness are numerous, envy, discontent, emulation, continual strife, irreconcileable enmities lasting till death, hostilities handed down in succession to one’s children’s children—a destiny not at all to be desired.
96Very necessarily therefore did the divinely inspired prophet represent that vain glory as dying in the very act of bringing forth; for says he, "Rachel died, having had a bad delivery." Since, in truth and reality, the sowing and generation of vain glory perceptible by the outward senses is the death of the soul.
97And what shall we say of the sons of Joseph, Ephraim and Manasseh? Are they not, in strict accordance with nature, compared to the two eldest sons of Jacob, Reuben and Simeon? For the scripture says, "Thy two sons who were born in Egypt, before that I came into Egypt, belong to me; Ephraim and Manasseh shall be to me as Reuben and as Simeon." Let us now then see in what manner the one pair are likened to the other pair.
98Reuben is the symbol of a good natural disposition, for the name being interpreted means, "A seeing son;" since every one who is endowed with tolerable acuteness of mind and a good disposition is capable of seeing; and Ephraim, as we have already frequently said in other places, is a symbol of memory, for his name being interpreted signifies, "productiveness of fruit," and the most excellent fruit of the soul is memory; and there is no one thing so nearly akin to another as remembering is to a man of good natural endowments.
99Again, the name of Simeon is a symbol of learning and instruction; for, being interpreted, it signifies "listening," and it is the especial part of a learner to listen and attend to what is said. But Manasseh is a symbol of "recollection," for thus that art is called, from forgetfulness;
100for it must of necessity happen to the man who has advanced out of forgetfulness to recollect, and recollecting especially belongs to learning, for very often his notions escape from the man who is learning, as out of weakness he is unable to retain them, and then again they return to him as at the beginning. The condition therefore which arises from this escaping of his notions is denominated forgetfulness, and that which arises from their returning to him is called recollection.
Sections 101–125
101ἆρ’ οὐ προσφυῶς εὐφυΐᾳ μὲν [ἡ] μνήμη, μαθήσει δὲ ἀνάμνησις ἐφαρμόζεται; καὶ μὴν ὃν λόγον ἔχει Συμεὼν πρὸς Ῥουβήν, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶ μάθησις πρὸς φύσιν, τοῦτον ἔχει λόγον Μανασσῆς πρὸς Ἐφραΐμ, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶ πρὸς μνήμην ἀνάμνησις.
102ὡς γὰρ τὸ εὐφυὲς ἄμεινον τοῦ μανθάνοντος — τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἔοικεν ὁράσει, τὸ δὲ ἀκοῇ· ἀκοὴ δὲ ὁράσεως τὰ δεύτερα φέρεται —, οὕτω τὸ μνημονικὸν τοῦ ἀναμιμνῃσκομένου πανταχοῦ κρεῖττον, ὅτι τὸ μὲν λήθῃ κέκραται, τὸ δὲ ἀμιγὲς καὶ ἄκρατον ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἄχρι τέλους διαμένει.
103Καὶ μὴν τόν γε τοῦ ἀρχιπροφήτου πενθερὸν τοτὲ μὲν Ἰοθὸρ τοτὲ δὲ Ῥαγουὴλ οἱ χρησμοὶ καλοῦσιν· Ἰοθὸρ μέν, ὅταν τῦφος εὐημερῇ· μεταληφθεὶς γάρ ἐστι περισσός, περιττὸν δὲ ἀψευδεῖ βίῳ τῦφος, γέλωτα μὲν τὰ ἴσα καὶ ἀναγκαῖα τῷ βίῳ τιθέμενος, τὰ δὲ πλεονεξίας ἄνισα σεμνύνων.
104οὗτος καὶ ἀνθρώπεια θείων καὶ ἔθη νόμων καὶ βέβηλα ἱερῶν καὶ θνητὰ ἀθανάτων καὶ συνόλως τὸ δοκεῖν τοῦ εἶναι προτιμᾷ. καὶ ἐπιτολμήσας αὐτοκέλευστος εἰς τὴν τοῦ συμβούλου παρέρχεται τάξιν, ὑφηγούμενος τῷ σοφῷ [μὴ] ἀναδιδάσκειν ἃ μόνα μανθάνειν ἄξιον, „τὰ προστάγματα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὸν νόμον“ (Exod. 18,20), ἀλλὰ μὴ τὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀνθρώπων συμβόλαια, τῆς ἀκοινωνήτου σχεδὸν αἴτια κοινωνίας. καὶ ὁ μέγας πάντα πειθαρχεῖ, νομίσας ἁρμόττον εἶναι μικροῖς μὲν τὰ μικρά, μεγάλοις δὲ τὰ μεγάλα δίκαια τίθεσθαι (ibid. 22.24).
105μεταβαλὼν δὲ πολλάκις ὁ δοκησίσοφος οὗτος καὶ μεταβὰς ἀπὸ τῶν θρεμμάτων, ἃ δὴ τυφλὸς ἔλαχεν ἡνιοχεῖν, ἀναζητήσας τὴν θείαν ἀγέλην μέρος οὐ μεμπτὸν αὐτῆς γίνεται, θαυμάσας τῆς φύσεως τὸν ἀγελάρχην καὶ τῆς ἐπιστασίας ἀγάμενος, ᾗ χρῆται πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἑαυτοῦ θρεμμάτων ἐπιμέλειαν· ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ Ῥαγουὴλ (Exod. 2, 18) ποιμασία θεοῦ.
106τὸ μὲν κεφάλαιον εἴρηται, τὰς δὲ πίστεις ὑφηγήσεται. πρῶτον μὲν θεραπευτὴν αὐτὸν κρίσεως καὶ δίκης εἰσηγεῖται· ἡ γὰρ προσηγορία τῆς Μαδιὰμ μεταληφθεῖσα ἐκ κρίσεως ὀνομάζεται. διττὸν δὲ τοῦτο. δηλοῖ γὰρ τὸ μὲν ἔκκρισιν καὶ ἀπόκρισιν, ἣ καὶ τοῖς ἀγωνισταῖς κατὰ τοὺς ἱεροὺς ἀγῶνας λεγομένους εἴωθε συμβαίνειν· μυρίοι γὰρ ἀνεπιτήδειοι φανέντες ἤδη πρὸς τῶν ἀθλοθετῶν ἐξεκρίθησαν.
107οὗτοι [τε] τελεταῖς ἀνιέροις ταῖς Βεελφεγὼρ τελεσθέντες (Num. 25,3) καὶ τὰ τοῦ σώματος στόμια πάντα εὐρύναντες πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἔξωθεν ἐπιχεομένων ῥευμάτων ὑποδοχὴν — ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ Βεελφεγὼρ ἀνωτέρω στόμα δέρματος — κατέκλυσαν τὸν ἡγεμόνα νοῦν καὶ ἀφεῖσαν εἰς βυθὸν ἔσχατον, ὡς μηδ’ ἀνανήξασθαι μηδὲ μικρὸν ὅσον δυνηθῆναι ἀνασχεῖν·
108καὶ τοῦτο ἔπαθεν, ἕως ὁ εἰρηνικὸς καὶ ἱερεὺς τοῦ θεοῦ (ibid. 12. 13) τρανός, Φινεές, ὑπέρμαχος αὐτοκέλευστος ἦλθε, φύσει μισοπόνηρος ὢν καὶ ζήλῳ τῶν καλῶν κατεσχημένος· ᾧ σειρομάστην λαβόντι, τὸ δ’ ἐστὶν ἠκονημένον καὶ ὀξὺν λόγον, μαστεύειν καὶ ἀναζητεῖν ἕκαστα ἱκανόν, ἐξεγένετο μὴ φενακισθῆναι, ῥώμῃ δὲ καρτερᾷ χρησαμένῳ κατακεντῆσαι διὰ τῆς μήτρας τὸ πάθος (ibid. 7.8), ἵνα μηδὲν ἔτι κακὸν θεήλατον τίκτῃ.
109πρὸς τούτους καὶ ὁ μέγιστος ἐνίσταται τῷ ὁρατικῷ γένει πόλεμος, ἐν ᾧ τῶν διαγωνισαμένων „διεφώνησεν οὐδείς“ (Num. 31,49), ἀλλ’ ἄτρωτος καὶ σῷος ἐπανῆλθε, τοῖς νικητηρίοις ἀναδούμενος στεφάνοις.
110ἓν μὲν δὴ τοῦτο ἐκ τῆς Μαδιὰμ ἐδηλοῦτο· ἕτερον δὲ τὸ κριτικὸν καὶ δικαστικὸν εἶδος, ὃ καὶ κατ’ ἐπιγαμίαν οἰκειοῦται γένει τῷ προφητικῷ. „τῷ ἱερεῖ“, φησὶν οὖν, τῆς κρίσεως καὶ τῆς δίκης „εἰσὶν ἑπτὰ θυγατέρες“ (Exod. 2, 16), συμβολικῶς αἱ τοῦ ἀλόγου δυνάμεις, γονή τε καὶ φωνὴ καὶ πέντε αἰσθήσεις, ποιμαίνουσαι τὰ πρόβατα τοῦ πατρός.
111διὰ γὰρ τῶν ἑπτὰ δυνάμεων τούτων αἱ προβάσεις καὶ παραυξήσεις τοῦ πατρὸς νοῦ ταῖς ἐγγινομέναις καταλήψεσι συνίστανται. παραγενόμεναι δ’ ἐπὶ τὰ οἰκεῖα ἑκάστη, χρώματα μὲν καὶ σχήματα ὅρασις, φωνὰς δὲ ἀκοή, ἀτμοὺς δὲ ὄσφρησις, χυλοὺς δὲ γεῦσις καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι πρὸς τὰ ἁρμόττοντα ἑαυταῖς, „ἀντλοῦσι“ τρόπον τινὰ τὰ ἐκτὸς αἰσθητά, „ἕως ἂν πληρώσωσι τὰς τῆς ψυχῆς δεξαμενάς, ἐξ ὧν ποτίζουσι τὰ πρόβατα τοῦ πατρός“ (ibid.), τὴν καθαρωτάτην λέγω τοῦ λογισμοῦ ποίμνην, ἀσφάλειαν καὶ κόσμον περιφέρουσαν ἐν ταὐτῷ.
112παραγενόμενοι δ’ οἱ φθόνου καὶ βασκανίας ἑταῖροι, πονηρᾶς ἀγέλης ἡγεμόνες, ἐλαύνουσιν αὐτὰς τῆς κατὰ φύσιν χρήσεως (ibid. 17). αἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰ ἐκτὸς ἄγουσιν εἴσω πρὸς οἷα δικαστὴν καὶ βασιλέα τὸν νοῦν, ἵν’ ἄρχοντι χρώμεναι τῷ βελτίστῳ κατορθῶσιν·
113οἱ δ’ ἀντικάθηνται διώκοντες καὶ τἀναντία παραγγέλλοντες, ἔξω τὸν νοῦν ἐπισπᾶσθαι καὶ ἀγώγιμα παραδιδόναι τὰ φαινόμενα, μέχρις „ἀναστὰς“ ὁ τέως ἠρεμεῖν τρόπος δοκῶν φιλάρετος καὶ ἐπιθειάσας, ὄνομα Μωυσῆς, ὑπερασπίσει καὶ „ῥύσεται αὐτὰς“ τῶν κατεχόντων, ποτίμοις λόγοις θρέψας τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ποίμνην (ibid.).
114ἐκφυγοῦσαι δὲ τὴν ἐπίθεσιν τῶν διανοίας μὲν ἐχθρῶν, τὰ δὲ περίαπτα ὥσπερ ἐν τραγῳδίᾳ μόνα ἐζηλωκότων οὐκέτι πρὸς Ἰοθόρ, ἀλλὰ πρὸς Ῥαγουὴλ ἀφικνοῦνται (ibid. 17. 18). καταλελοίπασι μὲν γὰρ τὴν πρὸς τῦφον συγγένειαν, ᾠκείωνται δὲ ἀγωγῇ νομίμῳ, μοῖρα τῆς ἱερᾶς ἀγέλης ἀξιώσασαι γενέσθαι, ἧς ὁ θεῖος ἀφηγεῖται λόγος, ὡς δηλοῖ τοὔνομα· ποιμασία γάρ ἐστι θεοῦ.
115ποίμνης δ’ ἐπιμελουμένου τῆς ἰδίας, ἐξ ἑτοίμου ἀγαθὰ πάρεστιν ἀθρόα τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσι καὶ μὴ ἀφηνιάζουσι τῶν θρεμμάτων. ᾄδεται δὲ καὶ ἐν ὕμνοις ᾆσμα τοιοῦτον· „κύριος ποιμαίνει με, καὶ οὐδέν με ὑστερήσει“ (Psalm. 22, 1).
116πεύσεται οὖν εἰκότως ὁ ποιμένι καὶ βασιλεῖ χρώμενος τῷ θείῳ λόγῳ νοῦς τῶν ἑπτὰ θυγατέρων αὐτοῦ· διὰ τί συντείνασαι μετὰ πολλοῦ τάχους τήμερον ἀφῖχθε (Exod. 2, 18) ; πρότερον γὰρ ὅτ’ ἐνετυγχάνετε τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς, μακρὸν χρόνον ἔξω διατρίβουσαι μόλις ἐπανῄειτε δελεαζόμεναι πρὸς αὐτῶν· νυνὶ δ’ οὐκ οἶδ’ ὅ τι παθοῦσαι συντόνως παρὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς ἐπανήκετε.
117φήσουσιν οὖν, ὅτι οὐκ αὐταὶ γεγόνασιν αἴτιαι τοῦ τὸν δίαυλον ἐπὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀπνευστὶ καὶ μετὰ πολλῆς ῥύμης δραμεῖν, ἀλλ’ ὁ ῥυσάμενος αὐτὰς ἄνθρωπος ἀπὸ τῶν τῆς ἀγρίας ἀγέλης ποιμένων. Αἰγύπτιον δὲ καλοῦσι Μωυσῆν (ibid. 19), τὸν οὐ μόνον Ἑβραῖον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ καθαρωτάτου γένους ὄντα Ἑβραίων, ὃ ἱερᾶται μόνον, οὐ δυνάμεναι τὴν ἑαυτῶν φύσιν ὑπερβῆναι.
118μεθόριοι γὰρ αἱ αἰσθήσεις οὖσαι [τῶν] νοητῶν τε καὶ αἰσθητῶν ἀγαπητὸν ἐὰν ἑκατέρων ἐφιῶνται, ἀλλὰ μὴ ὑπὸ μόνων τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἄγωνται· τὸ δ’ οἴεσθαι ὅτι μόνοις ποτὲ τοῖς κατὰ διάνοιαν ἐπανέξουσιν εὐήθεια πολλή. οὗ χάριν ἀμφότερα τιθέασι, διὰ μὲν τοῦ „ἄνθρωπος“ τὰ μόνῳ λόγῳ θεωρητὰ μηνύουσαι, διὰ δὲ τοῦ „Αἰγύπτιος“ παριστᾶσαι τὰ αἰσθητά.
119ταῦτ’ ἀκούσας καὶ πάλιν πεύσεται· „ποῦ ἐστιν“ ὁ ἄνθρωπος (ibid. 20) ; ἐν τίνι μέρει τῶν καθ’ ὑμᾶς οἰκεῖ τὸ λογικὸν εἶδος; „ἵνα τί αὐτὸν“ ῥᾳδίως οὕτω „καταλελοίπατε“ (ibid.), ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἅπαξ ἐντυχοῦσαι περιέσχετε κτῆμα κάλλιστον καὶ λυσιτελέστατον ἑαυταῖς;
120ἀλλ’ εἰ μὴ πρότερον, νῦν „αὐτὸν καλέσατε, ὅπως ἂν φάγῃ“ (ibid.) καὶ τραφῇ ταῖς ὑμετέραις βελτιώσεσι καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν οἰκειώσεσι. τάχα γὰρ καὶ οἰκήσει παρ’ ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ πτηνὸν καὶ [τὸ] θεοφόρητον καὶ προφητικὸν γένος, ὄνομα Σεπφώραν, ἄξεται (ibid. 21).
121Ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τούτων. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Ὠσηὲ μετονομάζει Μωυσῆς εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν (Num. 13,17), τὸν ποιὸν εἰς ἕξιν μεταχαράττων. Ὠσηὲ μὲν γὰρ ἑρμηνεύεται ποιὸς οὗτος, Ἰησοῦς δὲ σωτηρία κυρίου, ἕξεως ὄνομα τῆς ἀρίστης.
122ἕξεις γὰρ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὰς ποιῶν ἀμείνους, ὡς μουσικὴ μουσικοῦ καὶ ἰατρικὴ ἰατροῦ καὶ παντὸς τεχνίτου τέχνη ποιά, καὶ ἀιδιότητι καὶ δυνάμει καὶ τῇ περὶ τὰ θεωρήματα ἀπταίστῳ ἀκρότητι. ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἕξις ἀίδιον, ἐνεργοῦν, τέλειον, ὁ δὲ ποιὸς θνητόν, πάσχον, ἀτελές· κρεῖττον δὲ θνητοῦ μὲν τὸ ἄφθαρτον, πάσχοντος δὲ τὸ δρῶν αἴτιον, τὸ δὲ τέλειον ἀτελοῦς.
123οὕτω μετεχαράχθη καὶ τὸ τοῦ λεχθέντος νόμισμα πρὸς ἰδέαν βελτίονα. ὁ δὲ Χάλεβ καὶ αὐτὸς ὅλος ἀλλάττεται· „ἐγένετο“ γάρ φησι „πνεῦμα ἕτερον ἐν αὐτῷ“ (Num. 14,24), ὡσανεὶ τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ μεταβαλόντος πρὸς ἄκραν τελειότητα.
124καὶ γὰρ ἑρμηνευθείς ἐστι Χάλεβ πᾶσα καρδία· τοῦτο δὲ σύμβολον τοῦ μὴ ἐκ μέρους ἐπαμφοτερίζουσαν καὶ ἀντιρρέπουσαν, ἀλλ’ ὅλην δι’ ὅλου τὴν ψυχὴν μεταβεβλῆσθαι πρὸς τὸ δόκιμον, κἂν εἴ τι μὴ πάνυ ἐπαινετὸν εἴη, λόγοις τοῖς περὶ μετανοίας ἐξοικίσασαν· οὕτω γὰρ ἐκνιψαμένη τὰ καταρρυπαίνοντα καὶ τοῖς φρονήσεως λουτροῖς χρησαμένη καὶ καθαρσίοις ἔμελλε φαιδρύνεσθαι.
125Τὸν δὲ ἀρχιπροφήτην συμβέβηκεν εἶναι πολυώνυμον. ὁπότε μὲν γὰρ τοὺς χρησμῳδουμένους χρησμοὺς ἑρμηνεύων ὑφηγεῖται, προσαγορεύεται Μωυσῆς· ὁπότε δ’ εὐχόμενος εὐλογεῖ τὸν λεών, ἄνθρωπος θεοῦ (Deut. 33,1)· ἡνίκα δὲ Αἴγυπτος τὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀσεβηθέντων δίκας ἐκτίνει, τοῦ βασιλεύοντος τῆς χώρας Φαραὼ θεός (Exod. 7, 1).
Sections 101–125
101Now is not memory very naturally spoken of as connected with good natural endowments, and recollection as akin to learning? And, indeed, the same relation which Simeon bears to Reuben, that is to say, learning to natural endowment, the same does Manasseh bear to Ephraim, and the same does recollection bear to memory.
102For as the man of good natural endowments is better than he who is only a learner, for the one resembles the sense of seeing, the other that of hearing, and hearing is always reckoned as entitled to a lesser honour than seeing; so also, he who is endowed with a good memory is at all times superior to him who only recollects, because the one is combined with forgetfulness, but the other continues unalloyed and unadulterated from beginning to end.
103And indeed the scriptures at one time call the father-in-law of the first of the prophets Jother, and at another time Raguel-Jother, when pride is flourishing and at its height; for the name Jother being interpreted means "superfluous," and pride is superfluous in an honest and sincere life, turning into ridicule, as it does, all that is equal and necessary to life, and honouring the unequal things of excess and covetousness.
104This passion honours human things above divine, and customs above laws, and profane above sacred things, and mortal above immortal things, and, in short, appearances above reality; and it even ventures of its own accord to pass on into the rank of counsellors, suggesting to the wise man not to teach those things which alone are worthy to be known, namely, "the commandments of God, and the law," but to study the covenants and contracts of men with one another, which are almost the causes of the society which exists among them being so little sociable. But the great man is obedient in all things, thinking that little things are adapted to little people, and that great things are justly added to the great;
105but very often this man who is wise in his own conceit, and who, passing over from the herds which the blind had assigned to him for him to guide, having sought out the divine herd, becomes no small portion of it; admiring the leader of nature, and marvelling at his way of leading which he employs in his care of his own flocks, for the name Raguel being interpreted, signifies the "pastoral care of God."
106The main part has now been explained; we will now proceed to adduce the proofs. In the first place the scripture represents him as the cultivator of judgment and of justice, for the name Midian, being interpreted, means "out of judgment." And this is said in a twofold sense, for some times it signifies both selection and rejection, such as usually happens to those who are competitors in those contests which are called sacred; for numbers as they appear not qualified, are rejected by the masters of the games.
107These are the men who have been initiated in the unholy rites of Beelphegor, and having widened all the mouths of the body to enable them to receive the streams which are poured into them from without, for the name Beelphegor is interpreted "the mouth above the skin," for they have overwhelmed the mind, the governor of the body, and have sunk it down to the lowest depth, so that it can never emerge, nor even hold up its head in ever so slight a degree.
108And it suffered this until Phineas, the lover of peace and manifest priest of God, came as a champion of his own accord, being by nature a hater of all that is evil, and filled with an admiration and desire for what is good; and as he took a coadjutor, that is to say, the well sharpened and sharp-edged word, competent to investigate and examine everything, he could not be deceived, but exerting a vigorous strength, he pierced passion through her womb, that it might not hereafter bring forth any divinely caused evil.
109Now between these men and the seeing race there is a terrible war, in which no one of the combatants differed in language, but each returned home unwounded and safe, crowned with the garlands of victory.
110This now is one of the things which are shown by the name of Midian; another is that more excellent and judicial species which by the affinity of marriage is connected with the prophetic race. The scripture then says, "The priest of judgment and justice" (that is to say, of Midian) "has seven daughters;"
111by which seven daughters are frequently intimated the powers of the irrational part of the soul, the power of generation and the voice, and the five outward senses, tending the flocks of their father; for by means of these seven powers it is that all the progresses and increases of their father, the mind, exist in the perceptions which are produced from him. These, then, coming each to its appropriate object, the power of sight to colours and shapes, the sense of hearing to sounds, the faculty of smelling to scents, taste to flavours, and all the other faculties to those objects which are adapted for their exercise do in a manner imbibe some of the external objects of the outward senses, until they have filled all the channels of the soul, and from these channels they give drink to the sheep of their father; I mean by these sheep that most pure flock of the reason which bears safety and ornament at the same time.
112But the companions of envy and jealousy, the leaders of the wicked herd coming up, drive them away from that use of their powers which is in accordance with nature, for some conduct these things which are without, inwards to the mind as to a judge and a king, in order that they may do well from having the most excellent of governors;
113but others take the opposite side, pursuing and proclaiming the exact contrary, while it is possible for the mind to be drawn towards them, and to give up the flock which was entrusted to it to feed. Until the good disposition, devoted to virtue and inspired by God, which for awhile has appeared to be resting in inactivity, by name Moses, holds his shield over them and defends them from those who would attack them, nourishing the flock of his father on wholesome words,
114and they having escaped the attack of the enemies of intellect who admire only the external appendages, like people in tragedies, go no longer to Jother but to Raguel, for they have abandoned all connection with pride, and have connected themselves with lawful persuasion, choosing to become a portion of the sacred flock, of which the divine word is the leader, as his name shows, for it signifies the pastoral care of God.
115But while he is taking care of his own flock, all kinds of good things are given all at once to those of the sheep who are obedient, and who do not resist his will; and in the Psalms we find a song in these words, "The Lord is my shepherd, therefore shall I lack nothing;"
116therefore the mind which has had the royal shepherd, the divine word, for its instructor, will very naturally ask of his seven daughters, "Why is it that you have contended with such great haste to come hither this day?" for formerly, when you met with the objects of the outward sense, remaining a long time outside, you were a long time in returning again by reason of the manner in which you were allured by them, but now I do not know what it is that has happened to you, but you are speedy in your return, contrary to your usual custom.
117Therefore they will say that there were not the same causes why they should run back with such exceeding speed, making the double course from the objects of the outward sense and to the objects of the outward sense, without stopping to take breath, and with excessive impetuosity; but that the cause was rather the man who delivered them from the shepherds of the wild flock. And they call Moses an Egyptian, a man who was not only a Hebrew, but even a Hebrew of the very purest race, of the only tribe which is consecrated, because they are unable to rise above their own nature;
118for the outward senses, being on the confines between the objects of the intellect and those of the outward senses, we must be content if they aim at both of them, and are not allured by the objects of the outward sense alone. And to think that they are inclined only to attend to the things which are purely objects of the intellect is great folly; on which account they give him both these names, since when they call him a man, they indicate the things which are within the province of reason alone to contemplate, and when they call him an Egyptian, they indicate the objects of the external senses.
119When he has heard this, he will again inquire, "Where is the man?" In what part of you is the reasonable species dwelling? Why have you left it so easily, and have not rather after having once met with it, preserved that which was the most beautiful of possessions, and the most advantageous for yourselves?
120But even if you have not done so before, at least call it to you now, that it may eat of and be supported by your improvement and your close connection with him; for perhaps he will even dwell with you, and will bring with him the winged, and divinely inspired, and prophetical race by name Zipporah.
121Thus much we have thought fit to say on this subject. But, moreover, Moses also changes the name of Hosea into that of Joshua; displaying by his new name the distinctive qualities of his character;
122for the name Hosea is interpreted, "what sort of a person is this?" but Joshua means "the salvation of the Lord," being the name of the most excellent possible character; for the habits are better with respect to those persons who are of such and such qualities from being influenced by them: as, for instance, music is better in a musician, physic in a physician, and each art of a distinctive quality in each artist, regarded both in its perpetuity, and in its power, and in its unerring perfection with regard to the objects of its speculation. For a habit is something everlasting, energising, and perfect; but a man of such and such a quality is mortal, the object of action, and imperfect. And what is imperishable is superior to what is mortal, the efficient cause is better than that which is the object of action; and what is perfect is preferable to what is imperfect.
123In this way the coinage of the above mentioned description was changed and received the stamp of a better kind of appearance. And Caleb himself was changed wholly and entirely; "For," as the scripture says, "a new spirit was in him;" as if the dominant part in him had been changed into complete perfection; for the name Caleb, being interpreted, means, "the whole heart."
124And a proof of this is to be gathered from the fact that the mind is changed, not by being biassed and inclining in one particular direction or the other, but wholly and entirely in the direction which is good; and that, even if there is any thing which is not very praiseworthy indeed, it makes that to depart by arguments conducive to repentance; for, having in this manner washed off all the defilements which polluted it, and having availed itself of the baths and purifications of wisdom, it must inevitably look brilliant.
125But it happens to the arch-prophet to have many names: for when he interprets and explains the oracles which are delivered by God, he is called Moses; and when he prays for and blesses the people, he is called the man of God; and when Egypt is paying the penalty of its impious actions, he is then denominated the god of him who is king of the country, namely, of Pharaoh. And why is all this?
Sections 126–150
126διὰ τί δέ; ὅτι τὸ μὲν νόμους μεταγράφειν ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν ἐντευξομένων ψηλαφῶντός ἐστι καὶ διὰ χειρὸς ἔχοντος ἀεὶ τὰ θεῖα καὶ ἀνακεκλημένου (Exod. 24,1) ὑπὸ τοῦ θεσπιῳδοῦ νομοθέτου καὶ εἰληφότος παρ’ αὐτοῦ μεγάλην δωρεάν, ἑρμηνείαν καὶ προφητείαν νόμων ἱερῶν· μεταληφθεὶς γὰρ Μωυσῆς καλεῖται λῆμμα, δύναται δὲ καὶ ψηλάφημα διὰ τὰς εἰρημένας αἰτίας.
127τὸ δέ γε εὔχεσθαι καὶ εὐλογεῖν οὐκ ἔστι τοῦ τυχόντος, ἀλλ’ ἀνθρώπου τὴν πρὸς γένεσιν μὴ ἑωρακότος συγγένειαν, προσκεκληρωκότος δὲ ἑαυτὸν τῷ πάντων ἡγεμόνι καὶ πατρί·
128ἀγαπητὸν γάρ, εἴ τῳ ἐξεγένετο εὐλογιστίᾳ χρῆσθαι, τὸ δέ γε καὶ ἑτέροις περιποιεῖν τὸ ἀγαθόν, τοῦτο μείζονος καὶ τελειοτέρας ψυχῆς καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς θειαζούσης ἦν ἐπάγγελμα, ἧς ὁ τυχὼν εἰκότως θεὸς κεκλήσεται. θεὸς δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς οὗτος ἅτε σοφὸς ὢν καὶ διὰ τοῦτ’ ἄρχων παντὸς ἄφρονος, κἂν εἰ τοῖς βασιλείοις σκήπτροις ἐκεῖνος ἐφιδρύοιτο μεγαλαυχῶν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐχ ἥκιστα.
129βούλεται γὰρ ὁ τῶν ὅλων ἡγεμών, κἂν ἀφόρητα ἀδικοῦντές τινες μέλλωσι κολάζεσθαι, παραιτητὰς ἔχειν τοὺς ἐντευξομένους ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, οἳ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς ἵλεω δύναμιν ἀπομιμούμενοι μετριώτερον καὶ φιλανθρωπότερον χρήσονται ταῖς τιμωρίαις· θεοῦ δὲ τὸ εὐεργετεῖν ἴδιον.
130Ἀποχρώντως οὖν περὶ τῆς τῶν ὀνομάτων ἀλλαγῆς τε καὶ μεταθέσεως εἰρηκότες ἐπὶ τὰ ἑξῆς τῆς ἐφόδου τρεψόμεθα κεφάλαια. εἵπετο δ’ εὐθὺς ἡ γένεσις Ἰσαάκ· καλέσας γὰρ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ Σάρραν ἀντὶ Σάρας φησὶ τῷ Ἀβραάμ· „δώσω σοι ἐξ αὐτῆς τέκνον“ (Gen. 17, 16). ἐν μέρει δ’ ἕκαστον ἀκριβωτέον.
131ὁ τοίνυν κυρίως διδοὺς ὁτιοῦν ἴδιόν τι πάντως ἑαυτοῦ δίδωσιν· εἰ δὲ τοῦτ’ ἀψευδές ἐστι, γένοιτ’ ἂν Ἰσαὰκ οὐχ ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἀλλ’ ὁ συνώνυμος τῆς ἀρίστης τῶν εὐπαθειῶν, χαρᾶς, γέλως, ὁ ἐνδιάθετος υἱὸς θεοῦ τοῦ διδόντος αὐτὸν μείλιγμα καὶ εὐθυμίαν εἰρηνικωτάταις ψυχαῖς.
132ἄτοπον μὲν γὰρ ἕτερον ἄνδρα εἶναι, ἐξ ἑτέρου δὲ νόθα καὶ μοιχίδια παιδοποιεῖσθαι· καὶ μὴν τόν γε θεὸν ἄνδρα τῆς φιλαρέτου διανοίας Μωυσῆς ἀναγράφει δι’ ὧν φησιν· „ἰδὼν κύριος, ὅτι μισεῖται Λεία, ἤνοιξε τὴν μήτραν αὐτῆς“ (Gen. 29, 31).
133ἔλεον γὰρ καὶ οἶκτον λαβὼν τῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ θνητοῦ γένους μισουμένης ἀρετῆς καὶ ψυχῆς τῆς φιλαρέτου στειροῖ μὲν * * * τὴν φιλόκαλον φύσιν, ἀνοίγνυσι δὲ τῆς εὐπαιδίας πηγὴν εὐτοκίαν αὐτῇ χαριζόμενος.
134ἡ δὲ Θάμαρ ἐγκύμων τε γενομένη θείων σπερμάτων καὶ τὸν μὲν σπείραντα οὐκ ἰδοῦσα — λέγεται γὰρ τότε „ἐγκαλύψασθαι τὸ πρόσωπον“ (Gen. 38, 15), ὡς Μωυσῆς, ἡνίκα ἀπεστράφη εὐλαβούμενος τὸν θεὸν ἰδεῖν (Exod. 3, 6) —, τὰ δὲ σύμβολα καὶ τὰ μαρτύρια διαθρήσασα καὶ παρ’ αὑτῇ δικάσασα, ὅτι θνητὸς ταῦτ’ οὐ δίδωσιν, ἀνέκραγεν· „οὗτινος ταῦτ’ ἐστίν, ἐξ ἐκείνου ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχω“ (Gen. 38,25).
135τίνος ὁ δακτύλιος, ἡ πίστις, ἡ τῶν ὅλων σφραγίς, ἡ ἀρχέτυπος ἰδέα, ᾗ τὰ πάντ’ ἀνείδεα ὄντα καὶ ἄποια σημειωθέντα ἐτυπώθη; τίνος δὲ καὶ ὁ ὁρμίσκος, ἡ [ὁ κόσμος] εἱμαρμένη, ἀκολουθία καὶ ἀναλογία τῶν συμπάντων εἱρμὸν ἔχουσα ἀδιάλυτον; τίνος δὲ καὶ ἡ ῥάβδος (ibid.), τὸ ἐρηρεισμένον, τὸ ἀκράδαντον, τὸ ἄτρεπτον, ἡ νουθεσία, ὁ σωφρονισμός, ἡ παιδεία; τὸ σκῆπτρον, ἡ βασιλεία, τίνος; ἆρ’ οὐχὶ μόνου θεοῦ;
136τοιγαροῦν ὁ ἐξομολογητικὸς τρόπος, Ἰούδας, ἡσθεὶς αὐτῆς τῷ κατεχομένῳ καὶ θεοφορήτῳ παρρησιάζεται λέγων· „δεδικαίωται, ἧς ἕνεκα αἰτίας ἐγὼ οὐδενὶ θνητῷ αὐτὴν ἔδωκα„ (ibid. 26), ἀσεβὲς ἡγούμενος μιαίνειν
137βεβήλοις τὰ θεῖα. μηνύει δὲ καὶ ἡ τρόπον μητρὸς ἀποκυήσασα φρόνησις τὸ αὐτομαθὲς γένος, ὅτι θεὸς αὐτὸ ἔσπειρε· τεχθέντος γὰρ ἐπισεμνύνεται φάσκουσα· „γέλωτά μοι ἐποίησεν ὁ κύριος“ (Gen. 21,ὁ), ἴσον τῷ τὸν Ἰσαὰκ διέπλασεν, ἐδημιούργησεν, ἐγέννησεν, ἐπειδὴ γέλωτι ὁ αὐτὸς ἦν.
138ἀλλ’ οὐ παντός ἐστιν ἀκοῦσαι τὸ ἄκουσμα τοῦτο, πολλοῦ τοῦ δεισιδαιμονίας ῥυέντος παρ’ ἡμῖν κακοῦ καὶ τὰς ἀνάνδρους καὶ ἀγεννεῖς ψυχὰς ἐπικλύσαντος. διὸ προστίθησιν· „ὃς γὰρ ἂν ἀκούσῃ, συγχαρεῖταί μοι“ (ibid.), ὡς ὀλίγων ὄντων, οἷς τὰ ὦτα ἀναπέπταται καὶ ἀνωρθίασται πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἱερῶν τούτων λόγων ὑποδοχήν, οἳ διδάσκουσιν, ὡς ἄρα μόνου θεοῦ σπείρειν καὶ γεννᾶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργον ἴδιον·
139πρὸς οὓς οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες κεκώφηνται. στόματι δ’ οἶδά ποτε προφητικῷ θεσπισθέντα διάπυρον τοιόνδε χρησμόν· „ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὁ καρπός σου εὕρηται. τίς σοφὸς καὶ συνήσει ταῦτα; συνετὸς καὶ γνώσεται αὐτά“ (Hos. 14, 9. 10) ; τὸν δ’ ὑπηχοῦντα καὶ κρούοντα ἀόρατον ἀοράτως τὸ φωνῆς ὄργανον ἐνενόουν καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ἅμα καταπληττόμενος καὶ τὸ εἰρημένον.
140εἰ γάρ τι ἀγαθὸν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι * * * μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ὁ σύμπας οὐρανός τε καὶ κόσμος, εἰ δεῖ τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, θεοῦ καρπός ἐστιν, ὑφ’ οἷα δένδρου συνεχόμενος τῆς ἀιδίου καὶ ἀειθαλοῦς φύσεως. συνετῶν δ’ ἐστὶ καὶ σοφῶν ἀνδρῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα γινώσκειν καὶ ὁμολογεῖν, οὐκ ἀσήμων.
141Τί μὲν οὖν ἐστι τὸ „δώσω σοι“ λέλεκται, τὸ δ’ „ἐξ αὐτῆς“ (Gen. 17, 16) μηνυτέον. οἱ μὲν οὖν τὸ ἔξω γινόμενον αὐτῆς ἐδέξαντο νομίζοντες ἄριστον κεκρίσθαι παρὰ ὀρθῷ λόγῳ τὸ μηδὲν ἀποφαίνειν τὴν ψυχὴν ἴδιον αὑτῆς καλόν, ἀλλὰ προσγινόμενον ἔξωθεν κατὰ τὴν μεγαλόνοιαν τοῦ χάριτας ὀμβροῦντος θεοῦ· οἱ δὲ τὸ παραυτίκα τάχος·
142ἴσον γὰρ εἶναι τὸ ἐξ αὐτῆς τῷ παραχρῆμα, εὐθύς, ἀνυπερθέτως, ἄνευ μελλήσεως. τοῦτον δὲ τὸν τρόπον αἱ θεῖαι φιλοῦσι συμβαίνειν δωρεαὶ φθάνουσαι καὶ τὰ χρόνων διαστήματα. τρίτοι δέ εἰσιν οἱ τὴν ἀρετὴν μητέρα τοῦ γενητοῦ εἶναι λέγοντες ἀγαθοῦ, λαμβάνουσαν τὰς γονὰς παρὰ μηδενὸς θνητοῦ.
143πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ζητοῦντας, εἰ στεῖρα τίκτει — Σάρραν γὰρ εἰσάγοντες πάλαι στεῖραν οἱ χρησμοὶ νῦν ὅτι γενήσεται μήτηρ ὁμολογοῦσι —, λεκτέον ἐκεῖνο, ὅτι γυνὴ μὲν στεῖρα τίκτειν οὐ πέφυκεν, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ τυφλὸς βλέπειν οὐδὲ κωφὸς ἀκούειν, ψυχὴ δ’ ἡ πρὸς τὰ φαῦλα ἐστειρωμένη καὶ παθῶν ἀμετρίας καὶ κακιῶν ἄγονος μόνη σχεδὸν εὐτοκίᾳ χρῆται, τὰ ἀξιέραστα τίκτουσα, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἑπτὰ κατὰ τὸ ᾀδόμενον ᾆσμα ὑπὸ τῆς χάριτος, Ἄννης, ἥ φησιν· „στεῖρα ἔτεκεν ἑπτά, ἡ δὲ πολλὴ ἐν τέκνοις ἠσθένησε“ (I Reg. 2, 5).
144καλεῖ δὲ πολλὴν μὲν τὴν ἐκ μιγάδων καὶ συγκλύδων λογισμῶν συμπεφορημένην διάνοιαν, ἣ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν περὶ αὐτὴν ὄχλων καὶ θορύβων ἀνήκεστα κακὰ τίκτει, στεῖραν δὲ τὴν μὴ παραδεχομένην θνητὸν ὡς γόνιμον σπόρον, ἀλλὰ τὰς τῶν φαύλων ὁμιλίας καὶ συνουσίας ἀναλίσκουσάν τε καὶ διαφθείρουσαν, περιεχομένην δὲ τῆς ἑβδόμης καὶ τοῦ κατ’ αὐτὴν εἰρηνικωτάτου· τούτου γὰρ ἐγκύμων τε εἶναι βούλεται καὶ μήτηρ λέγεσθαι.
145Τοιοῦτον ἦν καὶ τὸ „ἐξ αὐτῆς“· τὸ δὲ τρίτον, ὃ δὴ „τέκνον“ ἐλέγετο, νῦν διασκεψώμεθα. πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν ἄξιον θαυμάσαι τὸ μὴ πολλὰ τέκνα φάναι δώσειν, ἓν δὲ χαριεῖσθαι μόνον. διὰ τί δέ; ὅτι τὸ καλὸν οὐκ ἐν πλήθει μᾶλλον ἢ δυνάμει πέφυκεν ἐξετάζεσθαι.
146μουσικὰ μὲν γάρ, εἰ τύχοι, καὶ γραμματικὰ καὶ γεωμετρικὰ καὶ δίκαια καὶ φρόνιμα καὶ ἀνδρεῖα καὶ σώφρονα πάμπολλά ἐστιν· αὐτὸ δὲ τοῦτο τὸ μουσικὸν καὶ γραμματικὸν καὶ γεωμετρικόν, ἔτι δὲ δίκαιον καὶ σῶφρον φρόνιμόν τε καὶ ἀνδρεῖον ἓν αὐτὸ μόνον τὸ ἀνωτάτω, μηδὲν ἰδέας ἀρχετύπου διαφέρον, ἀφ’ οὗ τὰ πολλὰ καὶ ἀμύθητα ἐκεῖνα διεπλάσθη.
147ταῦτα μὲν περὶ τοῦ ἓν φάναι δώσειν· νυνὶ δὲ τέκνον εἴρηκεν οὐκ ἀμελῶς οὐδ’ ἀπερισκέπτως, ἀλλ’ ἕνεκα τοῦ παραστῆσαι, ὅτι οὐκ ὀθνεῖον οὐδ’ ὑποβολιμαῖον οὐδ’ αὖ θετὸν ἢ νόθον, ἀλλὰ γνήσιον καὶ ἀστεῖον [ὅτι οὐκ ὀθνεῖον] ὄντως ἀστῆς ψυχῆς ἔγγονον. παρὰ γὰρ τὸν τόκον τὸ τέκνον εἴρηται πρὸς ἔμφασιν οἰκειότητος, ᾗ φυσικῶς ἁρμόζεται τέκνα γονεῦσιν.
148„Εὐλογήσω“ δέ φησιν „αὐτήν, καὶ ἔσται εἰς ἔθνη“ (Gen. 17, 16), δηλῶν ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἡ γενικὴ ἀρετὴ ὡς ἂν εἰς ἔθνη τὰ προσεχέστατα εἴδη τέμνεται καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῖς εἴδεσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι συμβέβηκεν ὡς ζῴων οὕτω καὶ πραγμάτων εἶναι τρόπον τινὰ ἔθνη, οἷς μέγα ὄφελος ἀρετὴν προσεῖναι.
149τὰ γὰρ ἔρημα καὶ χῆρα φρονήσεως πάντα ἐπιζήμια, καθάπερ οἷς οὐκ ἐπιλάμπει ἥλιος ἐξ ἀνάγκης ζοφερά. ἀρετῇ μὲν γὰρ γεωπόνος ἄμεινον φυτῶν ἐπιμελεῖται, ἀρετῇ δὲ καὶ ἡνίοχος ἅρμα ἐν ἱπποδρομίαις ἄπταιστον ἐλαύνει, ἀρετῇ δὲ καὶ κυβερνήτης [οἰακονόμος] οἰακονομεῖ κατὰ πλοῦν τὸ σκάφος. ἀρετὴ καὶ οἰκίας καὶ πόλιν καὶ χώραν βέλτιον οἰκεῖσθαι παρεσκεύασεν, οἰκονομικούς, πολιτικούς, κοινωνικοὺς ἄνδρας δημιουργοῦσα.
150ἀρετὴ καὶ νόμους ἀρίστους εἰσηγήσατο καὶ τὰ εἰρήνης κατεβάλετο πανταχοῦ σπέρματα· ἐπεὶ καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐναντίας ἕξεως πέφυκε γίνεσθαι τἀναντία, πόλεμος, ἀνομία, κακοπολιτεῖαι, συγχύσεις, δύσπλοιαι, περιτροπαί, ἡ ἐν ταῖς ἐπιστήμαις ἀργαλεωτάτη νόσος, πανουργία, ἀφ’ ἧς ἀντὶ τεχνῶν κακοτεχνίαι προσερρήθησαν. ἀναγκαίως οὖν εἰς ἔθνη χωρήσει ἡ ἀρετή, ζῴων ὁμοῦ καὶ πραγμάτων μεγάλα καὶ ἀθρόα συστήματα, ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν δεχομένων ὠφελείᾳ.
Sections 126–150
126Because to alter a code of laws for the advantage of those who are to use them is the part of a man who is always handling divine things, and having them in his hands; and who is called a lawgiver by the all-knowing God, and who has received from him a great gift—the interpretation of the sacred laws, and the spirit of prophecy in accordance with them. For the name Moses, being translated, signifies "gain," and it also means handling, for the reasons which I have already enumerated.
127But to pray and to bless are not the duties of any ordinary man, but they belong to one who has not admitted any connection with created things, but who has devoted himself to God, the governor and the father of all men.
128And any one must be content to whom it has been allowed to use the privilege of blessing. And to be able also to procure good for others belongs to a greater and more perfect soul, and is the profession of one who is really inspired by God, which he who has attained to may reasonably be called God. But, also, this same person is God, inasmuch as he is wise, and as on this account he rules over every foolish person, even if such foolish person be established and strengthened by a haughty sceptre, and be ever so proud on this account;
129for the Ruler of the universe, even though some persons are about to be punished for intolerable acts of wickedness, nevertheless is willing to admit some intercessors to mediate on their behalf, who, in imitation of the merciful power of the father, exercise their power of punishment with more moderation and humanity; but to do good is the peculiar attribute of God.
130Having now discussed at sufficient length the subject of the change and alteration of names, we will turn to the matters which come next in order in our proposed examination. Immediately after the events which we have just mentioned, came the birth of Isaac; for after God had given to his mother the name of Sarrah instead of Sarah, he said to Abraham, "I will give unto thee a son." We must consider each of the things here indicated particularly.
131Now he who is properly said to give any thing whatever must by all means be giving what is his own private property. And if this is true beyond controversy, then it would follow that Isaac must not have been a man, but a being synonymous with that most exquisite joy of all pleasures, namely, laughter, the adopted son of God, who gave him as a soother and cheerer to the most peace-loving souls;
132for it is absurd to suppose that there was one who was a man, and another of whom bastard and illegitimate offspring were descended: and, indeed, Moses calls the man of an intellect devoted to virtue a god, when he says, "The Lord, seeing that Leah was hated, opened her womb."
133For having felt compassion and pity for virtue as being hated by the race of mankind, and for the soul which loves virtue, he makes the nature which loves beauty barren, but opens the fountain of fecundity and gives it a prosperous labour.
134But Tamar, when she became pregnant of divine seeds, and did not know who it was who had sown them (for it is said that at that time she "had covered her face," as Moses did when he turned away, having a reverential fear of beholding God), still when she saw the tokens and the evidences and decided within herself that it was not a mortal man who gave these things, cried out, "To whomsoever these things belong, it is by him that I am with child."
135Whose was the ring, or the pledge, or the seal of the whole, or the archetypal appearance, according to which all the things, though devoid of species and of distinctive quality, were all stamped and marked? And whose again was the armlet, or the ornament; that is to say, destiny, the link and analogy of all things which have an indissoluble connection? Whose, again, was the staff, the thing of strong support, which wavers not, which is not moved; that is to say, admonition, correction, instruction? Whose is the sceptre, the kingly power?
136does it not belong to God alone? Therefore, the disposition inclined to confession, that is to say, Judah, being pleased at her possessed and inspired condition, speaks freely, saying, "She has spoken justly, because I gave her in marriage to no mortal man;" thinking it an impious thing to pollute divine with profane things.
137And wisdom, which, after the fashion of a mother, has conceived and brought forth the self-taught race, points out that it is God who is the sower of it; for, after the offspring is brought forth, she speaks magnificently, saying, "The Lord has caused me laughter;" an expression equivalent to, he has fashioned, he has made, he has begotten Isaac, since Isaac is the same with laughter.
138But it does not belong to every one to hear this sound, since the evil of superstition is very widely spread among us, and has overwhelmed many unmanly and ignoble souls; on which account she adds, "For whoever hears this will not rejoice with me." As if those persons were very few whose ears are opened and pricked up so as to be inclined to the reception of these sacred words, which teach that it is the peculiar employment of the only God to sow and to beget what is good; to which words all other persons are deaf.
139And I know that this illustrious oracle was formerly delivered from the mouth of the prophet. "Thy fruit has been found from me: who is wise and will understand these things? who is prudent and will know them?" But I have observed, and comprehended, and admired him who causes to resound, and who himself, invisible as he is, does in an invisible manner strike the organ of the voice; being amazed also at the same time at what was uttered.
140For if there be any good thing among existing things, that, or I should rather say the whole heaven and the whole world, if one must tell the truth, is the fruit of God; being preserved upon his eternal and everflourishing nature as upon a tree. But it belongs to wise and understanding men to understand and to confess such things as these, and not to the ignorant.
141We have now then explained what is meant by the words, "I will give unto thee." We must now explain the words, "out of her." Some now have understood them as meaning that which exists out of her, thinking that it has been most correctly decided by right reason that the soul never displays any peculiar beauty of its own, but only such as comes to it from without, in accordance with the greatness of the good will of God who showers his graces upon it.
142But others understand these words to mean instant rapidity; for that the words (ἐξ αὐτη̃ς, which we have translated) "out of her," are here equivalent to, "at once, immediately, without any delay, without hesitation." And it is in this way that the gifts of God usually come to men, outstripping the differences of time. There is a third class of persons who say, that virtue is the mother of all created good, without having received the seed of it from any mortal man;
143and to those who ask, whether she who is barren has an offspring (for the holy scriptures, which some time ago represented Sarrah as barren, now confess that she will become a mother); this answer must be given, that a woman who is barren cannot, in the course of nature, bring forth an offspring, just as a blind man cannot see, nor a deaf man hear; but that the soul, which is barren of bad things, and which is unproductive of immoderate license of the passions and vices, is alone very nearly attaining to a happy delivery, bringing forward objects worthy of love, namely, the number seven, according to the hymn which is sung by Grace, that is, by Hannah, who says, "she who was barren hath born seven, and she who had many children has become weak:"
144and what she means by, "She who had many children," is the mind, which being pregnant of mixed and promiscuous reasonings, from all quarters confused together, by reason of the multitudes which crowd around her, and of the disorder which they cause, brings forth incurable evils; and by "she who was barren," she means that mind which had never received any mortal seed, as if it were productive of offspring, but has avoided and shunned all association and all connection with the wicked, and clings to the seventh, and to the most peaceful numbers in accordance with it, for it deserves to be pregnant of it, and to be called its mother.
145This then is the meaning of the words, "out of her." We must now consider the third point, namely, what that is which is called her son. In the first place, then, there is this worthy of our admiration, that God does not say that he will give her many children, but that he will give her one only. And why is this? Because it is the nature of what is good to be investigated, not so much with respect to its number or magnitude, as with respect to its power;
146for musical precepts, to take them for an instance, or rules of grammar, or of geometry, or of justice, or of wisdom, or of manly courage, or of temperance, are very numerous indeed; but the science itself of music, or grammar, or geometry, and still more the virtue of justice, or temperance, or wisdom, or manly courage, is only one thing, the loftiest perfection, in no respect differing from the archetypal model, after which all those numerous and countless precepts were formed.
147And this is why he only says that he will give her one son. And now he has called it a son, not speaking carelessly or inconsiderately, but for the sake of showing that it is not a foreign, nor a supposititious, nor an adopted, nor an illegitimate child, but a legitimate child, a proper citizen, inasmuch as a foreign child cannot be the offspring of a truly citizen soul, for the Greek word τέκνον (son), is derived from τόκος (bringing forth), by way of showing the kindred by which children are, by nature, united to their parents.
148And, says God, "I will bless her, and she shall be a mother of nations;" because, not only is generic virtue divided into its proximate species, and into individuals subordinate to the species, as if into nations; but also because, as there are nations of living animals, so in a manner are . there nations of things, to which virtue is a very great advantage;
149for all things which are devoid and destitute of wisdom are mischievous, just as all places upon which the sun does not shine are of necessity dark; for it is by virtue that a farmer is able to pay better attention to his crops, and by virtue that a charioteer drives his chariot in the horse-races so as to avoid falling; and by virtue too, that a pilot and a steersman guides his vessel in its voyage.
150Virtue again has caused houses, and cities, and countries to be inhabited in a better manner, making men competent to manage houses and cities, and fit to associate with one another. Virtue also has introduced most excellent laws, and has sown the seeds of peace everywhere; since, from the contrary habit, things of a contrary character do naturally arise—war, lawlessness, bad constitutions, confusion, unsuccessful voyages, overthrows, that which, in science, is the most grievous of all diseases, namely, cunning, from which, instead of art, all kinds of evil artifice has flowed. Very necessarily, therefore, will virtue be divided among all nations, which are large and collected systems of living beings and things taken together, for the advantage of those who receive her.
Sections 151–175
151Λέγεται δὲ ἑξῆς, ὅτι „καὶ βασιλεῖς ἐθνῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἔσονται“ (ibid.). οὓς γὰρ κυοφορεῖ καὶ ἀποτίκτει, πάντες εἰσὶν ἡγεμόνες, οὐ κλήρῳ, πράγματι ἀβεβαίῳ, καὶ χειροτονίᾳ ἐμμίσθων τὰ πολλὰ ἀνθρώπων πρὸς ὀλίγον χρόνον αἱρεθέντες, ἀλλ’ ὑπὸ φύσεως εἰς ἀεὶ κατασταθέντες αὐτῆς.
152οὗτος δ’ οὐκ ἐμὸς μῦθος, ἀλλὰ χρησμῶν τῶν ἱερωτάτων ἐστίν, ἐν οἷς εἰσάγονταί τινες λέγοντες τῷ Ἀβραάμ· „βασιλεὺς παρὰ θεοῦ εἶ σὺ ἐν ἡμῖν“ (Gen. 23,6), οὐ τὰς ὕλας ἐξετάσαντες, — τίνες γὰρ ἦσαν ἀνδρὶ μετανάστῃ καὶ μηδὲ πόλιν οἰκοῦντι, πολλὴν δὲ καὶ ἐρήμην καὶ ἄβατον ἀλωμένῳ γῆν; — ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ βασιλικὴν ἕξιν κατανοήσαντες, ὥστ’ ἀνομολογῆσαι κατὰ Μωυσῆν μόνον τὸν σοφὸν βασιλέα.
153καὶ γὰρ ὄντως ὁ μὲν φρόνιμος ἡγεμὼν ἀφρόνων ἐστὶν εἰδὼς ἃ χρὴ ποιεῖν τε καὶ ἃ μή, ὁ δὲ σώφρων ἀκολάστων τὰ περὶ τὰς αἱρέσεις καὶ φυγὰς ἠκριβωκὼς οὐκ ἀμελῶς, δειλῶν δὲ ὁ ἀνδρεῖος ἃ δεῖ ὑπομένειν καὶ ἃ μὴ σαφῶς ἐκμαθών, ἀδίκων δὲ ὁ δίκαιος ἰσότητος ἐν τοῖς ἀπονεμητέοις ἀρρεποῦς στοχαζόμενος, ὁ δ’ ὅσιος ἀνοσίων [ἐν] ἀρίσταις ὑπολήψεσι ταῖς περὶ θεοῦ κατεσχημένος.
154Ταύταις εἰκὸς ἦν ταῖς ὑποσχέσεσι τὸν νοῦν ἐκφυσηθέντα μετέωρον ἀρθῆναι. ὁ δὲ πρὸς ἔλεγχον ἡμῶν, οἳ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς μικροτάτοις εἰώθαμεν ὑψαυχενεῖν, πίπτει καὶ εὐθὺς γελᾷ (Gen. 17, 17) τὸν ψυχῆς γέλωτα, σκυθρωπάζων μὲν τῷ προσώπῳ, μειδιῶν δὲ τῇ διανοίᾳ, πολλῆς καὶ ἀκράτου χαρᾶς εἰσοικισαμένης.
155ἀμφότερα δὲ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον συμβαίνει τῷ μείζονα ἐλπίδος ἀγαθὰ κληρονομοῦντι σοφῷ, γελᾶν τε καὶ πίπτειν· τὸ μὲν εἰς πίστιν τοῦ μὴ μεγαλαυχεῖν διὰ κατάγνωσιν τῆς θνητῆς οὐδενείας, τὸ δ’ εἰς εὐσεβείας βεβαίωσιν διὰ τὸ μόνον χαρίτων καὶ ἀγαθῶν νομίζειν τὸν θεὸν αἴτιον.
156πιπτέτω μὲν δὴ καὶ σκυθρωπαζέτω γένεσις, φυσικῶς — ἀνίδρυτός τε γὰρ καὶ ἐπίλυπος ἐξ ἑαυτῆς ἐστιν —, ἀνιστάσθω δὲ ὑπὸ θεοῦ καὶ γελάτω· τὸ γὰρ ἔρεισμα αὐτῆς καὶ ἡ χαρὰ μόνος οὗτός ἐστιν.
157εἰκότως δ’ ἂν ἀπορήσειέ τις, πῶς ἐνδέχεται γελᾶν τινα, μήπω γέλωτος εἰς τὴν καθ’ ἡμᾶς γένεσιν ἐλθόντος· ὁ γὰρ Ἰσαάκ ἐστι γέλως, ὃς κατὰ τὴν παροῦσαν σκέψιν οὔπω γεγένηται. ὥσπερ γὰρ οὔτε βλέπειν χωρὶς ὀφθαλμῶν οὔτ’ ἀκούειν χωρὶς ὤτων οὔτε δίχα μυκτήρων ὀσφραίνεσθαι οὐδ’ αὖ ταῖς ἄλλαις αἰσθήσεσιν ἄνευ τῶν κατ’ αὐτὰς ὀργάνων χρῆσθαι οὔτε καταλαμβάνειν δίχα λογισμοῦ, οὕτως οὐδὲ γελᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν, εἰ μὴ γέλως ἐδεδημιούργητο. τί οὖν χρὴ λέγειν;
158πολλὰ ἡ φύσις τῶν μελλόντων γίνεσθαι διά τινων συμβόλων προμηνύει. ἢ τὸν νεοττὸν οὐχ ὁρᾷς, ὅς, πρὶν ἀέρι ἐπινήχεσθαι, πτερύσσεσθαι καὶ τοὺς ταρσοὺς διασείειν φιλεῖ, τὴν ἐλπίδα τοῦ πέτεσθαι δυνήσεσθαι προευαγγελιζόμενος;
159ἀμνὸν δ’ ἢ χίμαρον ἢ βοῦν ἔτι νεογνὸν οὐκ εἶδες, μήπω τῶν κεράτων ἐκπεφυκότων, ὁπότε διερεθίζει τις, ἀντιβεβηκότα καὶ τοῖς μέρεσιν ἐκείνοις ὁρμῶντα πρὸς ἄμυναν, ἐξ ὧν ἡ φύσις τὰ ἀμυντήρια ὅπλα ἀναδίδωσιν;
160ἔν γε μὴν ταῖς θηριομαχίαις οὐκ εὐθὺς οἱ ταῦροι τοὺς ἀντιτεταγμένους ἀναπείρουσιν, ἀλλ’ εὖ μάλα διαβάντες καὶ μετρίως τὸν αὐχένα χαλάσαντες καὶ θάτερον ἐκκλίναντες καὶ ταυρωπὸν ὄντως ἀποβλεψάμενοι τηνικαῦτα ἐπίασιν, ἔργου ἑξόμενοι. τὸ δὲ γινόμενον ὄρουσιν ἐκάλεσαν, οἷς ὀνοματοποιεῖν ἔθος, ὁρμήν τινα πρὸ ὁρμῆς ὑπάρχουσαν.
161ὅμοιον δή τι καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ τὰ πολλὰ πάσχει· ἐλπιζομένου γὰρ τἀγαθοῦ προγήθει, ὡς τρόπον τινα χαίρειν πρὸ χαρᾶς καὶ εὐφραίνεσθαι πρὸ εὐφροσύνης. εἰκάσαι δ’ ἄν τις αὐτὸ καὶ τῷ περὶ τὰ φυτὰ συμβαίνοντι· καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα, ὁπότε μέλλοι καρποφορεῖν, προβλαστάνει καὶ προανθεῖ καὶ χλοηφορεῖ.
162τὴν ἡμερίδα ἄμπελον ἴδε, ὡς ὑπὸ φύσεως τεθαυματούργηται, κληματίσιν, ἕλιξι, μοσχεύμασι, πετάλοις, οἰνάροις, ἃ φωνὴν μονονοὐκ ἀφιέντα μηνύει τὴν ἐπὶ τῷ μέλλοντι καρπῷ τοῦ δένδρου χαράν. καὶ ἡ ἡμέρα μέντοι προγελᾷ πρὸς βαθὺν ὄρθρον μέλλοντος ἀνίσχειν ἡλίου· αὐγὴ γὰρ αὐγῆς ἄγγελος καὶ φῶς φωτὸς ἀμυδρότερον τηλαυγεστέρου προεξέρχεται.
163ἥκοντι μὲν οὖν ἤδη τῷ ἀγαθῷ συνομαρτεῖ χαρά, προσδοκωμένῳ δὲ ἐλπίς· ἀφικομένῳ μὲν γὰρ χαίρομεν, μέλλοντος δὲ ἐλπίζομεν, καθάπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐναντίων ἔχειν συμβέβηκεν· ἡ μὲν γὰρ παρουσία τοῦ κακοῦ λύπην, ἡ δὲ προσδοκία φόβον ἐγέννησεν. φόβος δὲ ἄρα ἦν οὐδὲν ἢ λύπη πρὸ λύπης, ὥσπερ ἐλπὶς χαρὰ πρὸ χαρᾶς· ὃ γάρ, οἶμαι, πρὸς λύπην φόβος, τοῦτο πρὸς χαρὰν ἐλπίς.
164σημεῖα δὲ τοῦ λεγομένου καὶ αἰσθήσεις ἐναργῆ περιφέρουσι· γεύσεως γὰρ ὄσφρησις προκαθημένη τὰ πρὸς ἐδωδὴν καὶ πόσιν σχεδὸν ἅπαντα προδικάζει· ἀφ’ οὗ καὶ προγευστρίδα αὐτὴν ἐκάλεσαν εἰς τὴν ἐνάργειαν ἀπιδόντες εὐθυβόλως ἔνιοι. πέφυκε δὲ καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ὡσανεὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀγαθοῦ προγεύεσθαι καὶ διασυνιστάνειν αὐτὸ ψυχῇ τῇ βεβαίως κτησομένῃ.
165κἀν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις μέντοι πεινήσας τις καὶ διψήσας, πηγὰς ἐξαίφνης ἰδὼν ἢ δένδρα παντοῖα ἡμέροις βρίθοντα καρποῖς, μήπω φαγὼν ἢ πιών, ἀλλὰ μηδ’ ἀρυσάμενος ἢ δρεψάμενος ἐλπίδι τῆς ἀπολαύσεως προπληροῦται. εἶτ’ οἰόμεθα ταῖς μὲν τοῦ σώματος τροφαῖς καὶ πρὸ τῆς χρήσεως ἑστιᾶσθαι δύνασθαι, τὰς δὲ τῆς διανοίας οὐχ ἱκανὰς εἶναι καὶ ὁπότε μέλλοιεν ἑστιᾶν προευφραίνειν;
166Ἐγέλασεν οὖν εἰκότως μήπω δοκοῦντος ἐν τῷ θνητῷ γένει σπαρῆναι τοῦ γέλωτος· καὶ οὐ μόνον αὐτός, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ γελᾷ. λέγεται γὰρ αὖθις· "ἐγέλασε δὲ Σάρρα ἐν ἑαυτῇ λέγουσα· οὔπω μέν μοι γέγονεν ἕως τοῦ νῦν“ (Gen. 18,12) ἄνευ μελέτης ἀπαυτοματίζον ἀγαθόν· ὁ δ’ ὑποσχόμενος „κύριός μου καὶ πρεσβύτερος“ (ibid.) πάσης γενέσεώς ἐστιν, ᾧ πιστεύειν ἀναγκαῖον.
167ἅμα μέντοι καὶ ἀναδιδάσκει, ὅτι ἥ τ’ ἀρετὴ χαρτόν ἐστι φύσει καὶ ὁ ἔχων αὐτὴν αἰεὶ γέγηθε, καὶ τοὐναντίον ὅτι ἥ τε κακία λυπηρὸν καὶ ὁ ἔχων ὀδυνηρότατος. ἔτι νῦν θαυμάζομεν τῶν φιλοσόφων τοὺς λέγοντας τὴν ἀρετὴν εὐπάθειαν εἶναι;
168ἰδοὺ γὰρ Μωυσῆς χορηγὸς ἀνεύρηται τοῦ σοφοῦ τούτου δόγματος, χαίροντα καὶ γελῶντα παραγαγὼν τὸν ἀστεῖον· ἀλλαχόθι δὲ οὐκ αὐτὸν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφικνουμένους αὐτῷ. "ἰδὼν γάρ σε“ φησί „χαρήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ“ (Exod. 4, 14), ὡς τῆς τοῦ σπουδαίου προσόψεως αὐτὸ μόνον ἱκανῆς οὔσης ἀναπληρῶσαι τὴν διάνοιαν εὐφροσύνης, ἀποφορτισαμένην τὸ ἀπεχθέστατον ψυχῆς κακῶν, λύπην.
169φαύλῳ δ’ οὐδενὶ χαίρειν ἐφεῖται, καθάπερ καὶ ἐν προφητικαῖς ᾄδεται ῥήσεσι· „χαίρειν οὐκ ἔστι τοῖς ἀσεβέσιν, εἶπεν ὁ θεός“ (Ies. 48,22). λόγος γὰρ ὄντως καὶ χρησμός ἐστι θεῖος, σκυθρωπὸν καὶ ἐπίλυπον καὶ μεστὸν βαρυδαιμονίας εἶναι τὸν παντὸς μοχθηροῦ βίον, κἂν προσποιῆται τῷ προσώπῳ μειδιᾶν.
170οὐ γὰρ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους χαίρειν ἂν εἴποιμι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν, ἡνίκα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς Ἰωσὴφ ἥκοντας ἤκουσαν, ἀλλ’ ἐπιμορφάζειν καθυποκρινομένους τὸ δοκεῖν. οὐδενὶ γὰρ ἐπιστὰς ἔλεγχος ἀφρόνων δι’ ἡδονῆς ἐστιν, ὥσπερ οὐδ’ ἰατρὸς ἀκρατεῖ νοσοῦντι. πόνος μὲν γὰρ τοῖς συμφέρουσι, ῥᾳστώνη δὲ τοῖς βλαβεροῖς ἕπεται· πόνου δὲ ῥᾳστώνην προκρίναντες εἰκότως τοῖς τὰ συμφέροντα εἰσηγουμένοις ἀπεχθάνονται.
171ἐπειδὰν οὖν ἀκούσῃς ὅτι „ἐχάρη Φαραὼ καὶ ἡ θεραπεία αὐτοῦ“ (Gen. 45, 16) διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀδελφῶν Ἰωσὴφ ἄφιξιν, μὴ νόμιζε πρὸς ἀλήθειαν ἥδεσθαι, εἰ μὴ κατ’ ἐκεῖνο ἴσως, ὅτι προσδοκῶσιν αὐτὸν μεταβαλεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν ψυχῆς ἀγαθῶν, οἷς συνετράφη, πρὸς τὰς τοῦ σώματος ἀνηνύτους ἐπιθυμίας, τὸ ἀρχαῖον καὶ προγονικὸν ἀρετῆς συγγενοῦς νόμισμα παρακόψαντα.
172τοιαῦτα δ’ ἐλπίσας ὁ φιλήδονος νοῦς αὔταρκες οὐχ ὑπολαμβάνει τοὺς νεωτέρους καὶ ἄρτι πρὸς τὰ σωφροσύνης γυμνάσια φοιτῶντας ἐπιθυμιῶν δελέασιν ἀγκιστρεύσασθαι, ἀλλὰ δεινὸν ἐνόμισεν εἶναι, εἰ μὴ καὶ τὸν πρεσβύτερον ὑπάξεται λόγον, οὗ τὰ λυττῶντα πάθη παρήβηκε.
173λέγει γὰρ αὖ τὰς ζημίας ὡς ὠφελείας προτείνων· „παραλαβόντες τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν ἥκετε πρὸς μέ“ (ibid. 18) ἐπ’ Αἰγύπτου καὶ τοῦ φοβεροῦ τούτου βασιλέως, ὃς καὶ τὰ πατρῷα ἡμῶν καὶ τὰ ὄντως ὑπάρχοντα ἀγαθὰ ἔξω προεληλυθότα τοῦ σώματος — φύσει γάρ ἐστιν ἐλεύθερα — ἀντισπᾷ βιαζόμενος δεσμωτηρίῳ πάνυ πικρῷ παραδοῦναι, καταστήσας εἱρκτοφύλακα, ὥς φησι τὸ λόγιον, Πεντεφρῆ τὸν σπάδοντα καὶ ἀρχιμάγειρον (Gen. 39, 1) σπάνει κεχρημένον τῶν καλῶν καὶ τὰ γεννητικὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ἐκτετμημένον, ἔτι δὲ σπείρειν καὶ φυτεύειν τι τῶν κατὰ παιδείαν ἀδυνατοῦντα, μαγείρου τρόπον κτείνοντα τὰ ζῶντα καὶ κατὰ μέρη καὶ κατὰ μέλη κόπτοντα καὶ διαιροῦντα καὶ ἐν ἀψύχοις καὶ νεκροῖς καλινδούμενον οὐ σώμασι μᾶλλον ἢ πράγμασι καὶ ταῖς περιέργοις παραρτύσεσιν ἀνεγείροντα καὶ ἀνερεθίζοντα τὰς τῶν ἀνηνύτων παθῶν ὁρμάς, ἃς εἰκὸς ἦν τιθασεύοντα πραΰναι.
174ὁ δὲ καὶ „δώσω“ φησίν „ὑμῖν πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν Αἰγύπτου, καὶ φάγεσθε τὸν μυελὸν τῆς γῆς“ (Gen. 45, 18). ἀλλ’ ἐροῦμεν αὐτῷ· σώματος ἀγαθὸν οὐ προσιέμεθα οἱ τὰ ψυχῆς ἰδόντες· ἱκανὸς γὰρ ὁ τριπόθητος ἐκείνων ἵμερος ἐντακεὶς πάντων ὅσα τῇ σαρκὶ φίλα λήθην ἐργάσασθαι.
175Τοιαύτη μέν τις ἡ ψευδώνυμος χαρὰ τῶν ἀφρόνων, ἡ δὲ ἀληθὴς πρότερον εἴρηται, μόνοις ἀστείοις ἐφαρμόζουσα. „πεσὼν οὖν ἐγέλασεν“ (Gen. 17,17), οὐκ ἀπὸ θεοῦ πεσών, ἀλλ’ ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ· ἔστη μὲν γὰρ περὶ τὸν ἄτρεπτον, ἔπεσε δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἰδίας οἰήσεως.
Sections 151–175
151Immediately afterwards it is said, "And kings of the nations shall be born of her." For those with whom she is pregnant and whom she brings forth are all rulers; not because they have been elected as such for a short period by lot, which is an uncertain thing, or by the show of hands of men who are for the most part bribed, but because they have been destined and appointed so for everlasting by nature herself.
152And these are not my words only, but those of the most holy scriptures, in which certain persons are introduced as saying to Abraham, "Thou art a king from God among us;" not out of consideration for his resources (for what resources could a man have who was an emigrant and who had no city to inhabit, but who was wandering over a great extent of impassable country?), but because they saw that he had a royal disposition in his mind, so that they confessed, in the words of Moses, that he was the only wise king.
153For in real truth the wise man is the king of those who are foolish, since he knows what he ought and what he ought not to do; and the temperate man is the king of the intemperate, as he has attained to no careless or inaccurate knowledge of what relates to choice and avoidance. Also the brave man is king over the cowardly, inasmuch as he has thoroughly learnt what he ought to endure and what he ought not. So too the just man is king of the unjust, as he is possessed of the knowledge of undeviating equality as to what is to be distributed. And the holy man is king over the unholy, as he is possessed with the most just and excellent notions of God.
154It was natural then for the mind, being puffed up by these promises, to be elated and raised to an undue height in its own estimation; and accordingly, by way of producing conviction in us, who were accustomed to hold up our heads at the slightest trifles, "it falls down and immediately laughs the laughter of the soul," looking mournful as to its face, but smiling in its mind a great and unmixed joy having entered into it:
155and both these feelings, namely, to laugh and also to fall, do at the same time occur to a wise man who inherits good things beyond his expectation; the one being his fate, as a proof that he is not over-proud because of his thorough knowledge of his mortal nothingness; and the other, by way of a confirmation of his piety on account of his looking upon God as the sole cause of all graces and of all good things.
156Let, then, the creature fall down and wear a melancholy countenance very naturally; for it has no stability in its own nature, and as far as that goes is easily dissolved; but let it be raised up again by God, and laugh, for he alone is the support and joy of it.
157And here any one may reasonably express a doubt how it is possible for any one to laugh when laughter had not as yet come among one branch of the creation; for Isaac is laughter, who, according to the account under our consideration at present, was not yet born. For just as it is impossible to see without eyes, or to hear without ears, or to smell without nostrils, or to exert any other of the external senses without the organs adapted to each respectively, or to comprehend without the reason, so also it is not likely that a person can have laughed, if laughter had not as yet been made.
158What, then, are we to say? Nature foreshows many of the things which are hereafter to happen by certain symbols. Do you not see how the young bird, before it commits itself to the air, is fond of fluttering its wings and shaking its pinions, giving a previous happy indication of its hope that it will be able to fly?
159And have you never seen a lamb, or a kid, or an ox, while still young, and before his horns are as yet grown and noticed, if by chance any one irritates him, how he opposes him, and moves forward to defend himself with those parts in which nature has planted his arms for defence?
160And in the battles which take place with wild beasts, the bulls do not at once gore the adversaries who are opposed to them, but standing well apart, and relaxing their neck in a moderate degree and bending their heads on one side, and looking fierce, as it were, they then, after a truce, rush on with the determination of persevering in the contest. And this sort of conduct those who are in the habit of inventing new words call "sparring," being a sort of sham attack before the real one.
161And the soul is subject to many things of much the same kind. For when something good is hoped for it rejoices beforehand, so that in a manner it rejoices before its joy, and is delighted before its delight. And one may also compare this to what happens with respect to plants; for they, too, when they are about to bear fruit, bud beforehand and flower previously, and are green previously.
162Look at the cultivated vine, how marvellously it is furnished by nature with young shoots, and tendrils, and suckers, and leaves redolent of wine, which, though they utter no voice, do nevertheless indicate the joy of the tree at the coming fruit. And the day also laughs in anticipation of the early dawn, when the sun is about to rise; for one ray is a messenger of another, and one beam of light, as the forerunner of another though more obscure, is still a herald of that which shall be brighter.
163Therefore, joy accompanies a good when it is already arrived, and hope while it is expected. For we rejoice when it is come, and we hope while it is coming; just as is the case also with the contrary feelings; for the presence of evil brings us grief, and the expectation of evil generates fear, and fear is nothing more than grief before grief, as hope is joy before joy. For the same relation that, I imagine, fear bears to grief, that same does hope bear to joy.
164And the external senses afford very manifest proofs of what has now been said; for smell, sitting as it were in front of taste, pronounces judgment beforehand on almost every thing which is eaten and drunk; from which fact some persons have very felicitously named it the foretaster, having a regard to its employment. And so hope is by nature adapted to have as it were a foretaste of the coming good: and to represent it to the soul, which is to have a firm possession of it.
165Moreover, when any one who is engaged in a journey is hungry or thirsty, if he on a sudden sees a fountain or all kinds of trees weighed down with eatable fruits, he is at once filled with a hope of enjoyment, not only before he has either eaten or drunk, but before he has either come near them or gathered of them. And do we then think that we are able to feast on the nourishment of the body before we receive it, but that the food of the mind is not able to render us cheerful beforehand, even when we are on the very point of feasting on it?
166He laughed then very naturally, even though laughter did not as yet appear to have been scattered among the human race: and not only did he laugh but the woman also laughed; for it is said presently, "And Sarrah laughed in herself, saying, There has never up to the present time come any good unto me of its own accord without care on my part; but he who has promised is my Lord, and is older than all creation, and him I must of necessity believe."
167And at the same time it also teaches us that virtue is naturally a thing to be rejoiced at, and that he who possesses it is at all times rejoiced; and, on the contrary, that vice is a painful thing, and that he who possesses that is most miserable. And do we even now marvel at those philosophers who affirm that virtue consists in apathy?
168For, behold, Moses is found to be the leader of this wise doctrine, as he represents the good man as rejoicing and laughing. And in other passages he not only speaks of him in that way, but also of all those who come to the same place with him; for he says, "And when he seeth thee he will rejoice in himself;" as if the bare sight of a good man were by itself sufficient to fill the mind with cheerfulness while the soul would cast off its most fearful burden, sorrow.
169But it is not allowed to every wicked man to rejoice, as it is said in the predictions of the prophet, "There is no rejoicing for the wicked, says God." For this is truly a divine saying and oracle, that the life of every wicked man is melancholy, and sad, and full of unhappiness, even if with his face he pretends to feel happiness;
170for I should not say that the Egyptians rejoiced in reality when they heard that the brethren of Joseph were come, but that they only feigned joy, putting on a false appearance like hypocrites; for no convictor, when standing by and pressing upon a foolish man is a pleasure to him, just as no physician is to an intemperate man who is sick; for labour attends on what is useful, and laziness on what is hurtful. And those who prefer laziness to labour are very naturally hated by those who advise them to a course which will be useful and laborious.
171When, therefore, you hear that "Pharaoh and all his servants rejoiced on account of the arrival of Joseph’s brethren," do not think that they rejoiced in reality, unless perhaps in this sense, that they expected that he would become changed from the good things of the soul in which he had been brought up, and would come over to the profitless appetites of the body, having adulterated the ancient and hereditary coinage of that virtue which was akin to him.
172The mind, then, which is devoted to pleasure, having entertained these hopes, does not think that it is sufficient to attract the younger men, and those who are as yet only attending the schools of temperance, by its allurements; but it looks upon it as a terrible thing, if it cannot also bring over the elder reasoning, the more impetuous passions of which have now passed their prime;
173for in a subsequent passage Joseph says to them, proposing injuries to them as though they were benefits, "Now, therefore, bringing with you your father and all your possessions, come hither to me;" speaking in this way of Egypt and of that terrible king who drags back all our paternal inheritance and the good things which really belong to us and which have advanced beyond the body (for by nature they are free), endeavouring by force to surrender them to a very bitter prison, having, as the holy scripture tells us, "appointed as guardian of the prison Pentaphres, the eunuch and chief cook," who was a man in great want of all that is good, and who had been deprived of the generative parts of the soul; and who was also unable to sow and to plant any of those things which bear upon instruction; but who like a cook slew the living animals, and cut them up and divided them in different portions limb by limb, and who wallowed about in dead and lifeless bodies and things equally, and who, by his superfluous preparations and refinements, excited and stirred up the appetites of the profitless passions, which it was natural to expect that those who were able to tame them should mollify.
174And he also says, "I will give unto you of all the good things of Egypt, and you shall eat of the marrow of the earth." But we will say unto him, We who keep our eyes fixed on the good things of the soul do not desire those of the body. For that most delicious desire of the former things, when once implanted in the mind, is well calculated to engender a forgetfulness of all those things which are dear to the flesh.
175Something like this, then, is the falsely named joy of the foolish. But the true joy has already been described, which is adapted only to the virtuous, "Therefore, falling down, he laughed." Not falling from God, but from himself; for he stood near the unchangeable God, but he fell from his own vain opinion.
Sections 176–200
176διὸ καὶ τοῦ μὲν δοκησισόφου καταβληθέντος φρονήματος, ἀνεγερθέντος δὲ τοῦ φιλοθέου καὶ περὶ τὸν ἀκλινῆ μόνον ἱδρυθέντος, γελάσας εὐθὺς „εἶπε τῇ διανοίᾳ· εἰ τῷ ἑκατονταετεῖ γενήσεται, καὶ ἡ Σάρρα ἐνενήκοντα ἐτῶν οὖσα τέξεται“ (ibid.) ;
177μὴ μέντοι νομίσῃς, ὦ γενναῖε, τὸ „εἰπεῖν“ οὐχὶ τῷ στόματι, ἀλλὰ „τῇ διανοίᾳ“ προσκεῖσθαι παρέργως, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ ἐξητασμένως. διὰ τί; ὅτι ἔοικε διὰ τοῦ φάσκειν „εἰ τῷ ἑκατονταετεῖ γενήσεται“ περὶ τῆς Ἰσαὰκ ἐνδοιάσαι γενέσεως, ἐφ’ ᾗ πρότερον ἐλέγετο πιστεῦσαι, ὡς ἐδήλου τὸ χρησθὲν πρὸ μικροῦ τόδε· „οὐ κληρονομήσει σε οὗτος, ἀλλ’ ὃς ἐξελεύσεται ἐκ σοῦ“· εἶτ’ εὐθὺς εἶπεν· „ἐπίστευσε δὲ Ἀβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην“ (Gen. 15,4. 6).
178ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἀκόλουθον οὐκ ἦν ἐνδοιάσαι τῷ πεπιστευκότι, πεποίηκε τὸν ἐνδοιασμὸν οὐ πολυχρόνιον, μηκυνόμενον μέχρι γλώττης καὶ στόματος, ἀλλ’ αὐτοῦ περὶ τὴν ὀξυκίνητον διάνοιαν ἱστάμενον. „τῇ γὰρ διανοίᾳ“ φησίν „εἶπεν,“ ἣν τῶν εἰς ποδώκειαν ἐπαινουμένων οὐδὲν ἂν ἰσχύσαι παραδραμεῖν, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὰς πτηνὰς φύσεις ἁπάσας ἔφθακεν.
179ἀφ’ οὗ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ τῶν παρ’ Ἕλλησι ποιητῶν ὁ δοκιμώτατος „ὡς εἰ πτερὸν ἠὲ νόημα“ φάναι, δηλῶν τὸ τῆς ὀξύτητος τάχος, κατ’ ἐπίτασιν ὕστερον τοῦ πτεροῦ τὸ νόημα θείς. ἐπὶ πολλὰ γὰρ ἡ διάνοια ἐν ταὐτῷ πράγματα ὁμοῦ καὶ σώματα στείχει μετὰ ἀλέκτου φορᾶς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ γῆς καὶ θαλάττης αὐτίκα πέρατα φθάνει συναιροῦσα καὶ τέμνουσα τὰ ἀπειρομεγέθη διαστήματα· κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον τοσοῦτον ἀπὸ γῆς ἀναπηδᾷ, ὡς δι’ ἀέρος εἰς αἰθέρα ἀνέρχεσθαι καὶ μόλις περὶ τὴν ἐσχάτην τῶν ἀπλανῶν ἁψῖδα ἵστασθαι.
180τὸ γὰρ ἔνθερμον καὶ διάπυρον ἠρεμεῖν αὐτὴν οὐκ ἐᾷ· διὸ πολλὰ ὑπερβάλλουσα καὶ τοῦ παντὸς αἰσθητοῦ τούτου ὅρου ἔξω φέρεται πρὸς τὸν ἐκ τῶν ἰδεῶν παγέντα συγγενικῶς. γέγονεν οὖν περὶ τὸν ἀστεῖον ἡ τροπὴ βραχεῖα, ἄτομος, ἀμερής, οὐκ αἰσθητή, νοητὴ δὲ μόνον, τρόπον τινὰ ἄχρονος.
181ἀλλ’ ἴσως ἄν τις εἴποι· τί οὖν γε, ὅτι πεπιστευκὼς ἴχνος ἢ σκιὰν ἢ αὔραν ἀπιστίας δέχεται τὸ παράπαν; οὗτος δὲ οὐδὲν ἕτερόν μοι βούλεσθαι δοκεῖ ἢ τὸν γενόμενον ἀποφαίνειν ἀγένητον καὶ τὸν θνητὸν ἀθάνατον καὶ τὸν φθαρτὸν ἄφθαρτον καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, εἰ θέμις εἰπεῖν, θεόν. τὴν γὰρ πίστιν, ἧς ἔλαχεν ἄνθρωπος,
182οὕτω βέβαιόν φησι δεῖν εἶναι, ὡς μηδὲν διαφέρειν τῆς περὶ τὸ ὄν, τῆς ἀρτίου καὶ περὶ πάντα πλήρους. λέγει γὰρ Μωυσῆς ἐν ᾠδῇ τῇ μείζονι· „θεὸς πιστός, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ“ (Deut. 32,8).
183πολλὴ δὲ ἄγνοια νομίζειν, τὰς θεοῦ ἀρετὰς τὰς ἀρρεπεῖς καὶ παγιωτάτας χωρῆσαι ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου δύνασθαι· ἀγαπητὸν γὰρ εἰκόνας αὐτῶν κτήσασθαι δυνηθῆναι, πολλοῖς καὶ μεγάλοις ἀριθμοῖς τῶν ἀρχετύπων ἐλαττουμένας· καὶ μήποτ’ εἰκότως·
184ἀκράτους μὲν γὰρ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τὰς θεοῦ ἀρετάς, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὁ θεὸς οὐ σύγκριμα, φύσις ὢν ἁπλῆ, κεκραμένας δὲ τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς γεγόναμεν κράματα, θείου καὶ θνητοῦ συγκερασθέντων καὶ κατὰ τοὺς τῆς τελείας μουσικῆς λόγους ἁρμοσθέντων· τὸ δ’ ἐκ πλειόνων συνεστὼς φυσικὰς πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν μερῶν ἀνθολκὰς ἔχει.
185εὐδαίμων δ’ ὅτῳ ἐξεγένετο τὸν πλείω τοῦ βίου χρόνον πρὸς τὴν ἀμείνω καὶ θειοτέραν μοῖραν ταλαντεύειν· ἅπαντα γὰρ τὸν αἰῶνα ἀμήχανον, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ ἀντίπαλον θνητὸν ἄχθος ἔστιν ὅτε ἀντέρρεψε καὶ ἐφεδρεῦσαν ἐκαιροφυλάκησε τὰς ἀκαιρίας τοῦ λογισμοῦ, ὡς ἀντιβιάσασθαι.
186„πεπίστευκεν οὖν Ἀβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ“ (Gen. 15,6), ἀλλ’ ὡς ἄνθρωπος πεπίστευκεν, ἵνα τὸ ἴδιον τοῦ θνητοῦ γνῷς καὶ μάθῃς οὐκ ἄλλως αὐτῷ γενέσθαι, εἰ μὴ ἐκ φύσεως, τὴν τροπήν. ἀλλ’ εἰ βραχεῖα καὶ ἀκαρὴς γέγονεν, ἄξιον εὐχαριστεῖν· πολλοὶ γὰρ ἕτεροι τῇ ῥύμῃ καὶ φορᾷ κατακλυσθέντες καὶ τῇ βίᾳ εἰσάπαν ἠφανίσθησαν.
187οὐκ ἔστι γάρ, ὦ γενναῖε, κατὰ τὸν ἱερώτατον Μωυσῆν ἀρτίπους ἡ ἐν θνητῷ σώματι ἀρετή, ἀλλὰ παραπλήσιόν τι πάσχουσα νάρκῃ, μικρὸν ὅσον ὑποχωλαίνουσα. „ἐνάρκησε“ γάρ φησι „τὸ πλάτος τοῦ μηροῦ, ᾧ καὶ ἐπέσκαζεν“ (Gen. 32,25. 31).
188ἴσως δ’ ἂν τῶν εὐθαρσεστέρων εἴποι τις παρελθών, ὅτι οὐδὲ ἀπιστοῦντός ἐστιν ἡ προφορά, ἀλλ’ εὐχομένου, ἵν’, εἰ μέλλοι τῶν εὐπαθειῶν ἡ ἀρίστη γεννᾶσθαι, χαρά, μὴ ἑτέροις ἀριθμοῖς μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς ἐνενήκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν τεχθῇ (Gen. 17, 17), ἵνα τὸ τέλειον ἀγαθὸν τελείοις ἀριθμοῖς εἰς γένεσιν ἔλθῃ.
189τέλειοι δ’ οἱ λεχθέντες ἀριθμοί, καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ τὰς ἱερωτάτας ἀναγραφάς. ἴδωμεν δ’ αὐτῶν ἑκάτερον· Σὴμ εὐθέως μέν, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ δικαίου Νῶε, πρόγονος δὲ τοῦ ὁρατικοῦ γένους, „ἑκατὸν ἐτῶν εἶναι λέγεται, ἡνίκα ἐγέννησε τὸν Ἀρφαξάτ“ (Gen. 11,10), ὃς ἑρμηνεύεται συνετάραξε ταλαιπωρίαν· καλόν γε ἔγγονον ψυχῆς κλονεῖν καὶ συγχεῖν καὶ διαφθείρειν τὴν ταλαίπωρον καὶ γέμουσαν κακῶν ἀδικίαν.
190ἀλλὰ καὶ „Ἀβραὰμ ἄρουραν φυτεύει“ (Gen. 21,33) χρώμενος ἑκατοστῷ λόγῳ πρὸς ἀναμέτρησιν τοῦ χωρίου, καὶ Ἰσαὰκ „ἑκατοστεύουσαν εὑρίσκει κριθήν“ (Gen. 26,12). καὶ τὴν αὐλὴν τῆς ἱερᾶς σκηνῆς Μωυσῆς κατασκευάζει πήχεσιν ἑκατόν (Exod. 27,9), τὸ πρὸς ἀνατολὰς καὶ δύσεις ἐκμετρούμενος διάστημα.
191ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἀπαρχῆς ἀπαρχὴ ὁ ἑκατοστὸς λόγος, ὃν Λευῖται τοῖς ἱερωμένοις ἀπάρχονται (Num. 18,28)· λαβοῦσι γὰρ αὐτοῖς τὰς δεκάτας παρὰ τοῦ ἔθνους διείρηται καθάπερ ἀπὸ κτημάτων οἰκείων τοῖς ἱερεῦσι διδόναι ὡς δεκάτην λόγων ἱεράν.
192πολλὰ δ’ ἄν τις καὶ ἄλλα σκοπῶν εὕροι πρὸς ἔπαινον τοῦ λεχθέντος ἀριθμοῦ τοῖς νόμοις ἐμφερόμενα, πρὸς δὲ τὸ παρὸν διεξαρκεῖ τὰ εἰρημένα. ἀλλ’ ἐὰν τῶν ἑκατὸν ἀφέλῃς δεκάτην ἱερὰν ἀπαρχὴν τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς φέροντι καὶ αὔξοντι καὶ πληροῦντι καρποὺς θεῷ, ἕτερον ἀριθμὸν τέλειον τὸν ἐνενήκοντα ἀπολείψεις. πῶς γὰρ οὐ τέλειος, μεθόριος ὢν πρώτης καὶ δεκάτης, καθ’ ὃν διακρίνεται τὰ ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων τρόπον καταπετάσματος τοῦ μέσου (Exod. 26,33), ᾧ τὰ ὁμογενῆ διαστέλλεται κατὰ τὰς ἐν τοῖς εἴδεσι τομάς.
193ὁ μὲν οὖν ἀστεῖος ἐλάλει τῇ διανοίᾳ τὰ ἀστεῖα ὄντως, ὁ δὲ φαῦλος ἑρμηνεύει ἔστιν ὅτε παγκάλως τὰ καλά, πράττει δὲ αἰσχρῶς τὰ αἴσχιστα, καθάπερ καὶ Συχὲμ ὁ ἔγγονος ἀνοίας. Ἐμὼρ γάρ ἐστι πατρός, ὃς μεταληφθεὶς ὄνος καλεῖται, αὐτὸς δὲ ἑρμηνευθείς ἐστιν ὦμος, πόνου σύμβολον. ἄθλιος δὲ καὶ ταλαιπωρίας μεστὸς πόνος, ὃν ἄνοια γεννᾷ, ὥσπερ ὠφέλιμος, ᾧ συγγενὴς ἀγχίνοια.
194φασὶ γοῦν οἱ χρησμοὶ ὅτι "ἐλάλησε κατὰ τὴν διάνοιαν τῆς παρθένου“ ταπεινώσας αὐτὴν πρότερον ὁ Συχέμ (Gen. 34,2. 3). ἆρ’ οὐκ ἐξητασμένως ἐλέχθη τὸ "ἐλάλησε κατὰ τὴν διάνοιαν τῆς παρθένου“, μονονοὺκ εἰς δήλωσιν τοῦ τἀναντία οἷς εἶπεν εἰργασμένου; Δεῖνα γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἀδέκαστος κρίσις, ἡ πάρεδρος θεοῦ δίκη, ἡ ἀειπάρθενος· ἑρμηνεύεται γὰρ ἑκάτερον Δεῖνα, κρίσις ἢ δίκη.
195ταύτην οἱ ἐπιχειροῦντες ἄφρονες διαφθείρειν διὰ τῶν καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν βουλευμάτων καὶ ἐπιτηδευμάτων εὐπρεπείᾳ λόγου διαδιδράσκουσι τὸν ἔλεγχον. χρὴ γοῦν αὐτοὺς ἢ ἀκόλουθα τοῖς λεγομένοις πράττειν ἢ ἀδικοῦντας ἡσυχάζειν· ἥμισυ γάρ, φασί, κακοῦ ἡσυχία· καθὰ καὶ Μωυσῆς ἐπιτιμῶν τῷ πρεσβείων μὲν ἀξιώσαντι γένεσιν, δευτερείων δὲ τὸν ἄφθαρτον θεόν φησιν· „ἥμαρτες, ἡσύχασον“ (Gen. 4,7).
196τὸ γὰρ ἐκτραγῳδεῖν καὶ ἐπικομπάζειν τὰ κακὰ διπλοῦν ἁμάρτημα. σχεδὸν δ’ οἱ πολλοὶ πεπόνθασι τοῦτο· λέγουσι μὲν γὰρ ἀεὶ τῇ παρθένῳ ἀρετῇ τὰ φίλα καὶ δίκαια, καιρὸν δ’ οὐδένα παριᾶσιν, ἐν ᾧ δυνηθέντες αὐτὴν οὐχ ὑβριοῦσι καὶ κακώσουσι. ποία γὰρ πόλις οὔκ ἐστι μεστὴ τῶν τὴν ἀειπάρθενον ὑμνούντων ἀρετήν;
197οἳ τὰ ὦτα τῶν παρατυγχανόντων ἀποκναίουσι διεξιόντες τὰ τοιαῦτα· ἡ φρόνησις ἀναγκαῖον, ἡ ἀφροσύνη βλαβερόν· αἱρετὸν ἡ σωφροσύνη, ἐχθρὸν ἡ ἀκολασία· ὑπομονῆς ἄξιον ἡ ἀνδρεία, φυγῆς ἡ δειλία· συμφέρον ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἀσύμφορον ἡ ἀδικία· τὸ ὅσιον καλόν, τὸ ἀνόσιον αἰσχρόν· τὸ θεοσεβὲς ἐπαινετόν, τὸ ἀσεβὲς ψεκτόν· [τὸ] οἰκειότατον ἀνθρώπου φύσει τὸ εὖ καὶ βουλεύεσθαι καὶ πράττειν καὶ λέγειν, ἀλλοτριώτατον τὸ κακῶς τούτων ἕκαστον.
198ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀεὶ συνείροντες τὰ δικαστήρια καὶ βουλευτήρια καὶ τὰ θέατρα καὶ πάντα σύλλογον καὶ θίασον ἀνθρώπων ἀπατῶσιν, ὥσπερ οἱ προσωπεῖα καλὰ αἰσχίσταις ὄψεσι περιτιθέντες προνοίᾳ τοῦ μὴ ὑπὸ τῶν ὁρώντων ἐλέγχεσθαι.
199ἀλλ’ οὐδὲν ὄφελος· ἀφίξονται γάρ τινες εὖ μάλα ἐρρωμένοι καὶ τῷ περὶ ἀρετὴν ζήλῳ κατεσχημένοι καὶ τὰ περικαλύμματα καὶ περίαπτα ταῦτα, ὅσα λόγῳ κακοτεχνοῦντες συνύφηναν, ἀπαμφιάσαντες καὶ γυμνὴν αὐτὴν ἐφ’ αὑτῆς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐγάσαντες εἴσονται καὶ τὰ ἐν μυχοῖς ἀποκείμενα τῆς φύσεως ἀπόρρητα — εἶτ’ ἔξω προαγαγόντες τὰ αἴσχη καὶ τὰ ὀνείδη πάντα αὐτῆς ἐν ἡλίῳ καθαρῷ πᾶσιν ἐπιδείξονται, οἵα τις οὖσα, ὡς αἰσχρὰ καὶ καταγέλαστος οἵαν ἐκ τῶν περιάπτων, ὡς νόθην ἐπεμόρφαζεν εὐμορφίαν.
200οἱ δὲ πρὸς ἄμυναν εὐτρεπεῖς τῶν οὕτως βεβήλων καὶ ἀκαθάρτων τρόπων δύο μέν εἰσιν ἀριθμῷ, Συμεὼν καὶ Λευί, γνώμῃ δὲ εἷς. διὸ καὶ ἐν ταῖς εὐλογίαις ὁ μὲν πατὴρ αὐτοὺς ἐν τάξει ἑνὸς κατηρίθμει (Gen. 49,5), διὰ τὸ σύμφωνον τῆς ὁμονοίας καὶ τῆς πρὸς ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ μέρος ὁρμῆς. ὁ δὲ Μωυσῆς οὐδὲ δυάδος ἔτι μέμνηται, ἀλλ’ ὅλον τὸν Συμεὼν εἰς τὸν Λευὶ ἐνεχάραξε (Deut. 33,8) δύο οὐσίας κερασάμενος, ἀφ’ ὧν ἕνα εἰργάσατο οἷον ἰδέᾳ μιᾷ τυπωθέντα, τὸ ἀκούειν τῷ πράττειν ἑνώσας.
Sections 176–200
176On which account that pride which was wise in its own conceit, having been thrown down, and the feeling which is devoted to God having been raised in its place, and being established around the only unalterable being, he, immediately laughing, said in his mind, "Shall a child be born to one who is a hundred years old, and shall Sarrah, who is ninety years old, have a child?"
177Do not fancy, my good friend, that that word, "he said" not with his mouth but "in his mind," has been added for no especial use; on the contrary, it is inserted with great accuracy and propriety. Why so? Because it seems by his saying, "Shall a child be born to him who is a hundred years old?" that he had a doubt about the birth of Isaac, in which he was previously stated to believe; as what was predicted a little before showed, speaking thus, "This child shall not be thy heir, but he who shall come out of thee;" and immediately afterward he says, "Abraham believed in the Lord, and it was counted to him for righteousness."
178Since then it was not consistent for one who had already believed to doubt, he has represented the doubt as of no long continuance, extending only as far as the mouth and the tongue, and stopping there at the mind which is endowed with such celerity of motion; for, says the scripture, "he said in his mind," which nothing, and no person ever so celebrated for swiftness of foot, could ever be able to outstrip, since it outruns even all the winged natures;
179on which account the most illustrious of all the Greek poets appears to me to have said:— "Swift as a winged bird or fleeter thought." Showing by these words the exceeding speed of its promptitude, placing the thought after the winged bird as a sort of climax; for the mind advances at the same moment to very many things and bodies, hurrying on with indescribable impetuosity, and without a moment’s lapse of time it speeds at once to the borders of both earth and sea, bringing together and dividing infinite magnitudes by a single word; and at the same time it soars to such a height above the earth, that it penetrates through the air and reaches even the aether, and scarcely stops at the very furthest circle of the fixed stars.
180For the fervid and glowing heat of that region does not suffer it to rest tranquil; on which account, overleaping many things, it is borne far beyond every boundary perceptible by the outward senses, to that which is compounded of ideas and appearances by the law of kindred. On which account in the good man there is a slight change, indivisible, unapportionable, not perceptible by the outward senses, but only by the intellect, and being in a manner independent of them.
181But, perhaps, some one may say, What then? is he who has once believed bound never to admit the slightest trace, or shadow, or moment of incredulity at all? But this man appears to me to have nothing else in his mind except an idea of proving the creature uncreated, and the mortal immortal, and the corruptible incorruptible, and man, if it be lawful to say so, God.
182For he says that the belief which man has once conceived ought to be so firm as in no respect to differ from that which is entertained of the truly living God and which is complete in every part; for Moses, in his greater hymn, says, "God is faithful, and there is no unrighteousness in him."
183And it is great folly to fancy that the soul of man is able to contain the virtues of God, which never vary and which are established on the most solid footing; for it is sufficient, and one must be content to have been able to acquire the images of them, though they are inferior to the archetypal patterns by many and large numbers.
184And is not this reasonable? for it follows of necessity that the virtues of God must be pure and unmixed, since God is not a compound being, inasmuch as he is a single nature; on the other hand, the virtues of men must be mixed with some alloy, since we ourselves are compounds, the divine and human nature being combined in us, and adapted together according to the principles of perfect music; and that which is composed of many separate things has a natural attraction to each of its parts.
185But he is happy to whom it has happened that for the greater portion of his life he has inclined towards the more excellent and more divine part; for that he should have done so all his life is impossible, since at times the mortal weight which is opposed to him has preponderated in the opposite scale, and impending over his mind, has kept watch for the opportunities of coming upon his reason at an unfavourable time, so as to drag it back again.
186Abraham therefore believed in God; but he believed as a man; that you may be aware of the peculiar attribute of mortals, and may learn that his fall did not happen to him in any other way than in consequence of the ordinances of nature. And if it was of short duration and only momentary, it is a thing to be thankful for: for many other men have been so overturned by the violence and impetuosity of error, and by its irresistible force, that they have been utterly destroyed for ever.
187For know, my good man, that, according to the most holy Moses, virtue is not perfect in the human body, but it suffers something like torpor, and is often ever so little lame. For says the scripture, "The broader part of his thigh became torpid, on which he was lame."
188And perhaps some man of an over-confident disposition may come forward and say that this is not the language of one who disbelieves, but of one praying, so that if that most excellent of all the happy feelings were about to be produced, it would not be brought forth according to any other number than that of ninety years, that so the perfect good might arrive at its production according to perfect numbers.
189But the aforesaid numbers are perfect, and especially according to the sacred scriptures. And let us consider each of them: now first of all there is the son of the just Noah and the ancestor of the seeing race, and he is said to have been a hundred years old when he begot Arphaxad, and the meaning of the name Arphaxad is, "he disturbed sorrow." At all events it is a good thing that the offspring of the soul should confuse, and disorder, and destroy that miserable thing iniquity, so full of evils.
190But Abraham also planted a field, using the ratio of an hundred for the measurement of the ground: and Isaac found some barley yielding a hundred fold. And Moses also made the vestibule of the sacred tabernacle in a hundred arches, measuring out the distance towards the east and towards the west.
191Moreover the ratio of a hundred is the first fruit of the first fruit which the Levites assign to those who are consecrated to the priesthood; for after they have taken the tenths from the nation they are enjoined to give unto the priests a sacred tenth of the whole share, as if from their own possessions.
192And if a person were to consider, he might find many other instances to the praise of the aforesaid number brought forward in the law of Moses, but for the present what have been enumerated are sufficient. But if from the hundred you set aside the tenth part as a sacred first fruit to God who produces, and increases, and brings to perfection the fruit of the soul—for how can it be anything but perfect, inasmuch as it is on the confines between the first and the tenth, in the same manner in which the Holy of Holies is separated by the veil in the middle. [...] by which those things which are of the same genus are divided according to the differences in species?
193Therefore the good man was speaking and saying things which were really good in his mind. But the bad man at times interprets good things in a very excellent manner, but nevertheless does shameful things in a most shameful one, as Shechem does who is the offspring of folly. For he is the son of Hamon his father, and the name Hamon, being translated, means "an ass," but the name Shechem means "a shoulder" when interpreted, the symbol of labour. But that labour of which folly is the parent is miserable and full of suffering, as, on the other hand, that labour is useful to which prudence is related.
194Accordingly the holy scriptures tell us that, "Shechem spake according to the mind of the virgin, having first humbled her." Is it not said then, with great purpose and accuracy, that he spake according to the mind of the damsel, for the purpose of showing distinctly that he acted in a contrary manner to that in which he spoke? For Dinah means "incorruptible judgment:" justice the attribute seated by God, the everlasting virgin; for the name Dinah, being interpreted, means either thing, "judgment" or "justice."
195Fools, then, laying violent hands upon and attempting to defile her, by means of their daily designs and practises, by their plausibility of speech escape conviction. Therefore they must either act in a manner consistent with the language that they hold, or else they must hold their tongues while committing iniquity. For it is said, "Silence is one half of evil:" as Moses says when rebuking the man who accounted the creature worthy of the principal honour, and the immortal God worthy only of the second place, "Thou hast sinned, be silent."
196For to use bombastic language, and to boast of one’s evil deeds, is a double sin: and men in general are very prone to this; for they are constantly saying what is pleasing to the ever-virgin virtue, and such things as are just: but they never omit any opportunity of insulting and violating her when they are able. For what city is there which is not full of those who are continually celebrating the praises of virtue?—
197men who weary the ears of those who hear them by everlastingly dwelling on such subjects as these; wisdom is a necessary good; folly is pernicious; temperance is desirable; intemperance is hateful; courage is a thing proper to be cultivated; cowardice must be avoided; justice is advantageous; injustice is disadvantageous; holiness is honourable; unholiness is shameful; piety towards the gods is praiseworthy; impiety is blameable; that which is most akin to the nature of man is to design, and to act, and to speak virtuously; that which is most alien from his nature is to do the contrary of all these things.
198By continually stringing together these and similar aphorisms they deceive the courts of justice, and the council chambers, and the theatres, and every assembly and company which they meet; as men who put beautiful masks on ugly faces, with the intention of not being discovered by those who see them.
199But it is of no use; for some persons will come endowed with great vigour, and occupied with a real zeal and admiration for virtue, and who will strip them of all their coverings, and disguises, and appendages which they had woven round themselves by the evil artifice of plausible speeches, and will display their soul naked by itself as it really is, and will make themselves acquainted with the secret things of their nature which are hidden as it were in recesses. And then having brought to light all its shame and all the reproaches to which it is liable, they will display them in broad daylight to every one, and show what sort of thing it is, how disgraceful and ridiculous, and what a spurious kind of beauty it has disguised itself with by means of its appendages and coverings.
200And those who are prepared to avenge themselves on such profane and impure dispositions are Simeon and Levi, two indeed in number, but only one in mind; on which account, in his blessings of his sons, their father numbers them together under one classification, on account of the harmonious character of their unanimity and of their violence in one and the same direction. But Moses does not make any mention of them afterwards as a pair, but classes the whole tribe of Simeon under that of Levi, combining together two essences, of which he made one impressed as it were with one idea and appearance, uniting hearing to doing.
Sections 201–225
201Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἔγνω τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν λαλοῦσαν τὰ αἰδοῦς καὶ εὐλαβείας μεστὰ κατὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ διάνοιαν ὁ σπουδαῖος, ἔπαθεν ἀμφότερα, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν πίστιν καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὸ γενητὸν ἀπιστίαν. εἰκότως οὖν φησι δεόμενος· „Ἰσμαὴλ οὗτος ζήτω ἐνώπιόν σου“ (Gen. 17,18), οὐκ ἀπὸ σκοποῦ τῶν ἐμφερομένων ἕκαστον τῶν ὀνομάτων τιθείς, τὸ „οὗτος“, τὸ „ζήτω“, τὸ „ἐνώπιόν σου“· ταῖς γὰρ ἐν τοῖς πράγμασιν ὁμωνυμίαις ἠπατήθησαν οὐκ ὀλίγοι.
202τί δ’ ἐστὶν ὃ λέγω, σκεπτέον· ἑρμηνευθεὶς Ἰσμαήλ ἐστιν ἀκοὴ θεοῦ, τῶν δὲ θείων δογμάτων οἱ μὲν ἀκούουσιν ἐπ’ ὠφελείᾳ, οἱ δ’ ἐπὶ βλάβῃ αὑτῶν τε καὶ ἑτέρων. ἢ τὸν οἰωνοσκόπον Βαλαὰμ οὐχ ὁρᾷς; οὗτος εἰσάγεται „ἀκούων λόγια θεοῦ ἐπιστάμενός τε ἐπιστήμην παρὰ ὑψίστου“ (Num. 24,16).
203ἀλλὰ τί ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης ἀκροάσεως, τί δ’ ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης ἐπιστήμης ὤνατο, γνώμῃ μὲν ἐπιχειρήσας τὸ ψυχῆς ἄριστον ὄμμα λυμήνασθαι, ὃ δὴ μόνον τὸν θεὸν ὁρᾶν πεπαίδευται, μὴ δυνηθεὶς δὲ διὰ τὸ σωτῆρος κράτος ἀήττητον; τοιγαροῦν ὁ μὲν κατακεντούμενος ὑπὸ φρενοβλαβείας τῆς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τραύματα πολλὰ δεξάμενος ἐν μέσοις τραυματίαις ἀπώλετο (Num. 31,8), διότι σοφιστείᾳ μαντικῇ τὴν θεοφόρητον προφητείαν παρεχάραξε.
204δεόντως οὖν εὔχεται ὁ ἀστεῖος, ἵν’ οὗτος μόνος Ἰσμαὴλ ὑγιαίνῃ, διὰ τοὺς μὴ γνησίως ἀκούοντας τῶν ἱερῶν ὑφηγήσεων· οἷς ἀπεῖπε Μωυσῆς ἄντικρυς εἰς ἐκκλησίαν φοιτᾶν τοῦ πανηγεμόνος.
205τεθλασμένοι γὰρ τὰ γεννητικὰ τῆς διανοίας ἢ καὶ τελείως ἀποκοπέντες οἱ τὸν ἴδιον νοῦν καὶ τὴν αἴσθησιν ἀποσεμνύνοντες ὡς μόνα τῶν κατ’ ἀνθρώπους αἴτια πραγμάτων ἢ οἱ πολυθεΐας ἐρασταὶ καὶ τὸν πολύθεον ἐκτετιμηκότες θίασον, οἱ ἐκ πόρνης γεγονότες, τὸν ἕνα ἄνδρα καὶ πατέρα φιλαρέτου ψυχῆς θεὸν οὐκ εἰδότες, ἆρ’ οὐκ εἰκότως ἐλαύνονταί τε καὶ φυγαδεύονται (Deut. 23,1.2) ;
206παραπλήσιόν μοι δοκοῦσι ποιεῖν καὶ οἱ κατηγοροῦντες τοῦ υἱοῦ γονεῖς ἐπ’ οἰνοφλυγίᾳ· λέγουσι γάρ· „ὁ υἱὸς ἡμῶν οὗτος ἀπειθεῖ“ (Deut. 21,20), διὰ τῆς προσθήκης τῆς „οὗτος“ μηνύοντες, ὅτι εἰσὶν ἕτεροι παῖδες καρτερικοὶ καὶ σώφρονες, τοῖς ἐπιτάγμασι τοῦ ὀρθοῦ λόγου καὶ παιδείας πειθαρχοῦντες· οὗτοι γὰρ ψυχῆς ἀψευδέστατοι γονεῖς, ὑφ’ ὧν κατηγορηθῆναι μὲν αἴσχιστον, ἐπαινεθῆναι δ’ εὐκλεέστατον.
207τὸ δὲ „οὗτός ἐστιν Ἀαρὼν καὶ Μωυσῆς, οἷς εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς ἐξαγαγεῖν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου“ (Exod. 6, 26) καὶ τὸ „οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ διαλεγόμενοι Φαραὼ βασιλεῖ“ (ibid. 27), ταῦτα μὴ νομίζωμεν εἰρῆσθαι παρέργως ἢ τὰς δείξεις μὴ πλέον τι τῶν ὀνομάτων παρεμφαίνειν.
208ἐπειδὴ γὰρ Μωυσῆς μέν ἐστι νοῦς ὁ καθαρώτατος, Ἀαρὼν δὲ λόγος αὐτοῦ, πεπαίδευται δὲ καὶ ὁ νοῦς θεοπρεπῶς ἐφάπτεσθαι καὶ ὁ λόγος ὁσίως ἑρμηνεύειν τὰ ὅσια, μιμηλάζοντες δὴ οἱ σοφισταὶ καὶ παρακόπτοντες τὸ δόκιμον νόμισμα τοῦτό φασι καὶ νοεῖν ὀρθῶς περὶ τοῦ ἀρίστου καὶ λέγειν ἐπαινετῶς (Exod. 7,11). ὅπως οὖν μὴ ἀπατώμεθα παραθέσει τῶν κεκιβδηλευμένων πρὸς τὰ δόκιμα δι’ ὁμοιότητος τοῦ χαρακτῆρος, βάσανον ἔδωκεν, ᾗ διακριθήσεται.
209τίς οὖν ἡ βάσανος; τὸ ἐξαγαγεῖν ἐκ τῆς σωματικῆς χώρας τὸν ὁρατικὸν καὶ φιλοθεάμονα νοῦν καὶ φιλόσοφον. ὁ μὲν γὰρ τοῦτο δυνηθεὶς Μωυσῆς ἐστιν οὗτος, ὁ δὲ ἀδυνατήσας, ὁ λεγόμενος μόνον, μυρίας δὲ σεμνότητας ὀνομάτων ἐπαμπισχόμενος, γελᾶται. ζῆν δὲ εὔχεται τῷ Ἰσμαήλ, οὐ τῆς μετὰ σώματος ζωῆς ἐπιστρεφόμενος, ἀλλ’ ἵνα τὸ θεῖον ἄκουσμα ἐπὶ ψυχῇ διαιωνίζον ἐγείρῃ τε αὐτὸν καὶ ζωπυρῇ.
210καὶ ὁ μὲν ἀκρόασιν λόγων καὶ μάθησιν δογμάτων ἱερῶν εὔχεται ζῆν, ὡς ἐλέχθη, ὁ δ’ ἀσκητὴς Ἰακὼβ εὐφυΐαν· λέγει γάρ· „ζήτω Ῥουβὴν καὶ μὴ ἀποθανέτω“ (Deut. 33, 6)· ἆρά γε ἀθανασίαν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν εὐχόμενος, ἀνθρώπῳ πρᾶγμα ἀδύνατον; οὐ δήπου. τί οὖν ἔσθ’ ὃ βούλεται παραστῆσαι, λεκτέον.
211πάντα τὰ ἀκούσματα καὶ μαθήματα ἐποικοδομεῖται καθάπερ θεμελίῳ προκαταβεβλημένῳ φύσει παιδείας δεκτικῇ, φύσεως δὲ μὴ προϋπαρχούσης ἀνωφελῆ πάντα. δρυὸς γὰρ ἢ λίθου κωφῆς οὐδὲν ἂν δόξαιεν οἱ ἀφυεῖς διαφέρειν· ἔγκολλον γὰρ ἂν οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ἁρμόζοιτο, πάντα δ’ ὡς ἀπὸ στερροῦ τινος ἀποπάλλεται καὶ ἀποπηδᾷ.
212τὰς δὲ τῶν εὐφυῶν ψυχὰς ἔστιν ἰδεῖν κηροῦ τρόπον λελειασμένου μήτε ἄγαν στερεοῦ μήτε ἄγαν ἁπαλοῦ κεκερασμένας μετρίως, παραδεχομένας τὰ ἀκούσματα καὶ θεάματα ῥᾳδίως πάντα καὶ ἐναποματτομένας ἄκρως αὐτὰς τὰ εἴδη, μνήμης ἐναργεῖς τινας εἰκόνας.
213ἦν γοῦν ἀναγκαῖον εὔξασθαι τῷ λογικῷ γένει τὸ εὐφυὲς ἄνοσον καὶ ἀθάνατον παρεῖναι. τοῦ μὲν γὰρ κατ’ ἀρετὴν βίου, ὅς ἐστιν ἀψευδεστάτη ζωή, μετέχουσιν ὀλίγοι, οὐχὶ τῶν ἀγελαίων φημί — τούτων γὰρ οὐδεὶς τῆς ἀληθοῦς ζωῆς κεκοινώνηκεν —, ἀλλ’ εἴ τισιν ἐξεγένετο τὰς τῶν ἀνθρώπων φυγεῖν σπουδὰς καὶ θεῷ μόνῳ ζῆσαι.
214παρὸ καὶ λίαν τεθαύμακεν ὁ ἀσκητικὸς καὶ ἀνδρεῖος, εἴ τις ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ βίου ποταμῷ φορούμενος ὑπ’ οὐδεμιᾶς ῥύμης κατασύρεται, δύναιτο δὲ καὶ πλούτῳ πολλῷ ῥέοντι ἀντισχεῖν καὶ ἡδονῆς ἀμέτρου φορὰν ἀνῶσαι καὶ λαίλαπι κενῆς δόξης μὴ ἀναρπασθῆναι.
215λέγει γοῦν οὐχ ὁ Ἰακὼβ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ μᾶλλον ἢ ὁ ἱερὸς λόγος παντὶ τῷ τὸ μὲν σῶμα εὐεκτοῦντι, ἐν ἀφθόνοις δὲ ταῖς εἰς περιουσίαν ὕλαις ἐξεταζομένῳ καὶ πρὸς μηδεμιᾶς ἁλισκομένῳ· „ἔτι γὰρ σὺ ζῇς“ (Gen. 46, 30) ; θαυμαστὸν ἐκφωνήσας λόγον καὶ τὸν ἡμέτερον βίον ὑπερδεδραμηκότα, οἳ μικρᾶς πρὸς εὐτυχίαν αὔρας λαβόμενοι, πάντα κάλων ἀνασείσαντες, λαμπρὰ φυσῶμεν καὶ πνεύσαντες μέγα καὶ σύντονον πλησίστιοι πρὸς τὰς ἀπολαύσεις τῶν παθῶν φερόμεθα καὶ οὐ πρότερον στέλλομεν τὰς ἀνειμένας καὶ κεχαλασμένας ἀκρατῶς ἐπιθυμίας, ἕως
216ἂν ἐξοκείλαντες ὅλῳ τῷ ψυχῆς ναυαγήσωμεν σκάφει. παγκάλως οὖν τοῦτον τὸν Ἰσμαὴλ εὔχεται ζῆν. προστίθησιν οὖν „ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ζήτω“ (Gen. 17,18), τέλος τῆς εὐδαιμονίας τιθέμενος ἐπισκόπου καὶ ἐφόρου τοῦ τῶν ὄντων ἀρίστου τὴν διάνοιαν ἀξιωθῆναι.
217εἰ γὰρ παιδαγωγοῦ μὲν παρόντος οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοι ὁ ἀγόμενος, ὑφηγητὴς δὲ ἐγγὺς ὢν ὠφελεῖ τὸν μανθάνοντα, πρεσβυτέρου δὲ παρατυγχάνοντος αἰδοῖ καὶ σωφροσύνῃ κοσμεῖται νέος, πατὴρ δὲ ἢ μήτηρ υἱὸν μέλλοντα ἀδικεῖν ἐκώλυσαν ἐφ’ ἡσυχίας αὐτὸ μόνον ὀφθέντες, ἡλίκαις τισὶν ὑπερβολαῖς ἀγαθῶν χρήσεσθαι νομίζομεν τὸν ὑπολαμβάνοντ’ ἀεὶ ὑπὸ θεοῦ θεωρεῖσθαι; τὸ γὰρ τοῦ παρόντος καὶ περιβλέπεται ἀξίωμα δεδιὼς καὶ τρέμων ἀνὰ κράτος τὸ ἀδικεῖν ἀποδράσεται.
218τὸν δὲ Ἰσμαὴλ ὅταν εὔχηται ζῆν, οὐκ ἀπέγνωκε τὴν γένεσιν Ἰσαάκ, ὡς καὶ πρότερον εἶπον, ἀλλὰ πεπίστευκε μὲν τῷ θεῷ * * * οὐδὲ γὰρ ἃ δοῦναι θεῷ, ταῦτα καὶ ἀνθρώπῳ λαβεῖν δυνατόν, ἐπειδὴ τῷ μὲν πλεῖστα καὶ μέγιστα χαρίσασθαι ῥᾴδιον, ἡμῖν δ’ οὐκ εὐμαρὲς τὰς προτεινομένας δέξασθαι δωρεάς.
219ἀγαπητὸν γάρ, εἰ τῶν ἐκ πόνου καὶ μελέτης συντρόφων καὶ συνηθεστέρων ἀγαθῶν ἐπιλάχοιμεν, τῶν δ’ ἄνευ τέχνης ἢ συνόλως ἀνθρωπίνης ἐπινοίας ἀπαυτοματιζόντων καὶ ἐξ ἑτοίμου γινομένων οὐδ’ ἐλπὶς ἐφικέσθαι· ταῦτα γὰρ ἅτε θεῖα ὄντα θειοτέραις καὶ ἀκηράτοις φύσεσιν ἀπηλλαγμέναις θνητοῦ σώματος εὑρίσκειν ἀναγκαῖον.
220ἐδίδαξε δὲ Μωυσῆς κατὰ δύναμιν τῶν χειρῶν τὰς εὐχαρίστους ὁμολογίας ποιεῖσθαι (Num. 6,21), τὸν ἀγχίνουν ἀνάθημα ἀνατιθέντα τὸ συνετὸν καὶ τὸ φρόνιμον, τὸν λόγιον τὰς ἐν λόγῳ πάσας ἀρετὰς ἀνιεροῦντα διά τε ᾠδῆς καὶ τῶν καταλογάδην τοῦ ὄντος ἐγκωμίων, καὶ κατ’ εἶδος τὸν φυσικὸν φυσιολογίαν, τὸν ἠθικὸν πᾶσαν τὴν ἠθικὴν φιλοσοφίαν, τὸν τεχνικὸν καὶ ἐπιστήμονα τὰ θεωρήματα τῶν τεχνῶν καὶ ἐπιστημῶν.
221οὕτως εὔπλοιαν μὲν ναύτης καὶ κυβερνήτης, εὐφορίαν δὲ καρπῶν γεωπόνος, εὐτοκίαν δὲ ζῴων ἀγελάρχης, ὑγείαν δὲ καμνόντων ἰατρός, ὁ δ’ αὖ στρατείας ἡγεμὼν τοῦ πολέμου κράτος καὶ ὁ πολιτικὸς ἢ βασιλικὸς τὴν νόμιμον προστασίαν καὶ ἡγεμονίαν ἀναθήσει, καὶ συνελόντα φράσαι πάντων ὅσα ἢ ψυχῆς ἢ σώματος ἢ τῶν ἐκτὸς ἀγαθά ἐστιν ὁ μὴ φίλαυτος αἴτιον ἀποφανεῖ τὸν ἀψευδῶς μόνον αἴτιον θεόν.
222μηδεὶς οὖν τῶν ἀφανεστέρων καὶ ταπεινοτέρων εἶναι δοκούντων ἐλπίδος ἀπογνώσει τῆς ἀμείνονος ἀποκνησάτω ἱκέτης εὐχάριστος γενέσθαι θεοῦ, ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ μηδὲν ἔτι προσδοκᾷ τῶν μειζόνων, ὑπὲρ τούτων ὧν ἔλαχεν ἤδη κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν εὐχαριστείτω.
223μυρίων δ’ ἔλαχε, γενέσεως, ζωῆς, τροφῆς, ψυχῆς, αἰσθήσεως, φαντασίας, ὁρμῆς, λογισμοῦ. λογισμὸς δὲ βραχὺ μὲν ὄνομα, τελειότατον δὲ καὶ θειότατον ἔργον, τῆς τοῦ παντὸς ψυχῆς ἀπόσπασμα ἤ, ὅπερ ὁσιώτερον εἰπεῖν τοῖς κατὰ Μωυσῆν φιλοσοφοῦσιν, εἰκόνος θείας ἐκμαγεῖον ἐμφερές.
224ἐπαινεῖν ἄξιον καὶ τῶν κατασκόπων τοὺς ἐπιχειρήσαντας μὲν αὐτόπρεμνον τὸ ἀρετῆς ὅλον ἀνασπάσαι καὶ βαστάσαι στέλεχος, ἐπεὶ δ’ οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν, κληματίδα γοῦν καὶ ἕνα βότρυν λαβόντας, δεῖγμα καὶ μέρος τῆς συμπάσης, ὃ φέρειν αὐτὸ μόνον ἴσχυον (Num. 13,24).
225εὐκτὸν μὲν ἀθρόῳ τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐγχορεύειν· εἰ δὲ τοῦτο μεῖζον ἢ κατὰ ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν, ἀγαπῶμεν, εἴ τῳ ἐξεγένετο μιᾷ τινι τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἐντυχεῖν, σωφροσύνῃ ἢ ἀνδρείᾳ ἢ δικαιοσύνῃ ἢ φιλανθρωπίᾳ. φερέτω γὰρ ἕν τι ἀγαθὸν ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ τικτέτω, μὴ πάντων ἄφορος καὶ στεῖρα γινέσθω.
Sections 201–225
201When, therefore, the virtuous man knew that the promise was uttering things full of reverence and prudent caution, according to his own mind, he admitted both these feelings into his breast, namely, faith in God, and incredulity as to the creature. Very naturally therefore he says, using the language of entreaty, "Would that this Ishmael might live before thee," using each word of those which he utters here with deliberate propriety, namely, the "this," the "might live," the "before thee."
202For it is no small number of persons who have been deceived by the similarity of the names of different things, and we had better examine here what I am saying. The name Ishmael, being interpreted, means "the hearing of God," but some men listen to the divine doctrines to their benefit, and others listen to both his admonitions and to those of others only to their destruction. Do you not recollect the case of the soothsayer Balaam? He is represented as hearing the oracles of God, and as having received knowledge from the Most High,
203but what advantage did he reap from such hearing, and what good accrued to him from such knowledge? In his intention he endeavoured to injure the most excellent eye of the soul, which alone has received such instruction as to be able to behold God, but he was unable to do so by reason of the invincible power of the Saviour; therefore, being overthrown by his own insane wickedness, and having received many wounds, he perished amid the heaps of wounded, because he had stamped beforehand the divinely inspired prophecies with the sophistry of the soothsayers.
204Very righteously, therefore, does the good man pray that this his only son, Ishmael, may be sound in mind and health, because of those persons who do not listen in a sincere spirit to the sacred admonitions, whom Moses has expressly forbidden to come into the assembly of the Ruler of the universe,
205for those men are broken as to the generative parts of their minds, or are even rendered completely impotent in that respect, who magnify their own minds, and their external sense, as the only causes of all the events which take place among men; and there are others who are lovers of a system of polytheism, and who honour the company which is devoted to the service of many gods, being the sons of a harlot, having no knowledge of the one husband and father of the virtue-loving soul, namely, God; and are not all these men very properly driven away and banished from the assembly of God?
206They appear to me very much to resemble those parents who accuse their sons of intemperance in wine, for they say, "This our son is disobedient," indicating, by the addition of the word "this," that they have other sons likewise who are temperate and self-denying, and who obey the injunctions of right reason and instruction; for these are the most genuine parents, by whom it is a most disgraceful thing to be accused, and a most glorious thing to be praised.
207Then as to the words, "This is Aaron and Moses, whom God directed to lead the children of Israel out of Egypt," and the expression, "These are they who conversed with Pharaoh the king." Let us not think that they are used superfluously, or that they do not convey some intimations beyond the mere open meaning of the words;
208for since Moses is the purest mind, and Aaron is his speech, and moreover, since the mind has been taught to think of divine things in a divine manner, and since the speech has learnt to interpret holy things in holy language, the sophists imitating them, and adulterating the genuine coinage, say, that they also conceive rightly, and speak in a praiseworthy manner about what is most excellent. In order, therefore, that we may not be deceived by a placing of the base money in juxtaposition with the good, by reason of the similitude of the impression, he has given us a test by which they may be distinguished.
209What then is the test? To bring out of the region of the body the mind, endowed with the power of seeing, fond of contemplation and philosophical; for he who can do this is this same Moses; and he who is unable really to do so, but who is only said to be able, and who makes professions with infinite pomp and magnitude of language, is laughed at. But he prays that Ishmael may live, not meaning to refer to the life in conjunction with the body, but he prays that the divine voice, dwelling for evermore in his soul, may awaken and vivify it.
210And he indeed prays that the hearing of sacred words and the learning of sacred doctrine may live, as has been already said; but Jacob, the practiser of virtue, prays that the good natural disposition may live; for he says, "May Reuben live and not die," does he then here pray for immortality for him, a thing impossible for man to attain to?
211Surely not, we must then explain what it is which he intends to signify. All the lessons and all the admonitions of instruction are built up and established on the nature which is calculated to receive instruction, as on a foundation previously laid; but if there is no natural foundation previously in existence, everything is useless; for men, by nature destitute of sense, would not appear at all to differ from a stock or a lifeless stone; for nothing could possibly be adapted to them so as to cleave to them, but everything would rebound and spring back as from some hard body.
212But on the other hand, we may see the souls of those who are well endowed by nature, like a well-smoothed waxen tablet, neither too solid nor too tender, moderately tempered, and easily receiving all admonitions and all lessons, and themselves giving an accurate representation of any impression which has been stamped upon them, being a sort of distinct image of memory.
213It was therefore indispensable to pray that a good natural disposition, free from all disease and from all mortality, should be joined to the rational race; for they are but few who partake of the life according to virtue, which is the most real and genuine life. I do not mean of the common herd of men only, for of them there is not one who partakes of real life: but even of those to whom it has been granted to shun the objects of human desire, and to live to God alone.
214On which account the practiser of virtue, that courageous man, marvelled greatly, if any one being borne along the middle of the stream of life, was not dragged down by any violence, but was able to withstand the flow of abundant wealth coming over him, and to stem the impetuosity of immoderate pleasure, and to avoid being carried away by the whirlwind of vain opinion.
215At all events Jacob does not speak to Joseph more than the sacred scripture speaks to every one who is vigorous in his body, and who is seen to be immersed amid abundant treasures, and riches, and superfluities, and to be overcome by none of them, when he says, "For still thou livest," uttering a most marvellous sentiment, and one which is quite beyond the daily life of us who, if we have fallen in with ever so slight a breeze which bears us towards good fortune, immediately set all sail and beoame greatly elated, and being full of great and high spirits, hurry forward with all our speed to the indulgence of our passions, and never will check our unbridled and immoderately excited desires until we run ashore and are wrecked as to the whole vessel of our souls.
216Very beautifully therefore, do we pray that this Ishmael may live. Therefore, Abraham adds, "May he live before God," looking upon it as the perfection of all happiness for the mind to be accounted worthy of him who is the most excellent of all beings, as its inspector and overseer;
217for if, while the teacher is present the pupil cannot go wrong, and if a monitor being at hand is of service to the learner, and if while an elder person is present the younger man is adorned by modesty and temperance, and if the presence of his father or of his mother have often prevented a son when about to commit sin, even though they are only beheld by him in silence, then what excess of good must we imagine that man to enjoy, who believes that he is always watched and beheld by God? for while he fears and reverences and looks up to the dignity of him as being present, he will flee from committing iniquity with all his might.
218But when he prays that Ishmael may live, he does not despair of the birth of Isaac, as I have already said, but he believes in God; for it does not follow that what it is possible for God to give, it is also possible for man to receive, since to God it is easy to give the most numerous and important benefits, but to us it is not easy to accept of the gifts which are proffered to us;
219for we must be content, if, by means of labour and diligence, we obtain a share of those good things which are familiar and customary to us. But there is no hope that we can attain to those which come of their own accord, and from some ever ready and previously prepared source, without any art, or in short, any human contrivance whatever; for inasmuch as these things are divine, they must of necessity be found out by more divine and unadulterated natures, such as have no connection with any mortal body.
220And Moses has shown that every one, to the best of his power, ought to make grateful acknowledgments for benefits received; for instance, that the clever man ought to offer up as a sacrifice his acuteness and wisdom; the eloquent man should consecrate all his excellences of speech, by means of psalms and a regular enumeration of the greatness and panegyric on the living God; and to proceed with each species, he who is a natural philosopher should offer up his natural philosophy; he who is a moral philosopher should make an offering of his ethical philosophy; he who is skilful in any art or science should dedicate to God his knowledge of the arts and sciences.
221Thus again a sailor and a pilot should dedicate their successful voyage; the agricultural farmer, his productive crops; the stock-farmer, the prolific increase of his flocks and herds; the physician, the good health of his patients; the commander of an army, his success in war; the magistrate or the king will offer up his administration of the laws or his sovereign power. And, in short, the man who is not blinded by self-love, looks upon the only true maker of all things, God, as the cause of all the good things affecting his soul, or body, or his external circumstances.
222Let no one therefore, of those who seem to be somewhat obscure and humble, from a despair of any better hope, hesitate to become a suppliant to God. But even if he no longer looks forward to any greater advantages, still let him, to the best of his power, give God thanks for the blessings which he has already received,
223and in effect, those which he has received are countless; his birth, his life, his soul, his food, his outward senses, his imagination, his inclinations, his reason; and reason is a very short word, but a most perfect and admirable thing, a fragment of the soul of the universe, or, as it is more pious to say for those who study philosophy according to Moses, a very faithful copy of the divine image.
224It is right also to praise those inquirers after truth, who have endeavoured to tear up and carry off the whole trunk of virtue, root and branch: but since they have not been able to do it, have at least taken either a single shoot, or a single bunch of the fruit, as a specimen and portion of the whole tree, being all that they were able to bear.
225It is a desirable thing, indeed, to associate at once with the entire company of the virtues; but if this be too great an indulgence to be granted to human nature, let us be content if it has fallen to our lot to be connected with any one of the particular virtues, as a portion of the whole band, such as temperance, or courage, or justice, or humanity; for the soul may produce and bring forth some good from even one of them, and so avoid being barren and unproductive of any.
Sections 226–250
226σὺ δὲ τοιαῦτα ἐπιτάγματα ἐπιτάξεις υἱεῖ τῷ σεαυτοῦ; εἰ μὴ τοῖς οἰκέταις ἡμέρως χρῇ, μηδὲ τοῖς ὁμοτίμοις κοινωνικῶς· εἰ μὴ κοσμίως γυναικί, μηδὲ γονεῦσι τιμητικῶς· εἰ μητρὸς ὀλιγωρεῖς καὶ πατρός, ἀσέβει καὶ εἰς τὸ θεῖον. εἰ χαίρεις ἡδονῇ, μηδὲ φιλαργυρίας ἀποστῇς. ἐφίεσαι πολυχρηματίας; καὶ κενοδόξει. τί γάρ;
227οὐ μετριάζειν ἐν ἐνίοις ἀξιοῖς, εἰ μὴ ἐν πᾶσι δύνασαι; οὐκ ἂν οὖν εἴποι ὁ υἱός· τί λέγεις, ὦ πάτερ; ἢ τέλειον ἀγαθὸν ἢ τέλειον κακὸν βούλει σοι τὸν υἱὸν γενέσθαι καὶ οὐκ ἀγαπήσεις, εἰ πρὸ τῶν ἄκρων τὰ μέσα ἕλοιτο;
228οὐ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ἀβραὰμ ἐπὶ τῆς Σοδομιτῶν ἀπωλείας ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ πεντηκοντάδος εἰς δεκάδα τελευτᾷ (Gen. 18,24. 32), ποτνιώμενος καὶ ἱκετεύων, ἵν’, εἰ μὴ εὑρίσκοιτο ἐν γενέσει ἡ παντελὴς εἰς ἐλευθερίαν ἄφεσις (Lev. 25, 10), ἧς σύμβολον ὁ πεντηκοστὸς λόγος ἱερός, ἡ μέση παιδεία παραληφθῇ δεκάδι παραριθμουμένη πρὸς τὴν τῆς καταδικάζεσθαι ψυχῆς μελλούσης ἀπόλυσιν;
229τῶν ἀναγώγων οἱ πεπαιδευμένοι καὶ τῶν ἀλύρων καὶ ἀμούσων οἱ ἐγκεχορευκότες τῇ ἐγκυκλίῳ μουσικῇ πλείους ἀφορμὰς ἔχουσι πρὸς τὸ αὔξεσθαι, σχεδὸν ἐκ παίδων τοῖς περὶ καρτερίας καὶ ἐγκρατείας καὶ ἀρετῆς πάσης λόγοις ἐπαντληθέντες. διὸ εἰ καὶ μὴ παντελῶς ἐξερρύψαντο καὶ ἀπελούσαντο τὸ ἀδικεῖν φαιδρυνόμενοι δέ, ἀλλὰ μετρίως γοῦν καὶ μέσως ἐρρύψαντο.
230τὸ παραπλήσιον ὁ Ἠσαῦ λέγειν ἔοικε τῷ πατρί· „μὴ εὐλογία σοι μία ἐστί, πάτερ; εὐλόγησον κἀμέ, πάτερ“ (Gen. 27, 38). ἄλλαι γὰρ ἄλλοις ἀποκεκρίσθωσαν, τελείοις μὲν τέλειαι, μέσαι δὲ ἀτελέσιν, ὡς ἔχει καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν σωμάτων· ὑγιαινόντων γὰρ καὶ νοσούντων ἕτερα μὲν γυμνάσματα, ἕτεραι δὲ τροφαί, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα περὶ δίαιταν, οὐ τὰ αὐτά, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν τὰ πρόσφορα, ἵνα μηδ’ ὅλως νοσήσωσι, τοῖς δὲ τὰ οἰκεῖα, ὅπως πρὸς τὸ ὑγιεινότερον μεταβάλωσι.
231πολλῶν οὖν ἀγαθῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἐν τῇ φύσει τὸ δοκοῦν ἐφαρμόττειν μοι τοῦτο χάρισαι, κἂν μικρότατον ᾖ, στοχασάμενος ἐκείνου μόνου, εἰ δυνήσομαι τὸ δοθὲν φέρειν εὐμαρῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ μὴ πρὸς τοῦτο ἀπειπὼν ὁ δυστυχὴς ὀκλάσω.
232τί δ’ οἰόμεθα ἐμφαίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ· „μὴ χεὶρ κυρίου οὐκ ἐξαρκέσει“ (Num. 11,23) ; ἆρ’ οὐχὶ τὸ πάντῃ τὰς τοῦ ὄντος φθάνειν δυνάμεις ἐπ’ εὐεργεσίᾳ μὴ μόνον τῶν ἐνδόξων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀφανεστέρων εἶναι δοκούντων; οἷς τὰ ἁρμόττοντα χαρίζεται πρὸς τὰ τῆς ἑκάστου ψυχῆς σταθμήματα καὶ μέτρα σταθμώμενος καὶ διαμετρῶν ἰσότητι παρ’ ἑαυτῷ τὸ ἀνάλογον ἑκάστοις.
233καταπλήττει με οὐχ ἥκιστα καὶ ὁ τεθεὶς νόμος ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐκδυομένοις τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ μεταγινώσκειν δοκοῦσι. κελεύει γὰρ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἱερεῖον προσάγειν θῆλυ πρόβατον ἄμωμον. „ἐὰν δὲ“ φησί „μὴ ἰσχύῃ ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ τὸ ἱκανὸν εἰς πρόβατον, οἴσει περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἧς ἥμαρτε δύο τρυγόνας ἢ δύο νεοσσοὺς περιστερῶν, ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας καὶ ἕνα εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα.
234ἐὰν δὲ μὴ εὑρίσκῃ ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ ζεῦγος τρυγόνων ἢ δύο νεοσσοὺς περιστερῶν, οἴσει τὸ δῶρον τὸ δέκατον οἶφι σεμίδαλιν. οὐκ ἐπιχεεῖ ἐπ’ αὐτὸ ἔλαιον οὐδ’ ἐπιθήσει ἐπ’ αὐτὸ λίβανον, ὅτι περὶ ἁμαρτίας ἐστί. καὶ οἴσει αὐτὸ πρὸς τὸν ἱερέα, καὶ δραξάμενος ὁ ἱερεὺς ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ πλήρη τὴν δράκα τὸ μνημόσυνον ἐπιθήσει ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον“ (Lev. 5,7. 11. 12).
235οὐκοῦν τρισὶ μετανοίας τρόποις ἱλάσκεται τοῖς εἰρημένοις, κτήνεσιν ἢ πτηνοῖς ἢ λευκοπύροις, πρὸς τὴν τοῦ καθαιρομένου καὶ μετανοοῦντος δήπου δύναμιν· οὔτε γὰρ μικρὰ μεγάλων οὔτε μεγάλα μικρῶν δεῖται καθαρσίων, τῶν δὲ πρὸς τὸ ἀνάλογον ἴσων καὶ ὁμοίων. τί δήποτ’ οὖν διὰ τριῶν ἡ κάθαρσις, ἄξιον ἐρευνῆσαι.
236σχεδὸν τοίνυν καὶ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα καὶ τὰ κατορθώματα συμβέβηκεν ἐν τρισὶν ἐξετάζεσθαι, διανοίᾳ, λόγοις, πράξεσιν. οὗ χάριν κἀν τοῖς προτρεπτικοῖς Μωυσῆς διδάσκων, ὅτι ἡ ἀγαθοῦ κτῆσις οὔτ’ ἀδύνατός ἐστιν οὔτε δυσθήρατος, φησίν·
237οὐκ εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀναπτῆναι δεῖ οὐδ’ ἄχρι περάτων γῆς καὶ θαλάττης ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν σύλληψιν αὐτοῦ· ἀλλ’ ἐστὶν ἐγγύς, καὶ σφόδρα ἐγγύς. εἶτα μόνον οὐκ ὀφθαλμοφανῶς δείκνυσι· „πᾶν ἔργον“ φησί „τῷ στόματί σου καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ καὶ ταῖς χερσί“ (Deut. 30, 12—14), συμβολικῶς ἐν λόγοις, ἐν βουλαῖς, ἐν ἔργοις· ἐκ γὰρ εὐβουλίας καὶ εὐλογίας καὶ εὐπραξίας τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην εὐδαιμονίαν συνίστασθαι, ὥσπερ καὶ τὴν κακοδαιμονίαν ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων.
238ἐν γὰρ τοῖς αὐτοῖς τό τε κατορθοῦν καὶ ἁμαρτάνειν χωρίοις ἐστί, καρδίᾳ, στόματι, χειρί· καὶ γὰρ βουλεύονταί τινες εὐγνωμονέστατα καὶ λέγουσιν ἄριστα καὶ πράττουσι τὰ πρακτέα. τριῶν δὲ ὄντων κουφότατόν ἐστι τὸ βουλεύεσθαι ἃ μὴ χρή, βαρύτατον δὲ τὸ χειρουργεῖν τὰ ἄδικα, μέσον δὲ τὸ λέγειν ἃ μὴ δεῖ.
239συμβαίνει δὲ τὸ κουφότατον δυσαποτριπτότατον εἶναι· χαλεπὸν γὰρ ψυχῆς τροπὴν εἰς ἠρεμίαν ἀγαγεῖν, καὶ θᾶττον ἄν τις χειμάρρου φορὰν ἐπίσχοι ἢ ψυχῆς τροπὴν ῥέουσαν ἀκατασχέτως· ἀμύθητα γὰρ ἐνθύμια ἄλλα ἐπ’ ἄλλοις τρικυμίας τρόπον ἐπιτρέχει, φοροῦντα καὶ κυκῶντα καὶ πᾶσαν αὐτὴν βιαίως ἀνατρέποντα.
240τὸ μὲν οὖν ἄριστον τῆς καθάρσεως καὶ τελεώτατον τοῦτ’ ἐστί, μηδ’ ἐνθυμεῖσθαι τι τῶν ἀτόπων, ἀλλ’ εἰρήνῃ καὶ εὐνομίᾳ, ὧν ἡγεμών ἐστι δικαιοσύνη, πολιτεύσασθαι· τὸ δὲ δεύτερον, λόγοις μὴ διαμαρτάνειν ψευδόμενον ἢ ψευδορκοῦντα ἢ ἀπατῶντα ἢ σοφιζόμενον ἢ συκοφαντοῦντα ἢ συνόλως στόμα καὶ γλῶτταν ἐπ’ ὀλέθρῳ τινῶν ἀνιέντα, οἷς χαλινὸν ἦν ἄμεινον περιθεῖναι καὶ δεσμὸν
241ἄρρηκτον. διὰ τί δὲ τὸ λέγειν τοῦ νοεῖν τὰ μὴ προσήκοντα βαρύτερον ἁμάρτημα, ῥᾷον ἰδεῖν. ἐνθυμεῖται μέν τις οὐ παρ’ ἑαυτὸν ἔστιν ὅτε, ἀλλ’ ἀβουλῶν· ὧν γὰρ οὐ θέλει λαμβάνειν ἐννοίας ἀναγκάζεται, τῶν δ’ ἀκουσίων οὐδὲν ὑπαίτιον.
242λέγει δέ τις ἑκών, ὥστε, εἰ μὴ εὔφημον προΐεται φωνήν, ἀδικεῖ κακοδαιμονῶν, ὁ μηδ’ ἐκ τύχης ἐθέλων τι τῶν ἐπιεικεστέρων φθέγξασθαι· ᾧ λυσιτελὲς τὴν ἀσφαλεστάτην ἡσυχίαν δεξιοῦσθαι· κἄπειτα μὴ ἡσυχάζων τις δύναται δήπου βουληθεὶς σιωπᾶν.
243τὸ δὲ καὶ τοῦ λέγειν βαρύτερον ἁμάρτημα ἡ ἄδικος πρᾶξίς ἐστι· „λόγος γὰρ ἔργου“ φασί „σκιά,“ σκιᾶς δὲ βλαπτούσης πῶς οὐ τὸ ἔργον βλαβερώτερον; διὰ τοῦτο καὶ Μωυσῆς τὴν μὲν γνώμην ἐγκλημάτων καὶ ἐπιτιμίων ἀπήλλαξεν, ἀκουσίοις τὰ πολλὰ μεταβολαῖς χρωμένην καὶ τροπαῖς καὶ πάσχουσαν μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐπεισφοιτώντων νοημάτων ἔξωθεν ἢ δρῶσαν· τὰ δ’ ὅσα ἂν ἐξέλθῃ διὰ τοῦ στόματος, ταῦτ’ εἰς ἀπόλογον καὶ εὐθύνας ἄγει, ὡς ἂν δὴ τοῦ λέγειν ἐφ’ ἡμῖν ὑπάρχοντος.
244ἀλλ’ αἱ μὲν λόγων εὔθυναι μετριώτεραι, αἱ δ’ ὑπαιτίων ἔργων ἀργαλεώτεραι. μεγάλας γὰρ τάττει τιμωρίας ἐπὶ τοῖς μεγάλα ἀδικοῦσι καὶ ἔργῳ ἐπεξιοῦσιν ἃ γνώμῃ μὲν ἀγνώμονι ἐβουλεύσαντο, προπετείᾳ δὲ γλώττης ἐξελάλησαν.
245τὰ δὲ καθάρσια τῶν τριῶν, διανοίας, λόγου, πράξεως, εἴρηκεν [οὖν] πρόβατον καὶ ζεῦγος τρυγόνων ἢ περιστερῶν καὶ σεμιδάλεως ἱεροῦ μέτρου δέκατον, ἀξιῶν προβάτῳ μὲν διάνοιαν καθαίρεσθαι, λόγον δὲ τοῖς πτηνοῖς, σεμιδάλει δὲ πρᾶξιν. διὰ τί;
246ὅτι, καθάπερ ἐν ἡμῖν ἄριστον ὁ νοῦς, καὶ ἐν ζῴων ἀλόγων γένει τὸ πρόβατον ἅτε ἡμερώτατον ὑπάρχον καὶ καρπὸν ἐτήσιον ἀνατέλλον ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ πρὸς ὠφέλειαν ὁμοῦ καὶ κόσμον ἀνθρώπων· ἐσθὴς γὰρ τὰς ἀπὸ κρυμοῦ καὶ θάλπους ἀνείργει βλάβας καὶ τὰ ἀπόρρητα τῆς φύσεως ἐπισκιάζουσα πρὸς εὐκοσμίας τοῖς χρωμένοις ἐστί.
247σύμβολον οὖν ἔστω τῆς τοῦ ἀρίστου καθάρσεως, διανοίας, τὸ ζῴων ἄριστον, τὸ πρόβατον, λόγου δὲ τὰ πτηνά· κοῦφόν τε γὰρ ὁ λόγος καὶ πτηνὸν φύσει, βέλους θᾶττον φερόμενος καὶ πάντῃ διᾴττων. τὸ γὰρ ἅπαξ λεχθὲν ἀναδραμεῖν μὲν οὐκ ἔστιν, ἔξω δὲ φερόμενον, τάχει πολλῷ τρέχον, πλήττει τὰ ὦτα καὶ διὰ πάσης ἀκοῆς ἐρχόμενον εὐθὺς ἠχεῖ.
248δίδυμος δὲ ὁ λόγος, ὁ μὲν ἀληθής, ὁ δὲ ψευδής· οὗ μοι δοκεῖ χάριν ζεύγει τρυγόνων ἢ περιστερῶν ἐξομοιωθῆναι. τῶν δὲ πτηνῶν τὸ μὲν περὶ ἁμαρτίας φησὶ δεῖν εἶναι, τὸ δὲ ὁλοκαύτωμα θύειν, ἐπειδὴ τὸν μὲν ἀληθῆ λόγον ὅλον δι’ ὅλου συμβέβηκεν εἶναι ἱερόν τε καὶ τέλειον, τὸν δὲ ψευδῆ διημαρτῆσθαί τε καὶ ἐπανορθώσεως δεῖσθαι.
249πράξεως δέ, ὡς ἔφην, σύμβολον ἡ σεμίδαλις· καὶ γὰρ ταύτην συμβέβηκεν οὐκ ἄνευ τέχνης καὶ ἐπινοίας καθαίρεσθαι, ἀλλὰ χερσὶ σιτοπόνων, ἐπιτήδευμα τὸ πρᾶγμα πεποιηκότων, διακρίνεται. διὸ καί φησι· „δραξάμενος ὁ ἱερεὺς πλήρη τὴν δράκα τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς ἀνοίσει“ (Lev. 5, 12), διὰ τῆς δρακὸς τὸ ἐγχείρημα καὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν ἐμφαίνων.
250ἄγαν δ’ ἐξητασμένως ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ κτήνους εἶπεν· „ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἰσχύῃ ἡ χεὶρ τὸ ἱκανὸν εἰς πρόβατον“ (ibid. 5,7), ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν πτηνῶν· „ἐὰν δὲ μὴ εὑρίσκῃ“ (ibid. 5,11). διὰ τί; ὅτι μεγάλης μὲν ἰσχύος καὶ ὑπερβαλλούσης δυνάμεώς ἐστι καταλῦσαι τὰς τῆς διανοίας τροπάς, οὐ μεγάλης δὲ ῥώμης τὰ λόγων ἐπισχεῖν ἁμαρτήματα.
Sections 226–250
226But will you impose any such injunctions as these on your own son? Unless you treat your servants with gentleness, do not treat those of the same rank as yourself socially. Unless you behave decorously to your wife, never bear yourself respectfully to your parents. If you neglect your father and your mother, be impious also towards God. If you delight in pleasure, you must not keep aloof from covetousness. Do you desire great riches? Then be also eager for vain-glory.
227For what more need we add? Need you not desire to be moderate in some things unless you are able to be so in all? Would not your son say to you in such a case, My father, what do you mean? Do you wish your son to become either perfectly good or perfectly bad, and will you not be content if he keeps the middle path between the two extremes?
228Was it not for this reason that Abraham also, at the time of the destruction of Sodom, began at fifty and ended at ten? Therefore, propitiating and supplicating God, entreat him that if there could not be found among his creatures a complete remission so as to give them liberty, of which the sacred number of fifty is a symbol, at least the intermediate instruction which is equal in number to the decade, might be accepted for the sake of the deliverance of the soul which was about to be condemned.
229But those who are instructed have many more opportunities of prayer than those who are destitute of teachers, and those who are well initiated in encyclical accomplishments have more opportunities than those who are unmusical and illiterate, inasmuch as they from their childhood almost have been imbued with all the lessons of virtue, and temperance, and all kinds of excellence. Wherefore, even if they have not entirely got rid of and effaced old marks of iniquity so as to wear a completely clean appearance, at least they have purified themselves in a reasonable and moderate degree.
230And it is something like this that Esau seems to have said to his father, "Have you not one blessing for me, O my father? Bless me, bless me, also, O my father!" For different blessings have been set apart for different persons, perfect blessings for the perfect, and moderate blessings for the imperfect. As is the case also with bodies; for there are different exercises appropriate to those which are in health, and to those which are sick. And also different regimens of food, and different systems of living, and not the same. But some things are suitable to the one kind that they may not become at all diseased; and other things are good for the other sort, that they may be changed and rendered more healthy.
231Since, therefore, there are many good things existing in nature, give me that which appears to be best adapted to my circumstances, even if it be the most trifling thing possible; looking at this one point alone, whether I shall be able to bear what is given me with equanimity, and not, like a wretched person, sink under and be overwhelmed by it.
232Again, what do we imagine to be meant by the words, "Will not the hand of the Lord be sufficient?" Do they not signify that the powers of the living God penetrate everywhere for the purpose of conferring benefits, not only on those who are noble, but on those also who appear to be in a more obscure condition, to whom also God gives such things as are suitable to the measure and weight of the soul of each individual, conjecturing and measuring in his own mind with perfect equality what is proportionate to the circumstances and requirements of each.
233But what makes an impression on me in no ordinary degree is the law which is enacted with respect to those who put off their sins and seem to be repentant. For this law commands that the first victim which such persons offer shall be a female sheep without spot. But, if it proceeds, "his hand is not strong enough to bring a sheep, then for the trespass which he has committed he shall bring two turtle doves or two young pigeons, one for his trespass and one for a burnt offering;
234and if his hand cannot find a pair of turtle doves or two young pigeons, then he shall bring as his gift the tenth part of an ephah of fine flour for a sin offering; he shall not pour oil upon it, nor shall he place any frankincense thereon, because it is a sin offering; and he shall bring it to the priest, and the priest having taken it from him shall take a full handful of it, and place it as a memorial on the altar."
235God therefore here is propitiated by three different kinds of repentance, by the aforesaid beasts, or by the birds, or by the white flour, according, in short, to the ability of him who is being purified and who repents. For small offences do not require great purifications, nor are small purifications fit for great crimes; but they should be equal, and similar, and in due proportion.
236It is worth while, therefore, to examine what is meant by this purification which may be accomplished in three ways. Now it may almost be said that both offences and good actions are perceived to exist in three things; in intention, or in words, or in actions. On which account Moses, teaching in his hortatory admonitions that the attainment of good is not impossible nor even very difficult, says,
237"It is not necessary to soar up to heaven, nor to go to the borders of the earth and sea, for the attainment of it, but it is near, yea, and very near." And then in a subsequent passage he shows it all but to the naked eye as one may say, where he says, "Every action is in thy mouth, or in thy heart, or in thy hands:" meaning under this symbolical expression, in thy words, or in thy designs, or in thy actions. For he means that human happiness consists in wise design, and good language, and righteous actions, just as the unhappiness arises from the contrary course.
238For both well-doing and wrong-doing exist in the same regions, in the heart, or in the mouth, or in the hand; for some persons decide in the most righteous, and sagacious manner, some speak most excellently, some do only what ought to be done: again, of the three sources of error the most unimportant is to design to do what ought not to be done, the most grievous is to do what is iniquitous, the middle evil is to speak improperly.
239But it often happens that even what is least important is the most difficult to be removed; for it is very hard to bring an agitated state of the soul to tranquillity; and one may more easily check the impetuosity of a torrent than the perversion of the soul which is hurrying in a wrong direction, without restraint. For innumerable notions coming one upon the other like the waves of a stormy sea, bearing everything along with them, and throwing everything into confusion, overturn the whole soul with irresistible violence.
240Therefore the most excellent, and most perfect kind of purification is this, not to admit into one’s mind any improper notions, but to regulate it in peace and obedience to law, the ruler of which principles is justice. The next kind is, not to offend in one’s language either by speaking falsely, or by swearing falsely, or by deceiving, or by practising sophistry, or by laying false informations; or, in short, by letting loose one’s mouth and tongue to the injury of any one, as it is better to put a bridle and an insuperable chain on those members.
241But why it is a more grievous offence to say what is wrong than only to think it, is very easy to see. For some times a person thinks without any deliberate previous intention of so thinking, but inconsiderately: for he is compelled to admit ideas in his mind which he does not wish to admit; and nothing which is involuntary is blameable:
242but a man speaks intentionally, so that if he utters words which are not proper he is unhappy and is committing offence, since he does not even by chance choose to say anything that is proper, and it would be more for his advantage to adopt that safest expedient of silence: and, in the second place, anyone who is not silent can be silent if he pleases.
243But what is even a still more grievous offence than speaking wrongly, is unjust action. For the word, as it is said, is the shadow of the deed; and how can an injurious deed help being more mischievous than a shadow of the same character? On this account Moses released the mind, even when it yielded to many involuntary perversions and errors, from accusations and from penalties, thinking that it was rather acted upon by notions which forced their way into it, than was itself acting. But whatever goes out through the mouth that he makes the utterer responsible for and brings him before the tribunal, since the act of speaking is one which is in our own power.
244But the investigation to which words are subject is a more moderate one, and that with which words are united is a more vigorous one. For he imposes severe punishments on those who commit gross offences, and who carry out in action, and utter with hasty tongues what they have designed in their unjust minds.
245Therefore he has called the purifying victims which are to be offered up for the three offenders, the mind, speech, and the action, a sheep, and a pair of turtle doves or pigeons, and the tenth part of a sacred measure of fine flour; thinking it fit that the mind should be purified by a sheep, the speech by winged creatures, and the action by fine flour: Why is this?
246Because, as the mind is the most excellent thing in us, so also is the sheep the most excellent among irrational animals, inasmuch as it is the most gentle, and also as it gives forth a yearly produce in its fleece, for the use and also for the ornament of mankind. For clothes keep off all injury from both cold and heat, and also they conceal the unmentionable parts of nature, and in this way they are an ornament to those who use them:
247therefore the sheep, as being the most excellent of animals, is a symbol of the purification of the most excellent part of man, the mind. And birds are an emblem of the purification of the speech: for speech is a light thing, and winged by nature, flying and penetrating in every direction more swiftly than an arrow. For what is once said can never be re-called; but being borne abroad, and running on with great swiftness, it strikes the ears and penetrates every sense of hearing, resounding loudly: but speech is of two kinds, one true and the other false;
248on which account it appears to me to be here compared to a pair of turtle doves or young pigeons: and of these birds one he says is to be looked upon as a sin offering, and one is to be sacrificed as a burnt offering, since the speech which is true is wholly and in all respects sacred and perfect, but that which is false is very wrong and requires correction.
249Again, as I have already said, fine flour is a symbol of the purification of activity, but it is sorted from the commoner sort by the hands of the bakers, who make the business their study. On which account the law says, "And the priest having taken an entire handful, shall place it on the altar as a memorial of them," by the word handful, indicating both the endeavour and the action.
250And he speaks with exceeding accuracy with respect to the sheep, when he says, "And if his hand be not strong enough to supply a sheep;" but with respect to the birds he says, "And if he cannot find a bird." Why is this? Because it is a sign of very great strength and of excessive power, to get rid of the errors of the mind: but it does not require any great strength, to check the errors of words;
Sections 251–270
251πάντων γὰρ ἀλεξίκακον τῶν διὰ φωνῆς ἁμαρτανομένων, ὡς καὶ πρότερον εἶπον, ἡσυχία, ᾗ παντί τῳ ῥᾴδιον χρῆσθαι· πολλοὶ δὲ διὰ τὸ λάλον καὶ ἀμετροεπὲς οὐχ εὑρίσκουσι πέρας ἐπιθεῖναι τῷ λόγῳ.
252ταύταις καὶ ταῖς παραπλησίαις τομαῖς καὶ διαστολαῖς τῶν πραγμάτων ἐντραφεὶς καὶ ἐνασκηθεὶς ὁ ἀστεῖος ἆρ’ οὐκ εἰκότως εὔχεσθαι ἂν δόξαι τὸν Ἰσμαὴλ ζῆν, εἰ μὴ δύναται κυοφορῆσαί πω τὸν Ἰσαάκ;
253τί οὖν ὁ χρηστὸς θεός; ἓν αἰτησαμένῳ δύο δίδωσι καὶ τὸ ἔλαττον εὐξαμένῳ χαρίζεται τὸ μεῖζον. „εἶπε“ γάρ φησι „τῷ Ἀβραάμ· ναί, ἰδοὺ Σάρρα ἡ γυνή σου τέξεταί σοι υἱόν“ (Gen. 17,19)· εὐθυβόλος γε ἡ συμβολικὴ ἀπόκρισις ἡ ναί. τί γὰρ ἐμπρεπέστερον ἢ τἀγαθὰ ἐπινεύειν θεῷ καὶ ταχέως ὁμολογεῖν;
254ἀλλ’ οἷς ἐπινεύει τὸ θεῖον, ἅπας ἄφρων ἀνανένευκε. τὴν γοῦν Λείαν μισουμένην εἰσάγουσιν οἱ χρησμοί· διὸ καὶ τοιαύτης ἔτυχε προσρήσεως· ἑρμηνευθεῖσα γάρ ἐστιν ἀνανευομένη καὶ κοπιῶσα διὰ τὸ πάντας ἡμᾶς ἀρετὴν ἀποστρέφεσθαι καὶ κοπώδη νομίζειν ἐπιτάγματα οὐχ ἡδέα πολλάκις ἐπιτάττουσαν.
255ἀλλὰ τοσαύτης ἀποδοχῆς ἠξίωται παρὰ τοῦ πανηγεμόνος, ὥστε τὴν μήτραν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ διοιχθεῖσαν (Gen. 29,31) σπορὰν θείας γονῆς παραδέξασθαι πρὸς τὴν τῶν καλῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ πράξεων γένεσιν. μάθε οὖν, ὦ ψυχή, ὅτι καὶ „Σάρρα“, ἡ ἀρετή, „τέξεταί σοι υἱόν“, οὐ μόνον Ἄγαρ, ἡ μέση παιδεία· ἐκείνης μὲν γὰρ τὸ ἔγγονον διδακτόν, ταύτης δὲ πάντως αὐτομαθές ἐστι.
256μὴ θαυμάσῃς δ’, εἰ πάντα φέρων σπουδαῖα ὁ θεὸς ἤνεγκε καὶ τοῦτο τὸ γένος, σπάνιον μὲν ἐπὶ γῆς, πάμπολυ δ’ ἐν οὐρανῷ. μάθοις δ’ ἂν ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων, ἐξ ὧν συνέστηκεν ἄνθρωπος. ἆρά γε οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ διδαχθέντες ὁρῶσι; τί δ’; οἱ μυκτῆρες ὀσφραίνονται μαθήσει; ἅπτονται δ’ αἱ χεῖρες ἢ οἱ πόδες προΐασι κατ’ ἐπιτάγματα ἢ παραινέσεις ὑφηγητῶν;
257αἱ δ’ ὁρμαὶ καὶ φαντασίαι — πρῶται δ’ εἰσὶν αὗται κινήσεις καὶ σχέσεις ψυχῆς — διδασκαλίᾳ συνέστησαν; παρὰ δὲ σοφιστὴν φοιτήσας ὁ νοῦς ἡμῶν νοεῖν καὶ καταλαμβάνειν ἔμαθε; πάντα ταῦτ’ ἀφειμένα διδασκαλίας ἀπαυτοματιζούσῃ φύσει χρῆται πρὸς τὰς οἰκείας ἐνεργείας.
258τί οὖν ἔτι θαυμάζεις, εἰ καὶ ἀρετὴν ἄπονον καὶ ἀταλαίπωρον ὁ θεὸς ὀμβρήσει μηδεμιᾶς δεομένην ἐπιστασίας, ἀλλ’ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁλόκληρον καὶ παντελῆ; εἰ δὲ καὶ μαρτυρίαν βούλει λαβεῖν, Μωυσέως ἀξιοπιστοτέραν εὑρήσεις; ὅς φησι τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις ἀπὸ γῆς εἶναι τὰς τροφάς, μόνῳ δὲ ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ τῷ ὁρατικῷ.
259ταῖς μὲν οὖν ἀπὸ γῆς καὶ ἄνθρωποι γεωπόνοι συνεργοῦσι, τὰς δ’ ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ νίφει χωρὶς συμπράξεως ἑτέρων ὁ μόνος αὐτουργὸς θεός. καὶ μὴν λέγεται· „ἰδοὺ ὕω ὑμῖν ἄρτους ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ“ (Exod. 16,4). τίνα οὖν ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ τροφὴν ἐνδίκως ὕεσθαι λέγει, ὅτι μὴ τὴν οὐράνιον σοφίαν;
260ἣν ἄνωθεν ἐπιπέμπει ταῖς ἵμερον ἀρετῆς ἐχούσαις ψυχαῖς ὁ φρονήσεως εὐθηνίαν καὶ εὐετηρίαν ἔχων καὶ τὰ ὅλα ἄρδων καὶ μάλιστα ἐν ἱερᾷ ἑβδόμῃ, ἣν σάββατον καλεῖ (Exod. 16, 23 ss.). τότε γὰρ τὴν τῶν αὐτομάτων ἀγαθῶν φορὰν ἔσεσθαί φησιν, οὐκ ἐξ ὅλης τέχνης ἀνατελλόντων, ἀλλ’ αὐτογενεῖ καὶ αὐτοτελεῖ φύσει βλαστανόντων καὶ τοὺς οἰκείους φερόντων καρπούς.
261Τέξεται οὖν σοι ἡ ἀρετὴ υἱὸν γενναῖον ἄρρενα (Gen. 17,19), παντὸς ἀπηλλαγμένον θήλεος πάθους, καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ τὸ πάθος, ὅπερ ἂν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ πάθῃς, πείσῃ δὲ πάντως χαράν· ὥστε καὶ τὸ σύμβολον αὐτῆς ὄνομα θήσεις, γέλωτα.
262καθάπερ λύπη καὶ φόβος ἰδίας ἀναφθέγξεις ἔχουσιν, ἃς ἂν τὸ βιασάμενον καὶ κρατῆσαν ὀνοματοποιήσῃ πάθος, οὕτως εὐβουλίαι καὶ εὐφροσύναι φυσικαῖς ἐκφωνήσεσιν ἀναγκάζουσι χρῆσθαι, ὧν οὐκ ἂν εὕροι τις κυριωτέρας καὶ εὐθυβολωτέρας κλήσεις, κἂν τυγχάνῃ περὶ τὰς κλήσεις σοφός.
263διό φησιν· „εὐλόγηκα αὐτόν, αὐξήσω αὐτόν, πληθυνῶ, δώδεκα ἔθνη γεννήσει“ (ibid. 20), τὸν κύκλον καὶ τὸν χορὸν ἅπαντα τῶν σοφιστικῶν προπαιδευμάτων. „τὴν δὲ διαθήκην μου στήσω πρὸς Ἰσαάκ“ (ibid. 21), ἵν’ ἑκατέρας ἀρετῆς τὸ ἀνθρώπων μεταποιῆται γένος, διδακτῆς τε καὶ αὐτομαθοῦς, τὸ μὲν ἀσθενέστερον διδασκομένης, ἑτοίμης δὲ τὸ ἐρρωμένον.
264„Εἰς δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον τέξεταί σοι“, φησίν, ἡ σοφία χαράν (ibid.). ποῖον, ὦ θαυμασιώτατε, δεικνύεις καιρόν; ἢ τὸν ὑπὸ γενέσεως ἄδεικτον μόνον; ὁ γὰρ ἀληθὴς αὐτὸς ἂν εἴη καιρός, ἀνατολὴ τῶν ὅλων, ἡ εὐπραξία καὶ εὐκαιρία γῆς, οὐρανοῦ, τῶν μεταξὺ φύσεων, ζῴων ὁμοῦ καὶ φυτῶν ἁπάντων.
265ὅθεν καὶ Μωυσῆς ἐθάρρησεν εἰπεῖν τοῖς ἀποδεδρακόσι καὶ μὴ θέλουσι τὸν ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς ἄρασθαι πόλεμον πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιτεταγμένους· „ἀφέστηκεν ὁ καιρὸς ἀπ’ αὐτῶν, ὁ δὲ κύριος ἐν ἡμῖν“ (Num. 14,9). μόνον γὰρ οὐκ ἄντικρυς ὁμολογεῖ τὸν θεὸν καιρόν, ὃς παντὸς μὲν ἀσεβοῦς μακρὰν ἀφέστηκεν, ἀρετώσαις δ’ ἐμπεριπατεῖ ψυχαῖς.
266„περιπατήσω“ γάρ φησιν „ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ ἔσομαι ὑμῶν θεός“ (Lev. 26,12). οἱ δὲ τὰς ὥρας τοῦ ἔτους καιροὺς εἶναι λέγοντες οὐ κυρίως καταχρῶνται τοῖς ὀνόμασιν, ἅτε μὴ πάνυ τὰς φύσεις τῶν πραγμάτων ἠκριβωκότες, ἀλλὰ πολλοῦ τοῦ εἰκῇ μετέχοντες.
267Ἐπιτείνων δὲ τὸ κάλλος τοῦ γεννωμένου φησὶν αὐτὸ „ἐν τῷ ἐνιαυτῷ τῷ ἑτέρῳ“ (Gen. 17,21) γεννηθήσεσθαι, ἐνιαυτὸν ἕτερον οὐ τὸ τοῦ χρόνου μηνύων διάστημα, ὃ ταῖς σεληνιακαῖς ἢ ἡλιακαῖς ἀναμετρεῖται περιόδοις, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἔκτοπον καὶ ξένον καὶ καινὸν ὄντως, ἕτερον τῶν ὁρωμένων καὶ αἰσθητῶν, ἐν ἀσωμάτοις καὶ νοητοῖς ἐξεταζόμενον, ὅπερ τὸ χρόνου παράδειγμα καὶ ἀρχέτυπον εἴληχεν, αἰῶνα. αἰὼν δὲ ἀναγράφεται τοῦ νοητοῦ βίος κόσμου, ὡς αἰσθητοῦ χρόνος.
268ἐν ᾧ ἐνιαυτῷ καὶ „τὴν ἑκατοστεύουσαν εὑρίσκει κριθὴν“ (Gen. 26,12) ὁ τὰς θεοῦ χάριτας ἐπὶ γενέσει πλειόνων σπείρας ἀγαθῶν, ἵν’ ὡς πλεῖστοι τῶν ἐπαξίων τυχεῖν μεταλάβωσιν.
269ἀλλὰ γὰρ τῷ σπείραντι καὶ θερίζειν ἔθος· ὁ δ’ ἔσπειρε μὲν ἐπιδεικνύμενος τὴν ἐχθρὰν φθόνου καὶ κακίας ἀρετήν, εὑρεῖν δέ, ἀλλ’ οὐ θερίσαι λέγεται· ὁ γὰρ στάχυν ἁδρότερον τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν καὶ πλήρη πεποιηκὼς ἕτερος ἦν, ὃς εὐτρεπισάμενος καὶ ἑτοιμασάμενος ἐλπίδας μείζους καὶ πλείους δωρεὰς προὔθηκε τοῖς ζητοῦσιν εἰς εὕρεσιν.
270Τὸ δὲ „συνετέλεσε λαλῶν πρὸς αὐτὸν“ (Gen. 17,22) ἴσον ἐστὶ τῷ τὸν ἀκροατὴν αὐτὸν ἐτελείωσε κενὸν ὄντα σοφίας πρότερον καὶ ἀθανάτων λόγων ἐπλήρωσεν. ἐπεὶ δὲ τέλειος ὁ μαθητὴς ἐγένετο, „ἀνέβη κύριος ἀπὸ Ἀβραάμ“ (ibid.) δηλῶν, οὐχ ὅτι διεζεύχθη — φύσει γὰρ θεοῦ ὀπαδὸς ὁ σοφός —, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἑκούσιον τοῦ μαθητοῦ βουλόμενος παραστῆσαι, ἵν’, ὅπερ ἔμαθε, μηκέτι ἐφεστῶτος τοῦ διδάσκοντος χωρὶς ἀνάγκης αὐτὸς ἐπιδεικνύμενος, ἐθελουργῷ καὶ αὐτοκελεύστῳ προθυμίᾳ χρώμενος, ἐνεργῇ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ. δίδωσι γὰρ ὁ διδάσκαλος τῷ μαθόντι τόπον πρὸς τὴν ἄνευ ὑποβολῆς ἑκούσιον μελέτην, ἀλήστου μνήμης ἐγχαράττων βεβαιότατον εἶδος.
Sections 251–270
251for, as I have said already, silence is a remedy for all the offences that can be committed by the voice, and every one may easily practise silence; but yet, by reason of their chattering habits and want of moderation in their language, many people cannot find out how to impose a limitation on their speech.
252Since then, the virtuous man has been bred up among and practised in these and similar divisions and discriminations of things, does he not rightly appear to pray that Ishmael may live, if he is not as yet able to become the father of Isaac?
253What then does the merciful God say? To him who asks for one thing he gives two, and on him who prays for what is less he bestows what is greater; for, says the historian, he said unto Abraham, "Yea, behold, Sarrah thy wife shall bring forth a son." Very felicitous and significant is this answer, "Yea;" for what can be more suitable to and more like the character of God, than to promise good things and to ratify that promise with all speed!
254But what God promises every foolish man repudiates; therefore the sacred scriptures represent Leah as hated, and on this account it is that she received that name; for Leah, being interpreted, means "repudiating and labouring," because we all turn away from virtue and think it a laborious thing, by reason of its very often imposing commands on us which are not pleasant.
255But nevertheless, she is thought worthy of such an honourable reception from the prince, that her womb is opened by him, so as to receive the seed of divine generation, in order to the production of honourable pursuits and actions. Learn therefore, O soul, that Sarrah, that is, virtue, will bring forth to thee a son; and that Hagar, or intermediate instruction, is not the only one who will do so; for her offspring is one which has its knowledge from teaching, but the offspring of the other is entirely self-taught.
256And do not wonder, if God, who brings forth all good things, has also brought forth this race, which, though rare upon the earth, is very numerous in heaven. And you may learn this also from other things of which man consists: do the eyes see from having been taught to do so? And what do the nostrils do? Do they smell by reason of their having learnt? · And do the hands touch, or the feet advance, in accordance with the commands or recommendations of instructors?
257Again, do the appetites and imaginations (and these are the first moving powers and persuasions of the soul) exist in consequence of teaching? And has our mind gone as a pupil to any sophist, in order to learn to think and to comprehend? All these things repudiate all kinds of instruction, and avail themselves only of the spontaneous gifts of nature to exert their appropriate energies.
258Why then do you any longer wonder if God showers upon men virtue, unaccompanied by any labour or suffering, such as stand in need of no superintending care or instruction, but is from the very beginning entire and perfect? And if you wish to receive any testimony in corroboration of this view, can you find any more trustworthy than that of Moses? And he says that the rest of mankind derive their food from the earth, but that he alone who is endowed with the power of sight, derives his from heaven.
259And men occupied in agriculture co-operate to produce the food from the earth; but God, the only cause and giver, rains down the food from heaven without the co-operation of any other being. And, indeed, we read in the scriptures, "Behold, I rain upon you bread from heaven." Now what nourishment can the scriptures properly say is rained down, except heavenly wisdom?
260which God sends from above upon those souls which have a longing for virtue, God who possesses a great abundance and exceeding treasure of wisdom, and who irrigates the universe, and especially so on the sacred seventh day which he calls the sabbath; for then, he says, that there is an influx of spontaneous good things, not rising from any kind of art, but shooting up by their own spontaneous and self-perfecting nature, and bearing appropriate fruit.
261Virtue, therefore, will bring thee forth a legitimate male child, far removed from all effeminate passions; and thou shalt call the name of thy son by the name of the passion which thou feelest in regard to him; and thou wilt by all means feel joy; so that thou shalt give him a name which is an emblem of joy, namely, Laughter.
262As grief and fear have their appropriate expressions which the passion, when more than usually violent and predominant, gives utterance to; so also, good counsels and happiness compel a man to employ a natural expression of them, for which no one could find out more appropriate and felicitous names, even if he were very skilful in the imposition of names.
263On which account God says, "I have blessed him, I will increase him, I will multiply him, he shall beget twelve nations;" that is to say, he shall beget the whole circle and ring of the sophistical preliminary branches of education; but I will make my covenant with Israel, that the race of mankind may receive each kind of virtue, the weaker part of them receiving both that which is taught by others, and that which is learnt by one’s self, and the stronger part that which is ready and prepared.
264"And at that time," says he, "she shall bring forth a son to thee;" that is to say, wisdom shall bring forth joy. What time, O most marvellous being, are you pointing out? Is it that which cannot be indicated by the thing brought forth? For that must be the real time, the rising of the universe, the prosperity and happiness of the whole earth, and of heaven, and of all intermediate natures, and of all animals, and of all plants.
265On which account Moses also took courage to say to those who had run away, and who did not dare to enter upon a war in the cause of virtue against those who were arrayed against it, "The Lord has departed from them, but the Lord is in us;" for he here almost confesses in express words that God is time, who stands aloof and at a distance from every impious person, but walks among those souls which cultivate virtue.
266"For," says he, "I will walk among you, and I will be your God." But those who say that what is meant by time is only the seasons of the year are misapplying the names with great inaccuracy, like men who have not studied the natures of things with any care, but have gone on to a great degree at random.
267But by way of amplifying the beauty of the creature to be born, he says that it shall be born the next year, indicating by the term, "the next year," not a difference of time, such as is measured by lunar or solar periods, but that which is truly marvellous, and strange, and new, being an age which is very different from those which are visible to the eyes and perceptible to the outward senses, being investigated in incorporeal things appreciable only by the intellect, which, in fact, is the model and archetype of time. But an age is a name given to the life of the world, intelligible only by the intellect, as time is that given to the life of the world, perceptible by the outward senses.
268And in this year the man who had sown the graces of God so as to produce many more good things, in order that the greatest possible number of persons worthy to share them might participate in them, finds also the barley producing a hundredfold. But he who has sown does usually also reap.
269And he sowed, displaying the virtue, the enemy of envy and wickedness; he is, however, here said to find, not to reap. For he who has made the ear of his good deeds more productive and full, was a different person, having laid up an abundance of greater hopes well prepared, and he also proposed more abundant advantages to all those who sought them, encouraging them to hope to find them.
270And the words, "He finished speaking to him," are equivalent to saying, he made his hearer perfect, though he was devoid of wisdom before, and he filled him with immortal lessons. But when his disciple became perfect, the Lord went up and departed from Abraham, showing, not that he separated himself from him; for the wise man is naturally an attendant of God, not wishing to represent the spontaneous inclination of the disciple in order that as he had learnt while his teacher was no longer standing by him, and without any necessity urging him, giving of his own accord a specimen of himself, and displaying a voluntary and spontaneous eagerness to learn, he might for the future exert his energies by himself; for the teacher assigns a model to him who has learnt by voluntary study without any suggestions from other quarters, stamping on him a most durable species of indelible recollection.